Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GLAUKOS CORPORATION

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 2015.

Registration No. 333-204091


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 2
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



GLAUKOS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  33-0945406
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, California 92653
(949) 367-9600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Thomas W. Burns
President & Chief Executive Officer
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, California 92653
(949) 367-9600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Yvan-Claude Pierre
Michael Sanders
Marianne Sarrazin
Reed Smith LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700
Los Angeles, California 90067-6078
Telephone: (310) 734-5200

 

Charles K. Ruck
B. Shayne Kennedy
Latham & Watkins LLP
650 Town Center Drive, 20 th  Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626-1925
Telephone: (714) 540-1235

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share

  6,161,700   $15.00   $92,425,500   $10,740

 

(1)
Includes an additional 803,700 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)
The Registrant previously paid $10,022 of the registration fee in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement.

           The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated June 12, 2015

Prospectus

5,358,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of common stock of Glaukos Corporation. We are offering 5,358,000 shares of our common stock. We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GKOS."

        We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.



 
  Per share   Total  
Initial public offering price   $                $               
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)   $                $               
Proceeds to Glaukos Corporation, before expenses   $                $               

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses.

        We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 803,700 shares of common stock, at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                , 2015.



J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

              William Blair   Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.              

                , 2015


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  13

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

  55

Use of Proceeds

  56

Dividend Policy

  58

Capitalization

  59

Dilution

  61

Selected Financial Data

  64

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  66

Business

  85

Management

  124

Executive Compensation

  134

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  143

Principal Stockholders

  148

Description of Capital Stock

  153

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  158

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

  161

Underwriting

  165

Legal Matters

  173

Experts

  173

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  173

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we have prepared in connection with this offering. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

         Until                    , 2015 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


FOR INVESTORS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

        Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying our common stock. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the sections titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," beginning on page 66 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our," or "Glaukos" refer to Glaukos Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

        We are an ophthalmic medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of breakthrough products and procedures designed to transform the treatment of glaucoma, one of the world's leading causes of blindness. We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. We launched the iStent , our first MIGS device, in the United States in July 2012 and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression. We believe the iStent is the smallest medical device ever approved by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, measuring 1.0 mm long and 0.33 mm wide.

        Glaucoma is a group of eye diseases characterized by progressive, irreversible and largely asymptomatic vision loss caused by optic nerve damage, which is most commonly associated with elevated levels of pressure within the eye, or intraocular pressure. Elevated intraocular pressure often occurs when aqueous humor, the thin watery fluid that fills the front part of the eye, is not circulating normally and draining properly. Glaucoma is a chronic condition that progresses slowly over long periods of time and can have a devastating impact on a patient's vision and quality of life. Reducing intraocular pressure is the only proven treatment for glaucoma. Glaucoma has traditionally been treated through a range of approaches that often require patients to use multiple types of prescription eye drops for the rest of their lives, and sometimes undergo complex and invasive eye surgery.

        We developed MIGS to address the shortcomings of current glaucoma treatment options. MIGS procedures involve the insertion of a micro-scale device from within the eye's anterior chamber through a small corneal incision. The MIGS device reduces intraocular pressure by restoring the natural outflow pathways for aqueous humor. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        The iStent is the first commercially available MIGS treatment solution. FDA-approved for insertion in combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been shown to lower intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma, which represents the majority of glaucoma cases. The iStent procedure is currently reimbursed by Medicare and a majority of commercial payors and we have sold more than 70,000 iStent devices worldwide as of December 31, 2014.

        We are building a broad portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression, including three innovative pipeline products: the iStent Inject , the iStent Supra and iDose . The iStent Inject includes two stents pre-loaded in an auto-injection inserter. We are developing two versions of this product: the first is currently being studied for lowering intraocular pressure in conjunction with cataract surgery in a U.S. investigational device exemption, or IDE, pivotal trial; the second is currently being studied in an initial U.S. IDE study as a standalone treatment for lowering intraocular pressure. This second version is also capable of making its own self-sealing corneal penetration, potentially offering patient treatment in a minor

 

1


Table of Contents

surgical suite or an in-office setting. The iStent Supra is designed to access an alternative drainage space within the eye where we estimate 20% of aqueous humor outflow occurs, and is now in a U.S. pivotal IDE trial. iDose is an implant that is designed to provide a sustained release of a prostaglandin drug to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients. To validate the safety and efficacy of our iStent products, we are currently conducting 18 prospective clinical trials, including two Phase IV post-approval studies.

        We have built and are continuing to grow our commercial organization, which includes a direct sales force in the United States and Germany, and distribution partners in Europe, Asia Pacific, Canada and other targeted international geographies. In the United States, we sell our products through a direct sales organization that, as of March 31, 2015, consisted of 55 field sales professionals, including regional business managers, sales directors, clinical relations personnel and reimbursement specialists. Our net sales increased from $20.9 million in 2013 to $45.6 million in 2014, and our net losses were $14.2 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our net sales were $14.7 million, compared to $8.2 million in the same period in 2014, and our net loss was approximately $1.5 million, compared to $4.3 million in the same period in 2014.

Our Market Opportunity

        The global market for the treatment of glaucoma is characterized by large patient populations, significant lifetime treatment expenditures, suboptimal therapies and serious negative impacts on patient quality of life. According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma, a number it expects to grow to more than 88 million by 2019. This estimate includes approximately 4.2 million people with glaucoma in the United States, growing to 4.7 million by 2019. Market Scope also estimates 2014 global sales of products used to treat glaucoma patients to be approximately $4.9 billion, growing to $6.6 billion by 2019. Despite therapeutic options that attempt to manage disease progression, researchers estimate that 8.4 million people were bilaterally blind from glaucoma in 2010, with this figure forecasted to rise to 11.1 million by 2020.

        Care for glaucoma patients in the United States is administered by many of the approximately 18,700 ophthalmologists who diagnose the disease and provide medical management according to Market Scope. There are approximately 8,400 ophthalmic surgeons in the United States focused on performing cataract or glaucoma procedures. These ophthalmic surgeons perform approximately 3.7 million cataract surgeries annually in the United States according to Market Scope. We believe that approximately 20% of cataract surgeries are performed on patients also diagnosed with open-angle glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension.

Glaucoma Treatment Overview and Limitations

        The traditional treatment of glaucoma encompasses a variety of medication regimens, laser treatments and surgical methods to lower intraocular pressure.

        Multiple clinical trials have shown that vision loss can be minimized with effective medication therapy. However, poor adherence to and lack of persistence with glaucoma medication regimens have been documented in numerous independent studies, which often place the incidence of patient noncompliance up to or above 50%, particularly in patients on two or more prescription eye drops. As a result, despite the availability of medication therapies to combat glaucoma, progressive visual loss and blindness still occur. According to a study published in 2014, 15% of glaucoma patients still progress to blindness within 20 years of diagnosis.

        Laser treatments have been developed to provide an alternative to lifelong medication treatments. Laser procedures are typically performed at an outpatient surgical center and involve the use of lasers to create changes in eye tissue and improve aqueous humor outflow. Ophthalmic surgeons may perform

 

2


Table of Contents

laser procedures as initial treatment, or for patients who are noncompliant with prescription eye drops or whose intraocular pressure is not well controlled by medications. According to Market Scope, selective laser trabeculoplasty, or SLT, is the most frequently performed glaucoma laser procedure in the United States, accounting for approximately 70% of all laser procedures. Although SLT can help to lower intraocular pressure, the procedure's effectiveness often wears off within one to five years, according to the Glaucoma Research Foundation. While a second procedure can be performed, the results of repeated laser surgeries are less predictable than those of the first surgery. Additionally, medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        Where medication therapy and laser treatment are unsuccessful in managing glaucoma, invasive surgical procedures such as trabeculectomies or implantation of tube shunts are performed, usually as outpatient procedures. In a trabeculectomy, the surgeon cuts open the conjunctiva and sclera to create flaps, and removes a plug of scleral tissue and sometimes a portion of the trabecular meshwork to create an opening into the anterior chamber. The conjunctiva and sclera flaps are sutured back down and a small blister, or bleb, is created between the conjunctiva and sclera. The surgery results in a new drainage channel that allows increased outflow of aqueous humor into the bleb. Implantations of tube shunts are generally reserved for eyes in which a trabeculectomy has failed or has a poor likelihood of success. A tube shunt surgery is similar to a trabeculectomy, except that the device's tube is inserted through the scleral channel to maintain the channel, and the device's reservoir end is placed deep under the conjunctiva to maintain the drainage space. While invasive glaucoma surgery often leads to significant reductions in intraocular pressure, it is associated with high long-term failure rates, long recovery times and significant complication risks. Additionally, as with laser treatment, the effects may dissipate over time, requiring additional procedures, and medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        We believe that because of the limitations of medications, laser and invasive surgical therapies, many glaucoma patients remain undertreated. Therefore, an opportunity exists to serve these undertreated patients by providing a more effective option to address and improve their prognosis and quality of life.

Our Solution

        We pioneered the development of MIGS in order to address the shortcomings of current pharmaceutical and surgical options, and in doing so have established an entirely new market segment within the global glaucoma marketplace. We believe that by using our core competencies to develop, manufacture and obtain regulatory approval for products incorporating our proprietary technologies, we have created a platform capable of disrupting and revolutionizing the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm.

        In contrast to invasive surgical approaches, MIGS procedures access the anterior chamber of the eye through small corneal incisions or penetrations. MIGS procedures reduce intraocular pressure by restoring the natural physiologic pathways for aqueous humor outflow. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        We launched our first micro-scale MIGS treatment solution, the iStent , in the United States following FDA approval in June 2012. We believe the iStent represents the next generation in glaucoma surgical innovation and it is the first FDA-approved surgical device available for insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery for the reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma. The iStent is a micro-bypass stent inserted through the small corneal incision made during cataract surgery and placed into Schlemm's canal, a circular channel in the eye that collects aqueous humor and delivers it back into the bloodstream. Once inserted, the iStent

 

3


Table of Contents

improves aqueous humor outflow while fitting naturally within Schlemm's canal. The iStent has been clinically proven to decrease intraocular pressure when inserted in combination with cataract surgery.

        We believe the iStent provides numerous advantages over medication therapies and invasive surgical options. The device addresses a significant unmet need for a durable and effective glaucoma treatment that can be utilized at the earliest stages of glaucoma diagnosis to reduce intraocular pressure. These iStent advantages include:

        Reduces intraocular pressure.     In the pivotal U.S. clinical trial, after one year, 68% of mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients who received the iStent in combination with cataract surgery remained medication free while sustaining target intraocular pressures of £ 21 mm Hg, a level consistent with normal, non-glaucomatous eyes. In the same trial, 64% of patients who received the iStent remained medication free while sustaining a mean intraocular pressure reduction of 20% compared to baseline.

        Facilitates compliance, convenience.     The iStent is designed to establish continuous outflow of aqueous fluid for sustained reductions in intraocular pressure. This mechanism is intended to assure uninterrupted therapy, thus overcoming the primary limitation of patient noncompliance to prescribed eye drop regimens. By reducing intraocular pressure on a sustained basis, iStent efficacy does not depend on patients remembering to use their prescription eye drops.

        Safe procedure and rapid recovery.     Clinical studies have demonstrated that inserting the iStent in combination with cataract surgery yields an overall safety profile and recovery rate similar to cataract surgery alone, a surgery that has minimal complications and is the most commonly performed ophthalmic procedure today. The iStent procedure is not associated with the complication risks of invasive glaucoma surgery, and it also spares conjunctival tissue, or the clear skin that covers the sclera, enabling rapid recovery and preserving the potential for future glaucoma treatment options.

        Broad segment of ophthalmic practitioners can perform procedure.     Because the iStent procedure is straightforward, a broad segment of ophthalmic surgeons can effectively perform the MIGS procedure to insert an iStent . We believe this characteristic increases the procedure's appeal and utilization as an early and effective treatment option for ophthalmic surgeons.

Our Pipeline

        Our research and development goal is to leverage our core capabilities in MIGS-based design and development to create a full portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies for glaucoma management. We have developed a series of innovative products, in varying stages of development, that are designed to expand market penetration and adoption, further enhance ease of use for surgeons, reach a wider glaucoma patient population and broaden our offering for glaucoma management in order to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression:

        iStent Inject Trabecular Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Inject is approximately one-third the size of the iStent and relies on a similar method of action to improve aqueous humor outflow and reduce intraocular pressure. Packaged in a two-stent, preloaded, auto-inject mechanism, the iStent Inject allows the surgeon to inject these stents into multiple trabecular meshwork locations through a single corneal entry with the goal of achieving greater intraocular pressure reduction.

        iStent Supra Suprachoroidal Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Supra is designed to reduce intraocular pressure by accessing the eye's suprachoroidal space, an area in the eye where we estimate 20% of its total aqueous outflow occurs. We believe that the iStent Supra device could be used alone to lower intraocular pressure or in combination with the iStent or iStent Inject to achieve even lower intraocular pressure in patients with progressive or more advanced open-angle glaucoma.

 

4


Table of Contents

        iDose.     The iDose is a targeted injectable drug delivery implant that uses our micro-scale platform. The iDose implant is designed to be pre-loaded into a small-gauge needle and injected into the eye via a self-sealing corneal needle penetration, where it is securely attached within the eye. The iDose delivers a prostaglandin directly into the anterior chamber of the eye to provide reduction of intraocular pressure over sustained periods of time.

Success Factors

        We attribute our success to the following:

    Established large and growing market for glaucoma management.   According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma and this number is estimated to grow to more than 88 million by 2019 due to aging populations. The glaucoma patient population is served by an established channel of ophthalmologists and ophthalmic surgeons.

    Disruptive technology platform.   The iStent is the first and only FDA-approved MIGS treatment solution available in the U.S. market, which we believe provides us a significant first mover advantage over future competitors.

    Broad coverage and reimbursement.   We secured temporary Category III Current Procedural Terminology codes to describe the insertion of MIGS devices. We believe that Medicare coverage and existing coverage by third-party payors combined represents approximately 90% of our current target patient population. All Medicare Administrative Contractors currently provide coverage for the iStent procedure, and we have secured coverage and reimbursement for the iStent procedure for more than 76% of individuals covered by private U.S. commercial payors.

    Key early commercial and operational investments.   We invested substantial resources on a focused and controlled initial U.S. launch of the iStent , invested in activities to optimize reimbursement before our product was launched, and invested early in efficient manufacturing processes that to date have resulted in an uninterrupted product supply and an efficient cost structure.

    Innovative intellectual property protected by a comprehensive patent portfolio.   We have approximately 180 issued patents, pending patent applications and exclusively licensed patents and patent applications in certain fields of use, with a variety of claims related to devices and methods for treating glaucoma through procedures initiated from within the anterior chamber of the eye.

    Proven management team.   Our senior management team has over 100 combined years of ophthalmology experience to implement our strategy and growth plans.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our goal is to maintain our MIGS leadership position in the development and commercialization of breakthrough micro-scale injectable therapies that transform the management of glaucoma. We plan to leverage our first mover advantage with the following growth strategies:

    Establish MIGS as the standard of care for open-angle glaucoma patients;

    Increase domestic adoption of iStent by expanding our sales force and reimbursement;

    Secure FDA approvals with expanded indications for our pipeline iStent products;

    Develop and commercialize our drug delivery product pipeline; and

    Expand the global reach of our MIGS-based technology platform.

 

5


Table of Contents

Summary Risks Associated With Our Business

        An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. You should consider carefully the risks below and described more fully in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We have incurred significant losses since inception, including an accumulated deficit of $160.3 million as of March 31, 2015, and we expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. There can be no guarantee as to when, if ever, we may be able to achieve or sustain profitability. As a result of our recurring losses from operations and ongoing negative cash flows, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2014, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;

    Substantially all of our net sales are generated from sales of the iStent , which has a limited commercial history, and we are completely dependent on its success. We rely heavily upon sales in the United States, which comprised 94.2% and 92.8% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 and three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. If the iStent or our other products under development fail to gain widespread market acceptance, our business will suffer;

    We have limited experience marketing and selling the iStent . If our current investment in the expansion of our sales and marketing infrastructure does not lead to an increase in market penetration or acceptance of our products, we may not achieve sufficient net sales growth to become profitable;

    We face manufacturing risks that may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products and could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results;

    We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components, and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business;

    The safety and efficacy of the iStent and our other products are not yet supported by long-term clinical data in large numbers of patients. Ophthalmic surgeons may not use our products if they do not believe they are safe, efficient, effective and preferable alternatives to other treatment solutions in the market;

    We operate primarily at a facility in a single location and any crippling accident, a force majeure event or disruption at this facility could materially affect our ability to operate and produce saleable products and could shut down our manufacturing capacity for an extended period;

    Failure to secure and maintain adequate coverage or reimbursement by third-party payors in the United States for procedures using the iStent or our other products in development, or changes in current coverage or reimbursement, could materially impact our net sales and future growth;

    The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able to develop and market products that are safer, more effective, less costly or otherwise more attractive than the iStent or any new products that we may develop, our commercial opportunity may be reduced or eliminated; and

    Our iDose implant will be regulated as a drug and be subject to a different regulatory approval process than our other products in development. iDose is in early stages of development and may never be commercialized.

 

6


Table of Contents

        For further discussion of these and other risks you should consider before making an investment in our common stock, see "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary.

Emerging Growth Company Status

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies," including, but not limited to: presenting only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure in this prospectus; not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; having reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy or information statements; being exempt from the requirements to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved; and not being required to adopt certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

        Although we are still evaluating our options under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an "emerging growth company" and thus the level of information we provide may be different than that of other public companies. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, some investors may find our securities less attractive, which could result in a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile. As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. However, we are electing not to take advantage of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

        We could remain an "emerging growth company" until the earliest to occur of:

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;

    the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion;

    the day we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such fiscal year; and

    the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.

Corporate History and Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in July 1998 and commenced operations in 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653. Our telephone number is (949) 367-9600. Our website address is www.glaukos.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

7


Table of Contents

Trademarks

        We use Glaukos, our logo, iStent , iStent Inject , iStent Supra , iDose , MIGS and other marks as trademarks. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

  5,358,000 shares                        

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

29,705,846 shares (or 30,509,546 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares

 

803,700 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to hire additional sales, marketing and customer service personnel and expand marketing programs both in the United States and outside the United States; to fund clinical studies evaluating our pipeline of products under development and regulatory approvals for such products; for the purchase of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from our affiliate DOSE Medical Corporation; and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering. See "Use of Proceeds" beginning on page 56 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"GKOS"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 24,347,846 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, and excludes:

    5,583,110 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.09 per share, 3,965,299 of which were exercisable and 3,436,885 of which were fully vested and no longer subject to a repurchase right;

    387,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted after March 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.575 per share, none of which are currently exercisable;

    11,298 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, at an exercise price of $8.85 per share;

    4,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, as well as any automatic increases in the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan; and

    450,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

9


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus gives effect to a 1 for 2.5 reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock and preferred stock effected on June 11, 2015 and assumes the following:

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into an aggregate of 21,642,043 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;

    the issuance of 57,837 shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

    the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately upon the closing of this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase 803,700 additional shares of common stock.

 

10


Table of Contents

 


Summary Financial Data

        The following table sets forth our summary financial data for the periods indicated. We derived the following statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and we derived the following statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements.

        The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the information included under the headings "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of operating results for any future period and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of operating results that may be expected for the full year.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Statements of Operations Data :

                         

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587   $ 8,249   $ 14,666  

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418     1,944     2,794  
                   

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169     6,305     11,872  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135     5,948     7,816  

Research and development

    15,511     19,205     4,383     5,240  
                   

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340     10,331     13,056  
                   

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )   (4,026 )   (1,184 )

Total other expense, net

    (23 )   (868 )   (311 )   (278 )

Provision for income taxes

    6     18     2      
                   

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 )   (4,339 )   (1,462 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

  $ (1,588 ) $ (1,931 )   (382 )   (496 )
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,639 ) $ (12,126 ) $ (3,957 ) $ (966 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6.21 ) $ (5.29 ) $ (1.83 ) $ (0.40 )
                   
                   

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    2,036     2,294     2,168     2,410  
                     
                     

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

        $ (0.51 )       $ (1.04 )
                       
                       

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

          23,920           25,123  
                       
                       

(1)
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

11


Table of Contents

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
(amounts in thousands)
  Actual   Pro forma (1)   Pro forma as
adjusted (2)(3)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
   
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,239   $ 4,239   $ 55,800  

Working capital (deficit)

    (4,916 )   (4,916 )   46,645  

Total assets

    28,253     28,253     79,814  

Stock warrant liability

    441     53     53  

Total liabilities

    32,607     32,219     32,219  

Convertible preferred stock

    157,379          

Additional paid-in capital

    8,787     166,537     233,093  

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (151,632 )   6,135     47,595  

Noncontrolling interest

    (10,101 )   (10,101 )    

Total (deficit) equity

    (161,733 )   (3,966 )   47,595  

(1)
Gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,642,043 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the issuance of 57,837 shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon the closing of this offering.

(2)
Reflects, in addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (i) the sale by us of 5,358,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the purchase of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from DOSE Medical Corporation.

(3)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total equity by approximately $5.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total equity by approximately $13.0 million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred significant losses since inception and there can be no guarantee as to when, if ever, we may be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

        Since inception in July 1998, we have incurred significant operating losses. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, we had net losses of $14.2 million, $14.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $160.3 million. Losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in our clinical trial, research and development programs and from our general and administrative expenses. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the private placement of our preferred equity securities, debt financing through a credit line and, more recently, sales of the iStent . We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the research and development of our products, the commercial launch of the iStent , the development of our proprietary sales network, and the assembly of a management team to build our business.

        To implement our business strategies we need to, among other things, grow our sales and marketing infrastructure to increase market acceptance of the iStent and any other products that receive Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval, fund ongoing research and development activities, expand our manufacturing capabilities, and obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize our existing products in international markets or to commercialize those currently under development in the United States and internationally. As a result, we expect our expenses to increase significantly as we pursue these objectives. The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of profitability are highly uncertain, especially given that we only recently began commercializing the iStent , which makes forecasting our sales more difficult. We will need to generate significant additional net sales to achieve and maintain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our failure to achieve or sustain profitability could have an adverse effect on the value of our common stock.

        As a result of our recurring losses from operations and ongoing negative cash flows, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2014, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment. We may also be forced to make reductions in spending, including delaying or curtailing our planned clinical programs, or to extend payment terms with our suppliers or licensors. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on

13


Table of Contents

commercially reasonable terms or at all. Such substantial doubt does not give effect to the receipt of any proceeds from this offering.

Substantially all of our net sales are generated from sales of the iStent, which has a limited commercial history, and we are completely dependent on its success. If the iStent or our other products under development fail to gain widespread market acceptance, our business will suffer.

        Our primary sales-generating commercial product is the iStent , which we began selling in the United States in the third quarter of 2012. We rely heavily upon sales in the United States, which comprised 94.2% and 92.8% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 and three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our net sales from sales of the iStent in the United States, even if we are successful in commercializing our iStent products outside the United States, or receive necessary approvals to commercialize the iStent Inject and iStent Supra . Accordingly, our ability to generate net sales is highly dependent on our ability to market and sell the iStent .

        We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. The iStent is our first MIGS device and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression. MIGS and our MIGS devices may not gain sufficient market acceptance among eye care professionals, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community. There are a number of other available therapies marketed for the treatment of glaucoma, including medication therapies that are well established and are widely accepted by the medical community. Eye care professionals, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community may be slow or fail to adopt our products for a variety of reasons, including, among others:

        If we are not successful in increasing market acceptance of our products, overall utilization of our products may fall below targeted levels and our future net sales will be adversely impacted. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our commercialization efforts, we are unable to predict the extent to which we will continue to generate net sales from our products or the timing for when or the extent to which we will become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on an ongoing basis.

14


Table of Contents

We have limited experience marketing and selling the iStent. If our current investment in the expansion of our sales and marketing infrastructure does not lead to an increase in market penetration or acceptance of our products, we may not achieve sufficient net sales growth to become profitable.

        We began marketing the iStent in the United States after receiving FDA approval in 2012. Since that time, we have expanded our U.S. field sales organization from the initial 13 sales representatives to 55 as of March 31, 2015, including regional business managers, sales directors, clinical relations personnel and reimbursement specialists. As a result, we have limited experience marketing and selling the iStent . Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our employees. If our direct sales representatives fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales may suffer.

        In order to generate increased sales, we will need to expand the size and geographic scope of our direct sales organization. As a result, our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled regional sales managers and direct sales representatives with significant technical knowledge of MIGS and the iStent . Because of the competition for their services, we cannot assure you we will be able to hire and retain additional direct sales representatives on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified sales representatives would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales. Additionally, new hires require training and take time before they achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

        As a result, the further expansion of our sales force will require significant additional investment and time. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, if we overestimate the size and growth of our user base, or their expected utilization of our product post-training, we could both overspend on sales and marketing programs and infrastructure and/or suffer material diminishing returns on these investments. Because the iStent is a first-in-class treatment for mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma and has a unique indication of use in combination with cataract surgery, there are no specific commercial models of other companies that we can utilize to project our resource and investment needs. If we fail to forecast our commercial infrastructure needs correctly, over- or under-investing in market reach, acceptance and penetration, it could negatively impact our financial operating results as we may not see sufficient net sales growth to become profitable.

We face manufacturing risks that may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products and could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results.

        Our business strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and proposed products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis so as to meet customer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We have a single manufacturing facility located at our corporate headquarters in Laguna Hills, California, where we manufacture, inspect, package, release and ship all final products. If this facility suffers a crippling event, or a force majeure event, this could materially impact our ability to operate.

        We are also subject to numerous other risks relating to our manufacturing capabilities, including:

15


Table of Contents

        These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with our current products and manufacturing processes. As demand for our products increases, we will have to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees and enhance our manufacturing processes. If we fail to increase our production capacity efficiently, our sales may not increase in line with our expectations and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. In addition, although we expect some of our products in development to share product features and components with the iStent , the manufacture of these products may require the modification of our current production processes or unique production processes, the hiring of specialized employees, the identification of new suppliers for specific components or the development of new manufacturing technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these products commercially viable or to maintain current operating margins.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components, and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.

        We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply components for the iStent , the iStent Inject and its unique injector system and our other pipeline products. Other than agreements with key suppliers, we generally do not enter into long-term supply agreements with our suppliers, and we order most components on a purchase order basis. In some cases, we have a sole supplier or a limited number of suppliers. For example, we rely on one machining company to manufacture the titanium iStent implant and one pharmaceutical supplier for the heparin used in the iStent 's heparin coating. While we believe that there are at least several other vendors that could supply the titanium implant, and other pharmaceutical vendors that could supply heparin, we have not yet qualified any of these vendors, which could cause delay, thereby impairing our ability to meet the demand of our customers. Although we maintain inventory to mitigate supply interruptions, we are nevertheless exposed to risks, including limited control over costs, availability, quality and delivery schedules.

        Moreover, due to the recent commercialization of the iStent and the limited amount of sales to date, we do not have long-standing relationships with our suppliers and may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components available to us unless the volume of our orders continues to increase. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us.

        We have in the past been, and we may in the future be, required to make significant "last time" purchases of components that are being discontinued by the supplier to ensure supply continuity. In addition, given our limited experience with these suppliers, it may be difficult for us to assess their ability to timely meet our demand in the future based on past performance. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Even if we are able to identify and qualify a suitable second source to replace one of our key suppliers, if necessary, that replacement supplier would not have access to our previous supplier's proprietary processes and would therefore be required to develop its own, which could result in further delay.

16


Table of Contents

        Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. It could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies and modify our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals. Our suppliers may also encounter financial or other hardships unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements. Any disruption of this nature or increased expense could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our operating results.

        In addition, we rely on our suppliers to supply us with components that comply with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, and meet agreed upon specifications, all at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Although we expect our third-party suppliers to act consistent with such standards, we do not control our suppliers, as they operate and oversee their own businesses. There is a risk that our suppliers will not always act consistent with our best interests, and may not always supply components that meet our needs. Accordingly, if we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality components to meet demand for our products on a timely basis, we could lose customer orders, our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.

We operate primarily at a facility in a single location and any crippling accident, force majeure event or disruption at this facility could materially affect our ability to operate and produce saleable products and could shut down our manufacturing capacity for an extended period.

        Our principal office is located in one building in Laguna Hills, California. Substantially all of our operations are conducted at this location, including our manufacturing processes, research and development activities, customer and technical support, and management and administrative functions. In addition, substantially all of our inventory of component supplies and finished goods is held at this location. Despite our efforts to safeguard our facility, including acquiring insurance, adopting environmental health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage of computer data, vandalism, terrorism or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could damage or destroy our manufacturing equipment or our inventory of component supplies or finished goods, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information, and cause us to incur additional expenses, including relocation expenses. Our insurance may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to our facilities may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to secure and maintain adequate coverage or reimbursement by third-party payors in the United States for procedures using the iStent or our other products in development, or changes in current coverage or reimbursement, could materially impact our net sales and future growth.

        We currently derive nearly all our net sales from sales of the iStent in the United States and expect this to continue for the next several years. Hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers that purchase the iStent typically bill various third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, private commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations, to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the MIGS procedures in which the iStent is used and bill patients for any applicable deductibles or co-payments. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for the procedures using the iStent (and our other products in development) by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by our customers.

17


Table of Contents

        Because there is generally no separate reimbursement for medical devices and other supplies used in such procedures, including the iStent , the additional cost associated with the use of our iStent device could impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the cataract surgery is performed if the incremental facility fee payment is not sufficient. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our iStent in light of the additional associated cost. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for MIGS procedures could make it difficult for existing customers to continue using, or new customers to adopt, our iStent devices and could create additional pricing pressure for us. If we were forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our gross margins would decrease, which would adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.

        Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to payor. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.

        Many third-party payors in the United States model their coverage policies and payment amounts after those determined by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program. CMS relies on a network of Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, which process nearly 4.9 million Medicare claims each day and disburse more than $365 billion annually, to develop coverage policies when no national coverage determination exists for a procedure. Because there currently is no Medicare national coverage determination for procedures using our iStent devices, we are required to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of the iStent (including the iStent Inject device and iStent Supra device, if approved) to each MAC separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Although all MACs currently provide coverage and reimbursement for the MIGS procedure using the iStent , difficulties in processing reimbursement or regional differences in the reimbursement amount for the physician professional services could negatively impact further iStent penetration or usage by customers. These differences in MAC reimbursement could also negatively impact the amount paid by private commercial insurance companies, further negatively affecting customer penetration or usage.

        Some third-party payors in the United States, including Medicaid and TRICARE and certain commercial payors, have developed policies that deny coverage for the MIGS procedure using the iStent . To support changes in these policies, we may need to conduct prospective, randomized controlled clinical trials and present data from such trials to payors to demonstrate the medical necessity or cost-effectiveness of the iStent . There can be no assurance that coverage for our products will be expanded. In addition, those private payors that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for MIGS procedures performed with the iStent , though we cannot predict whether coverage will be sufficient or if there will be coverage at all. Failure to obtain favorable payor policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

        We believe that Medicare coverage and existing coverage by third-party payors represents approximately 90% of our target patient population. U.S. third-party payors representing more than 76% of individuals covered by commercial insurance currently reimburse the iStent procedure. While we anticipate gaining coverage and reimbursement from additional third-party payors, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful or that coverage and reimbursement will be at levels that support

18


Table of Contents

continued penetration and usage by our customers. Moreover, compliance with the administrative procedures and requirements of third-party payors may result in delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for customers to obtain coverage and reimbursement for procedures using the iStent . Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage or reimbursement for procedures using the iStent by third-party payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the cancellations of procedures to insert the iSten t in combination with cataract surgery, resulting in the loss of net sales from these procedures. If these issues remain unresolved, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

        In addition, although we have obtained temporary Category III Current Procedural Terminology codes for the MIGS procedures associated with the insertion of our iStent products, there is no guarantee that these billing codes or the payment amounts associated with such codes will not change in the future. Category III codes expire five years after the date they become effective. Prior to expiration, there are two options: submit an application to convert to a permanent Category I code; or submit an application for a five year extension of Category III status. If we are unable to maintain our existing codes or obtain new permanent Category I codes for procedures using our iStent products, or obtain new reimbursement codes for our other products in development, we will be subject to significant pricing pressure, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

        Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for our products or any of our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets.

The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able to develop and market products that are safer, more effective, less costly or otherwise more attractive than the iStent or any new products that we may develop, our commercial opportunity may be reduced or eliminated.

        The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and profound technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of MIGS products.

        We compete primarily with the use of medication therapy for treating glaucoma and with manufacturers of medical devices used in surgical therapy procedures for treating glaucoma, including Alcon, Inc., Abbott Medical Optics Inc., STAAR Surgical Company, Lumenis Ltd., NeoMedix,Inc. and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited. Alcon, Inc. and Abbott Medical Optics Inc. are the leading manufacturers of aqueous shunts, and Alcon, Inc. also markets the EX-PRESS Glaucoma Filtration Device. Lumenis Ltd. is a leading manufacturer of selective laser trabeculoplasty equipment. Neomedix, Inc. markets an electrosurgical device, and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited markets a canaloplasty device that some physicians employ to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma.

        Many of our current competitors are large public companies or divisions of publicly-traded companies and have several competitive advantages, including:

19


Table of Contents

        Our competitors, medical companies, academic and research institutions or others could develop new drugs, therapies, medical devices or surgical procedures to treat glaucoma that could render our products obsolete. For example, we are aware of several companies, including Transcend Medical, Inc., AqueSys, Inc., InnFocus Inc. and Ivantis Inc. that are conducting investigational device exemption, or IDE, approved clinical trials of MIGS devices. These products or other products that may be developed could demonstrate better safety or effectiveness, clinical results, ease of use or lower costs than our iStent or other products under development. If approved for marketing, these devices may compete directly with the iStent and our products under development. If any of these alternative technologies gain market acceptance, this may reduce demand for our primary product, the iStent , as well as for our products in development.

        Demand for the iStent or our future products would decline if such a product or technology were introduced, and our business would be harmed.

The training required for surgeons to use the iStent could reduce the market acceptance of our products.

        As with any new method or technique, ophthalmic surgeons must undergo a thorough training program before they are qualified to perform the iStent procedure. Surgeons could experience difficulty with the technique necessary to successfully insert the iStent , intraoperative gonioscopy, and not achieve the technical competency necessary to be qualified to insert our stents. Also, even after successfully completing the training program, the physicians could experience difficulty inserting our products and cease utilizing them or limit their use significantly in practice.

        We could also experience difficulty meeting expected levels of ophthalmic surgeons who complete our training program. This could happen due to less demand than expected, the length of time necessary to train each surgeon being longer than expected, the capacity of our sales representatives to train surgeons being less than anticipated, or if we are unable to sufficiently increase our sales organization. All of these events would lead to fewer trained ophthalmic surgeons qualified to insert the iStent , which could negatively impact our operating and financial results.

Ophthalmic surgeons not completing the iStent training program may nevertheless elect to perform iStent procedures and experience inferior clinical outcomes.

        Although our sales representatives manage the training program for ophthalmic surgeons to become qualified to insert the iStent in combination with cataract surgery, once training is completed the surgeon and/or surgical facility that the surgeon utilizes are cleared to order and maintain an iStent supply. There is a risk that untrained or unqualified ophthalmic surgeons could gain access to iStent devices from a facility's inventory and conduct iStent procedures without having received qualified status from us. If performing iStent procedures by unqualified ophthalmic surgeons were to become pervasive, this could raise the risk of complications and inferior clinical outcomes, which could result in negative patient experiences or experiences being published and damaging our reputation and that of

20


Table of Contents

the iStent . This could result in lower penetration and utilization by ophthalmic surgeons and could have a material adverse effect on our net sales growth, expected operating results and financial condition.

The safety and efficacy of the iStent and our other products are not yet supported by long-term clinical data in large numbers of patients. Ophthalmic surgeons may not use our products if they do not believe they are safe, efficient, effective and preferable alternatives to other treatment solutions in the market.

        We believe that ophthalmic surgeons will not use our products unless they conclude that our products provide a safe, efficient, effective and preferable alternative to currently available treatment options. If longer-term patient studies or clinical experience indicate that treatment with our products is less effective, less efficient or less safe than our current data suggest, our sales would be harmed, and we could be subject to significant liability. Further, unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury could cause negative publicity for our products, particularly in the early phases of product introduction. In addition, physicians may be slow to adopt our products if they perceive liability risks arising from their use. It is also possible that as our products become more widely used, latent defects could be identified, creating negative publicity and liability problems for us and adversely affecting demand for our products. If an increasing number of ophthalmic surgeons do not continue to adopt the use of our products, our operating and financial results will be negatively impacted.

Product liability suits brought against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities, limit sales of our existing products and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

        If our product offerings, including the iStent , are defectively designed or manufactured, contain defective components, or are used or deployed improperly, or if someone claims any of the foregoing, whether or not such claims are meritorious, we may become subject to substantial and costly litigation. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could divert management's attention from our business, be expensive to defend, result in sizable damage awards against us, damage our reputation, increase our product liability insurance rates, prevent us from securing continuing coverage, or prevent or interfere with commercialization of our products. In addition, we may not have sufficient insurance coverage for all future claims. Product liability claims brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage would likely be paid out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and results of operations.

Operating results could be unpredictable and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.

        We have only recently begun generating net sales from the sale of the iStent and we may experience volatility due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

21


Table of Contents

        As a result, you should not rely on our results in any past period as an indication of future results and you should anticipate that fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may continue and could generate volatility in the price of our common stock. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to develop and commercialize additional products using our iStent technologies. If we are not able to commercialize products in development in a timely manner, our products may become obsolete over time, customers may not buy our products and our net sales and profitability may decline.

        Demand for our products may change in ways we may not anticipate due to:

        As a result, it is important that we continue to build a more complete product offering using our iStent technologies. Developing additional products is expensive and time-consuming, and could divert management's attention away from expanding acceptance of the iStent and harm our business. Even if we are successful in developing additional products, including those currently in development, the success of our new product offerings, if any, will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

22


Table of Contents

        Moreover, we will need to make a substantial investment in research and development before we can determine the commercial viability of any innovations, and we may not have the financial resources required to fund such research and development. In addition, even if we are able to successfully develop product enhancements or new products, these enhancements or new products may not produce net sales in excess of the costs of development, or they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying superior technologies or features.

        Research programs to identify new products will require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any such products are ultimately identified. We may determine that one or more of our pre-clinical programs does not have sufficient potential to warrant the allocation of such resources. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential products, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

If we fail to manage our anticipated growth effectively, our business could suffer.

        Since commercial launch of the iStent in July 2012, we have seen significant period-to-period growth in our business. We anticipate that this rapid growth will continue in the near term as the iStent continues to gain market acceptance. Not only do we expect this growth to continue, but we must continue to grow in order to meet our business and financial objectives. However, continued growth may create numerous challenges, including:

23


Table of Contents

        If we fail to manage any of the above challenges effectively, our business may be harmed.

Our future growth depends on our ability to retain members of our senior management and other key employees. If we are unable to retain or recruit qualified personnel for growth, our business results could suffer.

        We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management as well as certain key employees. For example, our chief executive officer, as well as other key members of our senior management, have experience successfully developing novel technologies and scaling early-stage medical device companies to achieve profitability. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and key employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management and key employees in our industry is intense and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. The loss of services of certain members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management's attention to seeking qualified replacements. Each member of senior management as well as our key employees may terminate employment without notice and without cause or good reason. The members of our senior management are not subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain members of senior management could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

        In addition to competing for market share for our products, we also compete against these companies for personnel, including qualified sales representatives that are necessary to grow our business. Also, we compete with universities and research institutions for scientific and clinical personnel that are important to our research and development efforts.

        In addition, recruiting and retaining qualified operations, finance and accounting, scientific, clinical and sales and marketing personnel will be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms, given the competition among numerous medical device and pharmaceutical companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions.

        We also rely on consultants and advisors in our research, operations, clinical and commercial efforts to implement our business strategies. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

        Our strategic plan requires us to continue growing our sales, marketing, clinical and operational infrastructure in order to generate, and meet, the demand for our products. If we fail to retain or attract these key personnel, we could fail to take advantage of the market for our iStent technologies and our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our iDose implant will be regulated as a drug and be subject to a different regulatory approval process than our other products in development. iDose is in early stages of development and may never be commercialized.

        As a drug delivery implant, the iDose will be subject to a regulatory approval process similar to that for pharmaceuticals. This process is often a more lengthy and complex process than obtaining regulatory approval as a medical device. The future success of our iDose product candidate depends on our ability to complete pre-clinical development and clinical trials, and will require significant development activities, pre-clinical studies, clinical trials, regulatory approvals, and substantial additional investment.

24


Table of Contents

        This development program may not lead to a commercially viable product for several reasons. For example, we may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in pre-clinical tests or clinical trials, or we may have inadequate financial or other resources to pursue drug development efforts. From time to time, we may establish and announce certain development goals for our iDose product candidate; however, it is difficult to predict accurately if and when we will achieve these goals. We may be unsuccessful in advancing this drug delivery implant into clinical testing or in obtaining FDA approval, and our long-term business prospects could be harmed.

Our business requires substantial capital and operating expenditures to operate and grow.

        Although we generate net sales from sales of our first FDA-approved product, the iStent , and are conducting this offering, we may nevertheless need to raise substantial additional capital in the future to:

        We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, short-term investment balances and interest we earn on these balances will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the next 24 months. However, our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

25


Table of Contents

        If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or issuances of convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future would likely be senior to our common stock, would likely cause us to incur interest expense, and could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may increase our expenses and make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may also be required to secure any such debt obligations with some or all of our assets.

        We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on projects that are not successful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, or we may even have to scale back our operations.

We may enter into acquisitions, collaborations, in-licensing agreements, joint ventures, alliances or partnerships with third parties that fail to result in a commercial product or net sales.

        Aside from our agreement to purchase the glaucoma assets of DOSE Medical Corporation, or DOSE, we do not have any other current commitments to enter into any acquisitions, collaborations, in-licensing agreements, joint ventures, alliances or partnerships. We may in the future choose to undertake one or more of these transactions in order to retain our competitive position within the marketplace or to expand into new markets. However, we cannot assure you that we would be able to successfully complete any acquisition we choose to pursue, or that we would be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner. If we were unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business would likely suffer.

Significant disruptions to our information technology infrastructure could materially impact operations and financial results.

        The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage sales and marketing data, accounting and financial functions, inventory management, product development tasks, clinical data, customer service and technical support functions. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by computer viruses or hackers, power losses, and computer system or data network failures. In addition, a variety of our software systems are cloud-based data management applications, hosted by third-party service providers whose security and information technology systems are subject to similar risks.

        The failure of either our or our service providers' information technology could disrupt our entire operation or result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

Our existing revolving credit and term loan agreement contains restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

        Our existing revolving credit and term loan agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens, experience changes in management and enter into new businesses. We therefore may not be able to

26


Table of Contents

engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the agreement. In addition, we are required to maintain certain financial covenants to be considered in compliance with the terms of the agreement. Currently, and until such time as the below described debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, we must comply with a revenue performance covenant and a cash availability covenant. The revenue performance covenant requires that we achieve 85% of operating plan revenues measured on a monthly basis for the three-month period then ended. The cash availability covenant requires that we maintain a combined balance of cash plus unused revolving credit availability of not less than $5.0 million, with such cash balance to be not less than $2.0 million, measured on a monthly basis. In the event that we fail the cash availability covenant, we are required to obtain within 30 days a term sheet for new equity or subordinated debt proceeds in an amount of not less than $10.0 million, which financing must subsequently be funded within 60 days. The debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective on the date that we achieve for three consecutive months a ratio of no less than 1.2 to 1.0 measured for the six-month period then ended, for which the numerator is adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the agreement to be earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash expenses, less the sum of unfinanced capital expenditures, taxes, and any capital returned to stockholders) and the denominator is the sum of all principal and interest payments that become due and payable in cash during such period. Once the debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, the revenue performance and cash availability covenants are no longer in effect. If we fail to meet the required covenants and such non-compliance is not waived, or we are unable to negotiate amended terms, we could be in default under our revolving credit and term loan agreement, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Planned expansion into new markets outside of the United States will subject us to additional business and regulatory risks, and there can be no assurance that our products will be accepted in those markets.

        Engaging in international business inherently involves a number of other difficulties and risks, including:

27


Table of Contents

        If we or our suppliers are unable to address these international risks, we may fail to establish and maintain an international presence, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer.

We cannot be certain that our net operating loss tax carryforwards will be available to offset future taxable income.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $121.0 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and approximately $104.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes, which begin to expire in various amounts, if not used, between 2015 and 2018. At December 31, 2014, we had federal and state research and development carryforwards of $3.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2020 for federal purposes and carry over indefinitely for state purposes. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against these tax attributes because we believe that uncertainty exists with respect to the future realization of the tax attributes as well as with respect to the amount of the tax attributes that will be available in future periods. To the extent available, we intend to use these net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income associated with our operations. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient taxable income in the carryforward period to utilize any remaining net operating loss carryforwards before they expire.

        In addition, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, contains rules that limit for U.S. federal income tax purposes the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to utilize its net operating losses (and certain other tax attributes) existing as of the date of such ownership change. Under these rules, a corporation is treated as having had an "ownership change" if there is more than a 50% increase in stock ownership by one or more "five percent shareholders," within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, during a rolling three-year period. We believe a portion of our existing net operating losses are subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize our net operating losses to offset future taxable income could be further limited, which could have a negative effect on our liquidity. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our net operating losses, even if we attain profitability.

Risks Related to the Regulatory Environment

We and our suppliers are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, and if we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could suffer severe criminal or civil sanctions or be required to make significant changes to our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        The iStent is classified as a medical device. As a result, we are subject to extensive government regulation in the United States by the FDA and state regulatory authorities and by foreign regulatory authorities in the countries in which we conduct business. These regulations relate to, among other things, research and development, design, testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, clearance or approval, environmental controls, safety and efficacy, labeling, advertising, promotion, pricing, recordkeeping, reporting, import and export, post-approval studies and the sale and distribution of the iStent and our other products in development.

        In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for, or significant modification to, an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. The process of obtaining PMA approval, which was required for the iStent , is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a device legally on the market, known as a "predicate" device, in order to clear the

28


Table of Contents

proposed device for marketing. To be "substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA approval process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices for which the 510(k) process cannot be used and that are deemed to pose the greatest risk.

        Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the PMA is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

        The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

        The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products is also subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. We are not permitted to market any drug product candidate in the United States until we receive approval of a new drug application, or NDA, from the FDA. To gain approval to market a drug product, we must provide the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authorities with data from well-controlled clinical trials that adequately demonstrate the safety, efficacy and compliant manufacturing of the product for the intended indication applied for in the NDA or other respective regulatory filing. Obtaining regulatory approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process.

        The FDA or other applicable foreign regulatory bodies can delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

29


Table of Contents

        Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny. To ensure compliance with Medicare, Medicaid and other regulations, government agencies or their contractors often conduct routine audits and request customer records and other documents to support claims submitted for payment of services rendered. Government agencies or their contractors also periodically open investigations and obtain information from healthcare providers. Violations of federal and state regulations can result in severe criminal, civil and administrative penalties and sanctions, including debarment, suspension or exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other government reimbursement programs, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Legislative or regulatory reform of the healthcare system may affect our ability to sell our products profitably .

        In the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the regulatory and healthcare systems in ways that could impact our ability to sell our products profitably, if at all. In the United States in recent years, new legislation has been proposed and adopted at the federal and state levels that is effecting major changes in the healthcare system. In addition, new regulations and interpretations of existing healthcare statutes and regulations are frequently adopted.

        For example, in 2011, the FDA announced a Plan of Action to modernize and improve the FDA's premarket review of medical devices, and has implemented, and continues to implement, reforms intended to improve the timeliness and predictability of the premarket review process. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, Congress enacted several reforms entitled the Medical Device Regulatory Improvements and additional miscellaneous provisions that will further affect medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval.

        If, as a result of legislative or regulatory healthcare reform, we cannot sell the iStent (or our other products in development if approved) profitably, our business would be harmed. In addition, any change in the laws or regulations that govern the clearance and approval processes relating to our current and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain clearance or approval for new products, or to produce, market and distribute existing products.

30


Table of Contents

        In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or PPACA, was signed into law. While the goal of health care reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. The PPACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other things, the PPACA:

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

        We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

        In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and two related directives concerning active implantable medical devices and in vitro diagnostic medical devices respectively with a new regulation concerning medical devices and another concerning in vitro diagnostic medical devices. Unlike Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulations would be directly applicable in all European Economic Area, or EEA, Member States and so are intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

        In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more

31


Table of Contents

burdensome assessment of our new products. We anticipate that further amendments to this proposal may be agreed as a compromise among the various EU legislative bodies before the final regulation on medical devices is adopted, most likely in 2015 or 2016.

The clinical trial process required to obtain regulatory approvals is lengthy and expensive with uncertain outcomes, and could result in delays in new product introductions.

        Because of the indication we chose to pursue for the iStent , the FDA required that we seek PMA approval rather than clearance under the 510(k) process. In order to obtain PMA approval for a product, the sponsor must conduct well-controlled clinical trials designed to assess the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. Similarly, a sponsor generally must conduct well-controlled clinical trials designed to assess the safety and efficacy of a drug product candidate in order to obtain FDA approval of a drug product. We therefore will be required to conduct clinical trials to obtain approval of iDose , our drug delivery implant, new indications for the iStent or new product candidates. Conducting clinical trials is a complex and expensive process, can take many years, and outcomes are inherently uncertain. We incur substantial expense for, and devote significant time to, clinical trials but cannot be certain that the trials will ever result in commercial sales. We may suffer significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after earlier clinical trials showed promising results, and failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Any of our products may malfunction or may produce undesirable adverse effects that could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials. We, the FDA, or another regulatory authority may suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time to avoid exposing trial participants to unacceptable health risks.

        Successful results of pre-clinical studies are not necessarily indicative of future clinical trial results, and predecessor clinical trial results may not be replicated in subsequent clinical trials. Additionally, the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to prove safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could further delay the clearance or approval of our products. The data we collect from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may not be sufficient to support FDA clearance or approval, and if we are unable to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our future products in our clinical trials, we will be unable to obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market our products.

        In addition, we may estimate and publicly announce the anticipated timing of the accomplishment of various clinical, regulatory and other product development goals, which are often referred to as milestones. These milestones could include the obtainment of the right to affix the CE Mark in the European Union; the submission to the FDA of an IDE application, or an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, to commence a pivotal clinical trial for a new product candidate; the enrollment of patients in clinical trials; the release of data from clinical trials; and other clinical and regulatory events. The actual timing of these milestones could vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will meet our projected milestones and if we do not meet these milestones as publicly announced, the commercialization of our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

        Clinical trials are necessary to support PMA applications for our device product candidates and may be necessary to support PMA supplements for modified versions of our marketed device products. This would require the enrollment of large numbers of suitable subjects, which may be difficult to identify, recruit and maintain as participants in the clinical trial. The clinical trials supporting the PMA application for the iStent involved 289 randomized patients. We expect that we will provide the FDA with data on the results of approximately 968 patients in three post-approval studies. If the FDA were to require us to submit data on a greater number of patients or a longer follow-up period, we would incur additional expenses that could be significant. Adverse outcomes in the post-approval studies could also result in restrictions or withdrawal of approval of the PMA.

32


Table of Contents

        Before we can obtain regulatory approval for any drug product candidate, such as our iDose drug delivery implant, we must undertake extensive clinical testing in humans to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA and other regulatory agencies. Clinical trials of drug product candidates are expensive and take years to complete, and the outcome of such trials is uncertain. We are currently conducting a Phase I clinical trial of iDose in Armenia. We initiated discussions with FDA regarding that study and regarding the data and information necessary to support an IND application to conduct clinical trials of iDose in the United States. Our ability to conduct additional clinical trials depends on many factors, including the data obtained in the Phase I clinical trial.

        Delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly affect our product development costs. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients in a timely manner or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a number of reasons, including delays or failures related to:

        Patient enrollment in clinical trials and completion of patient follow-up depend on many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, patient compliance, competing clinical trials and clinicians' and patients' perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new treatments that may be approved for the indications we are investigating. For example, patients may be discouraged from enrolling in our clinical trials if the trial protocol requires them to undergo extensive post-treatment procedures or follow-up to assess the safety and efficacy of a product candidate, or they may be persuaded to participate in contemporaneous clinical trials of a competitor's product candidate. In addition, patients participating in our clinical trials may drop out before completion of the trial or suffer adverse medical events unrelated to our products. Delays in patient enrollment or failure of patients to continue to participate in a clinical trial may delay commencement or completion of the clinical trial, cause an increase in the costs of the clinical trial and delays, or result in the failure of the clinical trial.

        We could also encounter delays if the FDA concluded that our financial relationships with our principal investigators resulted in a perceived or actual conflict of interest that may have affected the interpretation of a study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site or the utility of the clinical trial itself. Principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific

33


Table of Contents

advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive cash compensation and/or stock options in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation to or ownership interest by the clinical investigator carrying out the study result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of our application by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing any of our products currently in development.

        Further, clinical trials may also be delayed as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA, the IRB overseeing the clinical trial at issue, the Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial, any of our clinical trial sites with respect to that site, or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including:

        Additionally, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. If we experience delays in completion of, or if we terminate, any of our clinical trials, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues from these product candidates will be delayed or not realized at all. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of a clinical trial may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of the subject product candidate.

If the FDA does not conclude that the iDose drug delivery implant satisfies the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for approval of the iDose drug delivery implant under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly more complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.

        We intend to seek FDA approval through the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for our drug delivery implant, iDose . The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant.

        If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for iDose as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet

34


Table of Contents

additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval would likely substantially increase. Moreover, the inability to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market faster than our product candidate, which could materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for iDose , we cannot assure you that we will receive the requisite or timely approvals for commercialization of this product candidate.

Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.

        Once a medical device is approved, a manufacturer must notify the FDA of any modifications to the device. Any modification to a device that has received FDA clearance or approval that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires premarket clearance or approval from the FDA pursuant to a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA supplement. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination in the first instance regarding whether a modification to a cleared or approved device necessitates the filing of a new 510(k) notification or PMA supplement. The FDA may review any manufacturer's decision and can disagree. If the FDA disagrees with any future determination by us that a new clearance or approval is not required, we may need to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until and unless we obtain clearance or approval. In addition, we could also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Any of these outcomes would harm our business.

        A manufacturer must also submit periodic reports to the FDA as a condition of PMA approval. These reports include safety and effectiveness information about the device after its approval. Failure to submit such reports, or failure to submit the reports in a timely manner, could result in enforcement action by the FDA. Following its review of the periodic reports, the FDA might ask for additional information or initiate further investigation.

        The PMA approval for the iStent is subject to several conditions of approval, including postmarket study and registry study requirements. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval could result in the withdrawal of PMA approval, and the inability to continue to market the device. Failure to conduct the required studies in accordance with IRB and informed consent requirements could also be grounds for withdrawal of approval of the PMA.

        The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA, state and foreign regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA, state or foreign regulatory authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

35


Table of Contents

        Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We must continually monitor the performance of our products once approved and marketed for signs that their use may elicit serious and unexpected adverse effects. Any recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

        Our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on the long-term clinical performance of the iStent for lowering intraocular pressure in mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients undergoing cataract surgery. Our original PMA approval for the iStent included several post-marketing study requirements and future approvals may be subject to similar requirements. Failure to conduct required post-marketing studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation of the clearance or approval for the product that is subject to such a requirement and could also result in the recall or withdrawal of the product, which would prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

        Although we believe follow-up at two years continues to support efficacy and safety of the iStent for lowering intraocular pressure in mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients undergoing cataract surgery, in the future, longer term study outcomes could demonstrate conflicting clinical effectiveness, a reduction of effectiveness, no clinical effectiveness or longer term safety issues with the iStent . This type of differing data could have a detrimental effect on the market penetration and usage of the iStent by customers treating mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma and/or the risk/benefit profile of using the iStent to treat mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma in combination with cataract surgery. As a result, our sales may decline or expected growth would be negatively impacted. This could put pressure on our ability to execute key components of our business strategy and/or negatively impact our operating condition and financial results.

        More generally, all medical devices, such as the iStent , can experience performance problems that require review and possible corrective action by us or a component supplier. We cannot provide assurance that component failures, manufacturing errors, noncompliance with quality system requirements or good manufacturing practices, design defects and/or labeling inadequacies in any device or drug products that could result in an unsafe condition or injury to the patient will not occur. The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may also, under their own initiative, stop shipment or recall a product if any material deficiency is found or withdraw a product to improve device performance or for other reasons. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, noncompliance with good manufacturing practices or quality system requirements, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Similar regulatory agencies in other countries have similar authority to recall products because of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our stock to decline and expose

36


Table of Contents

us to product liability or other claims and harm our reputation with customers. A recall involving our products could be particularly harmful to our business, financial and operating results.

        The FDA requires that certain classifications of recalls be reported to the FDA within 10 working days after the recall is initiated. Notice to the FDA of a correction or removal is required when undertaken to reduce a risk to health, including when there is a reasonable probability that the product will cause serious adverse health consequences or death, or when use of the device may cause temporary or medically reversible adverse health consequences or an outcome where the probability of serious adverse health consequences is remote. In addition, companies are required to maintain certain records of corrections and removal, even if they are not reportable to the FDA or similar foreign governmental authorities. We may initiate voluntary recalls involving our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA or foreign governmental authorities. If the FDA or foreign governmental authorities disagree with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. In addition, the FDA or a foreign governmental authority could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls when they were conducted.

        In addition, under the FDA's medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall. We are subject to similar obligations in the EEA and other countries in which we market our products.

        Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product's deficiencies or defects, the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, civil penalties or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could harm our business, including our ability to market our products in the future.

        Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall, orders of repair, replacement or refund or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

If we or our component manufacturers fail to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation or Good Manufacturing Practice regulations, our manufacturing operations could be interrupted, and our product sales and operating results could suffer.

        We and some of our component manufacturers are required to comply with regulatory requirements known as the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, inspection, complaint handling, recordkeeping, management review, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our device products. The FDA's current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs apply to the manufacture of drug substance and finished drug products. The FDA audits compliance with these regulatory requirements through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may conduct inspections or audits at any time, and we and some of our

37


Table of Contents

component suppliers are subject to such inspections. Although we believe our manufacturing facilities and those of our critical component suppliers are in compliance with the QSR requirements, and with applicable cGMPs for our iDose drug delivery implant, we cannot provide assurance that any future inspection will not result in adverse findings. If our manufacturing facilities or those of any of our component suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or we or our suppliers have significant noncompliance issues or fail to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

        Any of these sanctions could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.

        Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards set by industrial standards bodies, such as the International Organization for Standardization. Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or the testing that our products undergo against these standards. The specific standards, types of evaluation and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies. If we fail to adequately comply with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of the FDA. Any such action may harm our reputation and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to obtain and maintain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions, our market opportunities will be limited.

        The iStent is currently approved for sale in 20 countries outside of the United States, where it is sold through a direct sales network in Germany as well as distributors in other countries. In order to market our products in the European Union, Asia or other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain and maintain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies from country to country and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval abroad may be longer than the time required to obtain FDA clearance or approval. Foreign regulatory approval processes include many of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval and we may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. FDA clearance or approval does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. However, the failure to obtain clearance or approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative impact on our ability to obtain clearance or approval elsewhere. If we do not obtain or

38


Table of Contents

maintain necessary approvals to commercialize our products in markets outside the United States, it would negatively affect our overall market penetration.

We may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions or other enforcement actions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or "off-label" uses, resulting in damage to our reputation and business.

        Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of a drug or medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Use of a drug or device outside of its cleared or approved indications is known as "off-label" use. Physicians may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of warning letters, untitled letters, fines, penalties, consent decrees, injunctions, or seizures, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation and financial results. We could also be subject to enforcement action under other federal or state laws, including the federal False Claims Act, or FCA.

Failure to comply with the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and implementing regulations affecting the transmission, security and privacy of health information could result in significant penalties.

        Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH Act, govern the collection, dissemination, security, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information. HIPAA and the HITECH Act may require us to comply with standards for the use and disclosure of health information within our company and with third parties. The Privacy Standards and Security Standards under HIPAA establish a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of individually identifiable health information by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services. Notably, whereas HIPAA previously directly regulated only these covered entities, the HITECH Act, which was signed into law as part of the stimulus package in February 2009, makes certain of HIPAA's privacy and security standards also directly applicable to covered entities' business associates. As a result, both covered entities and business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with the Privacy Standards and Security Standards.

        HIPAA and the HITECH Act also include standards for common healthcare electronic transactions and code sets, such as claims information, plan eligibility and payment information. Covered entities, such as healthcare providers, are required to conform to such transaction set standards pursuant to HIPAA.

        HIPAA requires healthcare providers to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to protected health information that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. The HITECH Act expands the notification requirement for breaches of patient-identifiable health information, restricts certain disclosures and sales of patient-identifiable health information and provides a tiered system for civil monetary penalties for HIPAA violations. The HITECH Act also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA.

39


Table of Contents

        If we do not comply with applicable existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions. New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, the HITECH Act, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related data and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant.

        The 2013 final HITECH Act omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches. Any liability from a failure to comply with the applicable requirements of HIPAA or the HITECH Act could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security-related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. These new provisions, as modified, will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us, as well as our clients and strategic partners. In addition, we are unable to predict what changes to the HIPAA Privacy Standards and Security Standards might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business. Any new legislation or regulation in the area of privacy and security of personal information, including personal health information, could also adversely affect our business operations.

If we fail to comply with state and federal healthcare regulatory laws, we could face substantial penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.

        Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors for our products, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal and state governments, which could significantly impact our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

40


Table of Contents

        Further, the PPACA, among other things, amended the intent requirements of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statutes governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity can now be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, PPACA provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. Moreover, while we do not submit claims and our customers make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, from time to time, we may provide reimbursement guidance to our customers. If a government authority were to conclude that we provided improper advice to our customers or encouraged the submission of false claims for reimbursement, we could face action against us by government authorities. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

        We have entered into consulting and scientific advisory board arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, including some who influence the ordering of and use of our products in procedures they perform. Compensation for some of these arrangements includes the provision of stock options. While we have worked to structure our arrangements to comply with applicable laws, because of the complex and far-reaching nature of these laws, regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with providers who influence the ordering of and use our products to be in violation of applicable laws.

        The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to

41


Table of Contents

additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

        If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, any of which could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

        We currently sell the iStent and iStent Inject outside the United States and we plan to further expand our international operations. In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, the pricing of medical devices is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to supply data that compares the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, it may not be profitable to sell our products in certain foreign countries, which could negatively affect the long-term growth of our business.

Our financial performance may be affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws.

        The PPACA imposes among other things, an excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning in 2013. Under these provisions, the Congressional Research Services predicts that the total cost to the medical device industry may be up to $29 billion over the next decade. The iStent is subject to this tax and the other products in our pipeline will be subject to this tax. There are no assurances that our business will not be materially adversely affected by the current, or possible future additional tax, provisions implemented under healthcare reform.

Our operations involve hazardous materials, and we must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive.

        We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal, and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. We could incur costs, fines, and civil and criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Compliance with current or future environmental and safety laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, impair our research, development or production efforts, or require us to incur other significant expenses. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur in the future as a result of the inability to obtain permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, our competitors and other third parties could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, which would substantially impair our ability to compete.

        Our success and ability to compete depends significantly upon our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary rights to the technologies and inventions used in or embodied by our products. We rely on a combination of patents and trademark rights, and to a lesser extent on trade secrets and

42


Table of Contents

copyrights, together with licenses and nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. These legal means, however, afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We also have not pursued or maintained, and may not pursue or maintain in the future, patent protection for our products in every country or territory in which we sell or will in the future sell our products. In addition, we cannot be sure that any of our pending patent applications or pending trademark applications will issue or that, if issued, they will issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or other foreign patent offices may deny or significantly narrow claims made under our patent applications and our issued patents may be successfully challenged, may be designed around, or may otherwise be of insufficient scope to provide us with any meaningful protection for our present or future commercial products. Further, the USPTO or other foreign trademark offices may deny our trademark applications and, even if published or registered, these trademarks may be ineffective in protecting our brand and goodwill and may be successfully opposed or challenged.

        The patent prosecution process itself is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. The patent prosecution process requires compliance with complex laws, rules and regulations imposed by patent authorities. Failure to comply with these laws, rules and regulations may derive, among other bases, from various defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications, which may include defects that relate to our making proper priority claims and inventorship determinations. If any such defects are identified, we may need to take corrective action. For example, we recently filed petitions with the USPTO to request in part that Dr. Richard Hill, one of our consultants, be added as an inventor on patents related to our iStent and iStent Inject products and iStent Supra product candidate that were developed during Dr. Hill's consultancy. Dr. Hill has assigned his rights in these patents and certain other patent applications to us pursuant to the terms of his consulting agreement. We cannot assure you, however, that our petitions to the USPTO will be successful. Dr. Hill was employed as an Associate Professor at the University of California, Irvine, or the University, during the period when these patents and patent applications were developed. We engaged in discussions with the University to address whether it has any ownership claim to these patents and patent applications as a result of Dr. Hill's employment, and in December 2014, we entered into an agreement with the University pursuant to which the University agreed not to challenge our ownership of these patents and patent applications. In addition, if any material defects are found in the form or preparation of any of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which could harm our business. Moreover, the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment or delay in payment of fees or annuities (whether intentional or unintentional), failure to specify proper entity status, and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The patent position of medical device companies is generally highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In the United

43


Table of Contents

States and in many foreign jurisdictions, policies regarding the breadth of claims allowed in patents can be inconsistent. The U.S. Supreme Court and the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain patents. Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, may affect patent litigation, and switch the U.S. patent system from a "first-to-invent" system to a "first-to-file" system. Under a "first-to-file" system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement, and defense of our patents and applications.

        We may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or to another foreign patent office, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, or other patent office proceedings or litigation, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights.

        We have a number of foreign patents and patent applications, and expect to pursue patent protection in the most significant markets in which we do business. The laws of other countries in which our product offerings are or may be sold may not protect our product offerings and intellectual property to the same extent as U.S. laws, if at all. Many companies have encountered significant difficulties in obtaining, protecting and defending such rights in such markets. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, and certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. We also may be unable to protect our rights in trade secrets and unpatented proprietary technology in these countries. If we encounter such difficulties or we are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting our intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be substantially harmed.

44


Table of Contents

        Despite our efforts to safeguard our unpatented and unregistered intellectual property rights, we may not be successful in doing so, or the steps taken by us in this regard may not be adequate to detect or deter misappropriation of our technology or to prevent an unauthorized third party from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our products, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and other third parties to produce products based on our patented or proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights, which could substantially impair our ability to compete.

        We may not be able to accurately estimate or control our future operating expenses in relation to obtaining, enforcing and/or defending intellectual property, which could lead to cash shortfalls. Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other patent related costs, including litigation costs and the results of such litigation.

We are currently and may in the future become involved in patent and other intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, which could be costly, time consuming and unsuccessful and could interfere with our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

        We are currently asserting and may in the future need to assert claims of infringement against third parties to protect our intellectual property. Since March 2013, we have been engaged in a dispute with Transcend Medical, Inc., or Transcend, in which Transcend is challenging certain of our patents as invalid and seeking a declaratory judgment that they do not infringe our patents. We answered this challenge with a counterclaim alleging Transcend's infringement of our patents. Transcend has also asserted an inequitable conduct defense in connection with three patents in the lawsuit, and has alleged a pattern of inequitable conduct in connection with the inventorship of such patents and certain additional patents not directly at issue in the lawsuit. While we deny and dispute Transcend's claims, there is no guarantee that we will prevail in this litigation, or that we will receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail. In the event of an adverse judgment in this matter, the court could hold that some or all of our asserted patents are not infringed, or that they are invalid or unenforceable, which would diminish the extent of patent protection we have on our iStent Supra product. Furthermore, if Transcend were to prevail on its general theories of alleged inequitable conduct, some of these other patents that Transcend is not challenging in its suit, but which Transcend has identified in its pleadings in this suit to support its allegations of inequitable conduct, could later be subject to similar claims from other third parties, which could potentially weaken the general scope of protection these patents afford our products. See "Business—Legal Proceedings" for more information regarding our dispute with Transcend.

        Regardless of the final outcome, any litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets or trademarks is highly unpredictable and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any claims we assert against alleged infringers could provoke these third parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their own intellectual property rights, or that our rights are invalid or unenforceable. A court could hold that some or all of our asserted intellectual property rights are not infringed, or could invalidate our rights, hold our rights unenforceable, or substantially narrow the scope of protection. Any such adverse result would undermine our competitive position.

45


Table of Contents

We may become subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation of the intellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from selling our products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties, require us to develop non-infringing alternatives and/or subject us to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief.

        The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that materially and adversely affect our business. Additionally, our competitors could later pursue additional patent protection related to their earlier patent disclosures, where such patent filings are prepared with intent to cover our products. Third parties could also assert infringement or misappropriation claims against us with respect to our products. Whether or not such claims are valid, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of such third parties or others. Any infringement or misappropriation claim could result in significant costs, substantial damages and our inability to manufacture, market or sell our existing or future products that are found to infringe. Even if we were to prevail in any such action, the litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of resources that could materially and adversely affect our business. If a court determined, or if we independently discovered, that our product offerings violated third-party proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that we would be able to re-engineer our products to avoid those rights or to obtain a license under those rights on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. As a result, we could be prohibited from selling products that are found to infringe, or we could elect not to sell or to stop selling products that we believe have a substantial probability of infringing a third-party's intellectual property rights. Even if obtaining a license were feasible, it may be costly and time-consuming. A court could also enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us or our customers from making, using, selling, offering to sell, distributing, exporting or importing the iStent or future products, such as the iStent Inject, iStent Supra or iDose, or could enter orders mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. A court could also order us to pay compensatory damages for such infringement, plus prejudgment interest, and if we are found to have willfully infringed third-party rights, could in addition treble the compensatory damages and award attorneys' fees. These damages could be substantial and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could hurt the price of our common stock. Such litigation proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If any of our employees, consultants or others breach their proprietary information agreements, our competitive position could be harmed.

        We protect our proprietary technology, in part, through proprietary information and inventions agreements with employees, consultants and other parties. These agreements with employees and consultants generally contain standard provisions requiring those individuals to assign to us, without additional consideration, inventions conceived or reduced to practice by them while employed or

46


Table of Contents

retained by us, subject to customary exceptions. Although it is our policy to require each of our employees, consultants and any other parties who may be involved in the development of intellectual property on our behalf to execute such agreements, we may be unsuccessful in doing so with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The relevant assignment provisions may not be self-executing or may be breached. As a result, our competitors may learn our trade secrets or we may be required to pursue litigation in order to determine the ownership of the intellectual property rights at issue.

        Even if we file suit to prevent or stop such disclosure, there is a risk that a court could find we have not adequately protected the information as a trade secret and allow use of the disclosed information by our competitors. Additionally, we may need to file suit to force the employee, consultant or other party in breach to assign his, her or its rights to us, or we may need to pay additional compensation to such employee, consultant or other party in order to quiet or obtain legal title to the intellectual property rights at issue.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors and third parties may claim an ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own.

        Many of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other medical device, biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants and contractors, may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information, of these former employers or competitors. Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own, based on claims that our employees or consultants have breached an obligation to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity. For example, Dr. Hill, one of our consultants, was also employed as an Associate Professor at the University during the period when certain patents and patent applications to which Dr. Hill contributed were developed. We were in discussions with the University to address whether it has any ownership claim to these patents as a result of Dr. Hill's employment. In December 2014, we entered into an agreement with the University pursuant to which the University agreed not to challenge our ownership of the patents and patent applications to which Dr. Hill contributed while he was both a consultant for us and a faculty member at the University. Litigation may be necessary to defend against any other claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, and may prevent us from selling our products. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

47


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

        As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company," we will incur significant legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not previously incurred as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory "say on pay" voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and may impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

        The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

If we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(a), will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an "emerging growth company" we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b). However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we are no longer an "emerging growth company." When our

48


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404(b) will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements.

        Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Regardless of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to such companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and may remain an "emerging growth company" until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For as long as we remain an "emerging growth company," we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies." These exemptions include:

        We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exception and therefore will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

49


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our common stock has not been publicly-traded, and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following the completion of this offering. The price of the common stock sold in this offering will not necessarily reflect the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market price for our common stock after this offering will be affected by a number of factors, including:

        In addition, the New York Stock Exchange has experienced significant volatility with respect to medical device, medical technology, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life science company stocks. The volatility of medical device, medical technology, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life science company stocks often does not relate to the operating performance of the companies represented by the stock. Further, there has been particular volatility in the market price of securities of early-stage and development-stage life science and medical device companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

50


Table of Contents

There can be no guarantee that an active trading market for our shares will develop and that you will have liquidity for your investments.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any or your shares of common stock, and the value of those shares might be materially impaired. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we obtain equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs, potential liabilities and the diversion of management's attention and resources.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in the offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $12.82 in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015 from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately 32.0% of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately 18.0% of the outstanding share capital and voting rights. In addition, we have issued options and other securities to acquire common stock at prices below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding securities are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors who purchase shares in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if we issue additional equity securities, investors purchasing shares in this offering will experience additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see "Dilution."

51


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares of our common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

        Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 29,705,846 shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the 5,358,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, or 6,161,700 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our officers, directors and certain of our stockholders, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their shares. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. However, our underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, up to an additional 24,347,846 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately 12.7 million of which are held by our officers, directors and their affiliated entities, and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, 5,583,110 shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding options as of March 31, 2015 and 387,000 shares of our common stock that are subject to options granted after March 31, 2015 will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. However, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or our other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Our officers, directors and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

        Following the completion of this offering, our officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock collectively will own or control approximately 74.4% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, our officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, acting as a group, will have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. This significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Two members of our board of directors intend to continue as directors of DOSE following closing of the sale of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and assets of DOSE to our company pursuant to the asset purchase agreement. In addition, there is significant overlap between our current stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE. Their interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.

        Two of our current directors, Thomas W. Burns and William J. Link, Ph.D., currently serve as the sole members of the board of directors of DOSE, and Thomas W. Burns also serves as an officer of DOSE. While Mr. Burns intends to resign as an officer of DOSE upon completion of the proposed sale of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and assets of DOSE to our company pursuant to the asset purchase agreement, neither he nor Dr. Link have informed us that he intends to resign from the DOSE board of directors. This could result in conflicts of interest between their obligations to our

52


Table of Contents

company and DOSE. In addition, there is significant overlap between our current stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE. DOSE's interests and the interests of its stockholders may be different from ours or those of our other stockholders and this could result in conflicts. The resolution of any of these conflicts may not always be in our or your best interest.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering include provisions that:

        These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively.

        We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund clinical studies evaluating our pipeline of products under development, to hire additional sales, marketing and customer service personnel and expand marketing programs both in the United States and outside the United States, to purchase the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from our affiliate DOSE, and intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes.

53


Table of Contents

We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, other than our agreement with DOSE, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction and we have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. We might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our management's decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering, and our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your shares of our common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment.

54


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "may," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue," "ongoing" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

        These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain.

        In addition, you should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

        This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

55


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $66.6 million, or $77.0 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the estimated net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $5.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $13.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional capital, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, increase awareness of our company among potential customers and improve our competitive position.

        We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

        The purchase price we are paying for the DOSE assets was based in part on the results of a valuation conducted by an independent third-party and is equal to $15.0 million plus the cancellation of all indebtedness owed to us by DOSE ($10.2 million as of March 31, 2015) as of the date of the completion of the asset sale, the consummation of which is expected to occur upon completion of this offering. Each of our 5% or greater stockholders and certain of our officers and directors owns shares in DOSE generally equivalent to their percentage ownership of our company. Two of our current directors currently serve as the sole members of the board of directors of DOSE. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—DOSE Medical" for more information regarding the asset purchase agreement, beneficial ownership and management of DOSE.

        We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, other than the DOSE asset acquisition, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business.

        The completion dates and costs for our clinical development programs, including seeking regulatory approvals, and our research programs can vary significantly for each current and future product candidate and are difficult to predict. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which

56


Table of Contents

programs and product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program and product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific success of early research programs, results of ongoing and future clinical trials, as well as ongoing assessments as to each current or future product candidate's commercial potential and our likelihood of obtaining any necessary regulatory approvals. In addition to the net proceeds from this offering, we also intend to use cash on hand, and cash generated from sales of our iStent products to meet our needs. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds. Although we currently expect that our cash on hand and cash from operations, together with the proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our 18 ongoing prospective clinical trials through completion, if we are not successful in generating sufficient cash from operations or our clinical trials are more costly than we anticipate, we may need to raise additional funds in order to complete these trials.

        Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

57


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our revolving line of credit materially restricts, and future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

58


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table summarizes our capitalization as of March 31, 2015:

        You should read the information in this table together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
  Actual   Pro forma   Pro forma as
adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Long-term debt, less current portion

  $ 13,702   $ 13,702   $ 13,702  

Stock warrant liability

    441     53     53  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 54,627 shares authorized, 21,642 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (2)

    157,379          

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 77,000 shares authorized, 2,676 shares issued and 2,648 shares outstanding, actual; 77,000 shares authorized, 24,318 shares issued and 24,290 shares outstanding, pro forma; 150,000 authorized and 29,676 shares issued and 29,648 outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    7     24     29  

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, no shares authorized or outstanding actual and pro forma; 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Additional paid-in capital

    8,787     166,537     233,093  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    44     44     44  

Accumulated deficit

    (160,338 )   (160,338 )   (185,439 )

Less treasury stock

    (132 )   (132 )   (132 )
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (151,632 )   6,135     47,595  
               

Noncontrolling interest

    (10,101 )   (10,101 )    
               

Total capitalization

  $ 9,789   $ (3,966 ) $ 47,595  
               
                 

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $5.0 million, assuming that

59


Table of Contents

    the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $13.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)
We amended our certificate of incorporation to provide that the convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon the earlier of: (a) the day immediately preceding the closing of an underwritten public offering in which we receive $50.0 million or more in gross proceeds or (b) the date specified by consent of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock. We expect to meet these conditions in connection with this offering.

        The outstanding share information in the table above excludes the following shares as of March 31, 2015:

60


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of your shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

        Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined based on our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities and less preferred stock divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock. The historical net tangible book deficit of our common stock as of March 31, 2015 was $174.3 million, or $65.84 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2015 was $16.6 million, or $0.68 per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,642,043 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the issuance of 57,837 shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon the closing of this offering.

        After giving further effect to (i) the sale and issuance of 5,358,000 shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the purchase of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from DOSE Medical Corporation, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been approximately $35.0 million, or $1.18 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.86 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $12.82 per share to investors participating in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 14.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2015, before giving effect to this offering

  $ (65.84 )      

Increase per share attributable to conversion of convertible preferred stock and net exercise of Series D warrants

    65.16        

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2015, before giving effect to this offering

    (0.68 )      

Increase per share attributable to this offering

    1.86        
             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

        $ 1.18  
             

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering

        $ 12.82  
             
             

        If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $1.49 per share, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $12.51 per share.

61


Table of Contents

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $5.0 million, or approximately $0.17 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.83 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $13.0 million, or $0.38 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $12.44 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $13.0 million, or $0.41 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $13.23 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        The following table presents, on the pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2015 described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering.

 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration   Weighted
average
price
per share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

    24,347,846     82.0 % $ 159,094,000     68.0 % $ 6.53  

Investors participating in this offering

    5,358,000     18.0 %   75,012,000     32.0 % $ 14.00  
                           

Total

    29,705,846     100 % $ 234,106,000     100 %      
                           

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $5.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $14.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The outstanding share information in the tables above excludes as of March 31, 2015:

62


Table of Contents

63


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth selected financial data. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the selected financial data presented below in conjunction with the information included under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of operating results that may be expected for the full year.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587   $ 8,249   $ 14,666  

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418     1,944     2,794  
                   

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169     6,305     11,872  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135     5,948     7,816  

Research and development

    15,511     19,205     4,383     5,240  
                   

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340     10,331     13,056  
                   

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )   (4,026 )   (1,184 )

Total other expense, net

    (23 )   (868 )   (311 )   (278 )

Provision for income taxes

    6     18     2      
                   

Net loss

  $ (14,227 )   (14,057 )   (4,339 )   (1,462 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

  $ (1,588 )   (1,931 )   (382 )   (496 )
                   

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,639 )   (12,126 ) $ (3,957 ) $ (966 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6.21 ) $ (5.29 ) $ (1.83 ) $ (0.40 )
                   
                   

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    2,036     2,294     2,168     2,410  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

        $ (0.51 )       $ (1.04 )
                       
                       

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

          23,920           25,123  
                       
                       

(1)
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

64


Table of Contents

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
(amounts in thousands)
  2013   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    6,728   $ 2,304   $ 4,239  

Working capital (deficit)

    6,487     (9,633 )   (4,916 )

Total assets

    30,877     26,021     28,253  

Stock warrant liability

    680     379     441  

Total liabilities

    23,709     29,546     32,607  

Convertible preferred stock

    156,210     157,379     157,379  

Additional paid in capital

    6,073     8,155     8,787  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (141,298 )   (151,299 )   (151,632 )

Noncontrolling interest

    (7,744 )   (9,605 )   (10,101 )

Total deficit

    (149,042 )   (160,904 )   (161,733 )

65


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with "Selected Financial Data" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current plans, expectations, estimates and beliefs that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results and the timing of selected events may differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. You should carefully read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section entitled "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data."

Overview

        We are an ophthalmic medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of breakthrough products and procedures designed to transform the treatment of glaucoma, one of the world's leading causes of blindness. We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. We launched the iStent , our first MIGS device, in the United States in July 2012 and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression.

        The iStent is the first commercially available MIGS treatment solution. FDA-approved for insertion in combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been shown to lower intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma, which represents the majority of glaucoma cases. The iStent procedure is currently reimbursed by Medicare and a majority of commercial payors and we have sold more than 70,000 iStent devices worldwide as of December 31, 2014.

        We are building a broad portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression, including three innovative pipeline products: the iStent Inject , the iStent Supra and iDose . The iStent Inject includes two stents pre-loaded in an auto-injection inserter. We are developing two versions of this product: the first is currently being studied for lowering intraocular pressure in conjunction with cataract surgery in a U.S. investigational device exemption, or IDE, pivotal trial; the second is currently being studied in an initial U.S. IDE study as a standalone treatment for lowering intraocular pressure. This second version is also capable of making its own self-sealing corneal penetration, potentially offering patient treatment in a minor surgical suite or an in-office setting. The iStent Supra is designed to access an alternative drainage space within the eye where we estimate 20% of aqueous humor outflow occurs, and is now in a U.S. pivotal IDE trial. iDose is an implant that is designed to provide a sustained release of a prostaglandin drug to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients. To validate the safety and efficacy of our iStent products, we are currently conducting 18 prospective clinical trials, including two Phase IV post-approval studies.

        We have never been profitable and have incurred operating losses in each year since our inception. Our net sales grew from $20.9 million in 2013 to $45.6 million in 2014, and our net losses were $14.2 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our net sales were $14.7 million compared to $8.2 million in the same period in 2014, and our net loss declined from $4.3 million to $1.5 million over the same period. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $160.3 million.

        We have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in our sales force and marketing programs. Costs for FDA-approved IDE studies in our industry are expensive as are the

66


Table of Contents

costs to develop new products, and we expect to incur a significant increase in administrative costs as we begin operating as a public company. While the gross profits from our growing net sales will help offset some of these costs, we expect to invest significantly more resources into our business using proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, we expect to continue to experience net losses for the foreseeable future.

        Although we have been generating cash from sales of our iStent products, we will continue to require additional capital, including the proceeds from this offering, to continue our development and commercialization activities. The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace and results of our product development efforts. As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $4.2 million. We may seek to obtain additional financing in the future through the issuance of our common stock, through other equity or debt financings, through collaborations or partnerships with other companies or through non-dilutive financing. We may not be able to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and any failure to raise capital as and when needed could materially harm our business, results of operations and future business prospects, including our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, our existing cash and cash equivalents and any borrowing available under our draw-to term loan and revolving line of credit will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next two years.

Factors Affecting Future Results

        In January 2007 we entered into an agreement with GMP Vision Solutions, or GMP, to acquire certain in-process research and development and therein agreed to make periodic royalty payments. In December 2012, we paid GMP $1.0 million for a 90-day option to buy out all of the remaining royalties payable to GMP under the January 2007 agreement. We did not exercise the option, which expired in April 2013.

        In November 2013, we amended the agreement and entered into a royalty buyout agreement with GMP pursuant to which we bought out all of the remaining royalties payable to GMP in exchange for the issuance of an aggregate of $17.5 million in secured promissory notes payable to GMP and a party related to GMP, which notes we refer to as our subordinated debt. In connection with this buyout agreement, we recognized an intangible asset valued at $17.5 million, which is being amortized to cost of sales on a straight-line basis by year as follows: $0.5 million in 2013, $3.5 million in each of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and $3.0 million in 2018. The subordinated debt required monthly interest only payments through December 31, 2014, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $0.8 million, which we began paying on January 31, 2015 and will pay through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, our cost of sales will be impacted through 2018 as a result of the amortization and our cash flows will be adversely affected by the debt service costs, primarily in 2015 and 2016 when principal payments are required in addition to interest. Our agreements with GMP are more fully described under "Business—Intellectual Property—Intellectual Property Agreements" and the terms of the subordinated notes are more fully described below under "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

        In December 2014, we entered into an agreement with the Regents of the University of California to correct inventorship in connection with a group of our patent rights and to obtain from the Regents a covenant that it did not and would not claim any right or title to such patent rights and will not challenge or assist any others in challenging such patent rights. In connection with the agreement, we agreed to pay to the Regents the sum of $2.7 million in five payments during 2015 as follows: $500,000 by January 30, 2015; $125,000 by March 31, 2015; $250,000 by June 30, 2015; $250,000 by September 30, 2015; and $1,575,000 by December 31, 2015. Under the terms of the agreement, the payments will be accelerated and due within 60 days of this offering. In addition, beginning with sales on or after January 1, 2015, we also agreed to pay the Regents a payment equal to a low-single digit

67


Table of Contents

percentage of worldwide net sales of certain current and future products, including our iStent products, which obligation terminates on the date that the last of the patent rights expires, which is currently expected to be in 2022. We accrued the $2.7 million obligation, net of imputed interest of $0.1 million, as of December 31, 2014 and charged it to cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2014.

        In February 2015, we and our primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement which provides for a $5.0 million senior secured term loan, a $5.0 million senior secured draw-to term loan and an $8.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The senior secured term loan and draw-to term loan mature and are required to be fully paid by February 23, 2019. On the closing date, we received $5.0 million cash under the senior secured term loan. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest under the revolving line of credit is due and payable in full on February 23, 2017. As of March 31, 2015, we had drawn $2.0 million under the draw-to term loan. As a result of executing these agreements, our cash flows will be adversely affected by the debt service costs, primarily in 2016 through 2019 when principal payments are required in addition to interest. The agreements with our primary bank are more fully described under "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

Basis of Presentation

Net Sales

        We operate in one reportable segment and substantially all of our net sales are derived from sales of our iStent products, net of customer returns and allowances. We recognize net sales when goods are shipped, title and risk of loss transfer to our customers, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured.

        We commenced commercial sales of the iStent in the United States in the third quarter of 2012 following FDA approval. Prior to FDA approval, our net sales were derived from sales of the iStent in Europe and Canada. In 2014 we commenced a controlled commercial launch of the iStent Inject in Germany. We sell our products through a direct sales organization in the United States, and outside the United States we sell our products primarily through independent distributors, with the exception of a direct sales subsidiary in Germany. The primary end-user customers for our products are hospitals and surgery centers.

        We anticipate our net sales will increase as we expand our sales and marketing infrastructure and continue to increase awareness of our products by expanding our sales base and increasing our marketing efforts. We also expect that our net sales within a fiscal year may be impacted seasonally, as elective surgery is often lower during summer months because of vacations and in winter months in certain parts of the world because of weather conditions. Accordingly, we expect that sequential growth of sales from the third quarter to the fourth quarter may be somewhat higher than for other sequential quarters, and we also expect that net sales in a first quarter may sometimes be less than the immediately preceding quarter.

Cost of Sales

        Cost of sales reflects the aggregate costs to manufacture our products and includes raw material costs, labor costs, manufacturing overhead expenses and the effect of changes in the balance of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. We manufacture our iStent products at our headquarters in Laguna Hills, California using components manufactured by third parties. Due to the relatively low production volumes of our iStent products, compared to our potential capacity for those products, a significant portion of our per unit costs is comprised of manufacturing overhead expenses. These expenses include quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management.

68


Table of Contents

        Beginning in late 2013, cost of sales has included amortization of the $17.5 million intangible asset we recognized in connection with our royalty buyout agreement with GMP in November 2013. The amortization expense was $0.5 million, $3.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and is estimated to be $3.5 million in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, and $3.0 million in 2018. Beginning in 2015, cost of sales will include a charge equal to a low single-digit percentage of worldwide net sales of certain current and future products, including our iStent products, with a required minimum annual payment of $500,000, which amount will be payable to the Regents in connection with our December 2014 agreement. This obligation will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the patent rights that are the subject of the December 2014 agreement.

        Additionally, as a medical device manufacturer, we are required to pay the 2.3% federal medical device excise tax on U.S. sales of medical devices manufactured by us. The medical device excise tax is included in our cost of sales. Cost of sales also includes amortization of the intangible asset recognized in November 2013.

        Our future gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or gross margin, will be impacted by numerous factors including commencement of sales of products in our pipeline, or any other future products, which may have higher product costs. Our gross margin will also be affected by manufacturing inefficiencies that we may experience as we attempt to manufacture our products on a larger scale, manufacture new products and change our manufacturing capacity or output. Additionally, our gross margin will continue to be affected by the aforementioned intangible asset amortization, expense related to our agreement with the Regents, and medical device excise tax.

Selling, General and Administrative

        Our selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, sales commissions, bonuses, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation for our executive, financial, marketing, sales, business development and administrative functions. Other significant SG&A expenses include marketing programs, advertising, conferences and congresses, and travel expenses, as well as the costs associated with obtaining and maintaining our patent portfolio, professional fees for accounting, auditing, consulting and legal services, travel and allocated overhead expenses.

        We expect SG&A expenses to continue to grow as we increase our sales, marketing, clinical education and general administration infrastructure in the United States. We also expect other non-employee-related costs, including sales and marketing program activities for new products, outside services and accounting and general legal costs to increase as our overall operations grow. The timing of these increased expenditures and their magnitude are primarily dependent on the commercial success and sales growth of our products, as well as on the timing of any new product launches. In addition, we expect to incur increased SG&A expenses in connection with being a public company, which may further increase when we are no longer able to rely on certain "emerging growth company" exemptions we are afforded under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act.

Research and Development

        Our research and development, or R&D, activities primarily consist of new product development projects, pre-clinical studies, IDE studies, and other clinical trials. Our R&D expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation for our R&D employees; research materials; supplies and services; and the costs of conducting clinical studies, which include payments to investigational sites and investigators, clinical research organizations, consultants, and other outside technical services and the costs of materials, supplies and travel. We expense R&D costs as incurred. We expect our R&D expenses to increase as we initiate and advance

69


Table of Contents

our development programs, the most costly of which are expected to be our iStent Inject , iStent Supra and iDose product candidates.

        Completion dates and costs for our clinical development programs including seeking regulatory approvals, and our research programs can vary significantly for each current and future product candidate and are difficult to predict. As a result, while we expect our R&D costs to continue to increase for the foreseeable future, we cannot estimate with any degree of certainty the costs we will incur in connection with development of our product candidates. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which programs and product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program and product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific success of early research programs, results of ongoing and future clinical trials, as well as ongoing assessments as to each current or future product candidate's commercial potential and our likelihood of obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

Other income (expense), net

        Other income and expense primarily consists of interest expense on our outstanding convertible notes and subordinated debt and changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
 
 
  % Increase
(decrease)
 
(dollars in thousands)
  2014   2015  
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Statements of operations data:

                   

Net sales

  $ 8,249   $ 14,666     78 %

Cost of sales

    1,944     2,794     44 %
                 

Gross profit

    6,305     11,872     88 %

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling, general and administrative

    5,948     7,816     31 %

Research and development

    4,383     5,240     20 %
                 

Total operating expenses

    10,331     13,056     26 %
                 

Loss from operations

    (4,026 )   (1,184 )   (71 )%

Total other expense, net

    (311 )   (278 )   (11 )%

Provision for income taxes

    2         NM  
                 

Net loss

  $ (4,339 ) $ (1,462 )   (66 )%
                 
                 

Net Sales

        Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $8.2 million and $14.7 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $6.4 million or 78%, with net sales in the United States representing $7.9 million and $13.6 million of net sales, respectively, and accounting for 89% of the overall increase. Our average number of domestic sales representatives increased from 28 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 41 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The higher number of sales representatives helped increase our customer base, leading to growth in unit sales. Increased unit volume accounted for approximately 96% of the increase in net sales, and approximately 4% of the increase in net sales resulted from an increase in average selling prices.

70


Table of Contents

Cost of Sales

        Cost of sales for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $1.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $0.9 million or 44%. Our gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was approximately 76% compared to approximately 81% in the same period of 2015. The increased gross margin percentage reflects that our fixed costs within cost of sales, such as certain manufacturing overhead costs and the intangible asset amortization of $0.9 million in both the 2014 and 2015 periods, represent a smaller percentage of the larger 2015 revenue amount.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        SG&A expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $5.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $1.9 million or 31%. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily a result of an increase of approximately $1.1 million in personnel, travel and other costs associated with our expanding domestic sales force and an increase of approximately $0.5 million in legal fees primarily associated with our patent litigation.

Research and Development Expenses

        R&D expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $4.4 million and $5.2 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $0.9 million or 20%. The increase in R&D expenses resulted primarily from higher clinical study costs, which included payments to investigational sites and investigators, consultants, and other outside technical service providers and the costs of related materials, supplies and travel.

Other Expense, net

        Other expense, net for each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was approximately $0.3 million, consisting primarily of interest expense.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  % Increase
(decrease)
 
(dollars in thousands)
  2013   2014  

Statements of operations data:

                   

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587     118 %

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418     350 %
                 

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169     86 %

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135     65 %

Research and development

    15,511     19,205     24 %
                 

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340     45 %
                 

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )   (7 )%

Total other expense, net

    (23 )   (868 )   NM  

Provision for income taxes

    6     18     200 %
                 

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 )   (1 )%
                 
                 

Net Sales

        Net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $20.9 million and $45.6 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $24.7 million or 118%, with net sales in the United States

71


Table of Contents

representing $19.5 million and $42.9 million, respectively, and accounting for 95% of the increase. The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of sales representatives and increased reimbursement coverage, which together led to an increase in unit sales growth. Our average number of sales representatives increased from 22 in 2013 to 35 in 2014. Increased unit volume accounted for approximately 98% of the increase in net sales, and approximately 2% of the increase in net sales resulted from an increase in average selling prices.

Cost of Sales

        Cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $2.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $8.9 million or 350%. Our gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately 88% compared to approximately 75% in the same period of 2014. Cost of sales in 2014 includes a $2.6 million charge associated with our December 2014 agreement with the Regents and $3.5 million of intangible asset amortization, which together totaled $6.1 million or approximately 13% of 2014 net sales. Amortization of the intangible asset commenced late in 2013 and $0.5 million was recorded in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing less than 3% of 2013 net sales. The increase in intangible asset amortization and the charge associated with the Regents agreement together account for 11% of the 13% reduction in gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        SG&A expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $17.1 million and $28.1 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $11.0 million or 65%. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily the result of an increase of approximately $4.4 million in personnel, travel and other costs associated with our expanding domestic sales force; an increase of approximately $1.9 million in legal fees primarily associated with our patent litigation; an increase of approximately $1.2 million in SG&A expenses incurred by our subsidiary in Germany; and approximately $1.2 million in costs in 2014 related to our efforts to prepare for this initial public offering.

Research and Development Expenses

        R&D expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $15.5 million and $19.2 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $3.7 million or 24%. The increase resulted primarily from higher clinical study costs, which included payments to investigational sites and investigators, consultants, and other outside technical service providers and the costs of related materials, supplies and travel. Our iStent inject clinical study enrolled significantly more subjects in 2014 as compared to 2013, and was the largest single contributor to the expense increase.

Other Expense, net

        We recorded other expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 of approximately $23,000 and $0.9 million, respectively. The increase was primarily the result of interest expense on our subordinated debt issued in November 2013.

72


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

        The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results we may expect for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
(amounts in thousands)
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
 

Net sales

  $ 2,915   $ 4,864   $ 6,078   $ 7,089  

Cost of sales (1)

    255     290     409     1,581  
                   

Gross profit

    2,660     4,574     5,669     5,508  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative

    3,206     4,214     4,398     5,280  

Research and development

    3,548     3,619     4,071     4,273  
                   

Total operating expenses

    6,754     7,833     8,469     9,553  
                   

Loss from operations

    (4,094 )   (3,259 )   (2,800 )   (4,045 )

Total other (income) expense, net

    (223 )   112     165     (77 )

Provision for income taxes

    2         1     3  
                   

Net loss

  $ (4,319 ) $ (3,147 ) $ (2,636 ) $ (4,125 )
                   
                   

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
(amounts in thousands)
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
 

Net sales

  $ 8,249   $ 11,099   $ 12,126   $ 14,113  

Cost of sales (1)

    1,944     2,339     2,246     4,889  
                   

Gross profit

    6,305     8,760     9,880     9,224  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative (2)

    5,948     6,582     6,669     8,936  

Research and development

    4,383     4,422     5,093     5,307  
                   

Total operating expenses

    10,331     11,004     11,762     14,243  
                   

Loss from operations

    (4,026 )   (2,244 )   (1,882 )   (5,019 )

Total other expense, net

    (311 )   (250 )   (84 )   (223 )

Provision for income taxes

    2         5     11  
                   

Net loss

  $ (4,339 ) $ (2,494 ) $ (1,971 ) $ (5,253 )
                   
                   

(1)
Includes intangible asset amortization of $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2013 and $0.9 million in each of the subsequent three-month periods. Also includes a $2.6 million charge in the three-month period ended December 31, 2014 associated with our December 2014 agreement with the Regents of the University of California.

(2)
Includes approximately $1.2 million in costs in the three-month period ended December 31, 2014 related to our efforts to prepare for this initial public offering.

73


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Since our inception, we have incurred losses and negative cash flow from our operations and, as of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $160.3 million. We have funded our operations to date from the sale of equity securities, issuance of notes payable, cash exercises of stock options and warrants to purchase equity securities and cash generated from net sales. Through March 31, 2015, we had raised approximately $157.4 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock and as of that date we had $22.3 million of indebtedness. We have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in our sales force and marketing programs. Costs for FDA-approved IDE studies in our industry are expensive as are the costs to develop new products, and we expect to incur a significant increase in administrative costs as we begin operating as a public company. We expect to invest significantly more resources into our business using proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, we expect to continue to experience net losses for the foreseeable future and expect that our sales performance will significantly impact our cash management decisions.

        At March 31, 2015, we had $4.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. In February 2015, we and our primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, and as of March 31, 2015, we had $7.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the facility. We believe that our available cash, proceeds from this offering and cash generated from sales of our iStent products will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next two years.

        Our recurring losses from operations and ongoing negative cash flows raise significant doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Such substantial doubt does not give effect to the receipt of any proceeds from this offering.

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of cash from operations, if ever, we expect to finance future cash needs through public or private equity or debt offerings. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly scale back our operations or delay, scale back or discontinue the development of one or more of our products. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and increased fixed payment obligations, and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. If we incur indebtedness, we could become subject to covenants that would restrict our operations and potentially impair our competitiveness, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any of these events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

        Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risk and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Cash Flows

        Historically, our sources of cash have included private placements of equity securities, debt arrangements, proceeds from the exercises of common stock options and preferred stock warrants, and, beginning with our commercial launch of the iStent , cash generated from the collection of accounts receivable. Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as the purchase and growth of inventory, expansion of our sales and marketing and R&D

74


Table of Contents

activities and other working capital needs; the acquisition of intellectual property; and expenditures related to equipment and improvements used to increase our manufacturing capacity, and improve our manufacturing efficiency and for overall facility expansion.

        The following table is a condensed summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(amounts in millions)
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                         

Operating activities

  $ (13.3 ) $ (7.1 ) $ (4.6 ) $ (1.0 )

Investing activities

    (1.0 )   (0.9 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )

Financing activities

    19.3     3.5     1.2     3.1  

Exchange rate changes

        0.1          
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5.0   $ (4.4 ) $ (3.6 ) $ 1.9  
                   
                   

        At March 31, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity.

Operating Activities

        In the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we used $4.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of net cash in operating activities. The decrease in net cash used in operating activities primarily reflects an increase in cash generated from significantly higher net sales of our iStent partially offset by a $2.7 million increase in our total operating expenses. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the total net change in operating assets and liabilities used cash of $1.8 million, partially offset by net non-cash operating costs totaling $1.5 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the total net change in operating assets and liabilities used cash of $1.0 million due to increases in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable. More than offsetting this amount were net non-cash operating costs totaling $1.4 million, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense.

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $7.1 million of net cash in operating activities as compared to $13.3 million in 2013. The decrease in net cash used in operating activities primarily reflects an increase in cash generated from higher net sales of our iStent partially offset by a $14.7 million increase in our total operating expenses. For 2014, the total net change in operating assets and liabilities provided cash of $1.2 million, as growth in accounts payable and accrued liabilities exceeded the combined growth in accounts receivable and inventory. Additionally, net non-cash operating costs totaled $5.7 million. For 2013, the total net change in operating assets and liabilities used cash of $1.4 million due to increases in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable. More than offsetting this amount were net non-cash operating costs totaling $2.4 million, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense.

Investing Activities

        Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases, maturities and sales of investments and capital expenditures.

75


Table of Contents

        In each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we used approximately $0.2 million for purchases of property and equipment.

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $0.9 million of net cash in investing activities as compared to $1.0 million in 2013. The primary uses of cash in 2014 and 2013 were purchases of property and equipment of approximately $0.9 million in each year.

        We expect to increase our investment in property and equipment in the future as we expand our manufacturing capacity for current and new products, improve our manufacturing efficiency and for overall facility expansion. We also expect to invest the proceeds from this offering in appropriate short-term investments, which will generate additional cash flows from investing activities.

Financing Activities

        Historically, we have funded our operations primarily through the issuance of convertible preferred stock and the incurrence of indebtedness, and cash has also been provided from the exercises of common stock options and preferred stock warrants.

        In the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash of $1.2 million was provided from financing activities as compared to $3.1 million in the same period in 2015. In the three months ended March 31, 2014, exercises of stock options and stock warrants each provided $0.6 million in cash. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, we received net proceeds from senior secured term and draw-to term loans of $6.9 million under our amended and restated revolving credit and term loan agreement, and we used $3.9 million to pay off the balance of the revolving line of credit and make scheduled subordinated note payments.

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, cash of $3.5 million was provided by financing activities as compared with $19.3 million in 2013. In 2014, we borrowed $1.9 million under our revolving line of credit and we received proceeds of $0.9 million and $0.8 million from the exercises of stock options and preferred stock warrants, respectively. In 2013, we raised $19.2 million from the issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock.

Indebtedness

Subordinated Notes Payable to GMP Vision Solutions

        In November 2013, we amended the agreement originally entered into with GMP in January 2007 and executed a royalty buyout agreement with GMP pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of $17.5 million in secured promissory notes to GMP and a party related to GMP. This subordinated debt is secured by all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, but is subordinated to the rights of our bank lender in connection with the revolving line of credit. The subordinated debt carries an interest rate of 5% per annum and required monthly interest only payments from November 30, 2013 through December 31, 2014 of $72,900, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $0.8 million, which we began paying on January 31, 2015 and will pay through December 31, 2016. We concluded that the transaction resulted in the recognition of a $17.5 million intangible asset. After determining that the pattern of future cash flows associated with this intangible asset could not be reliably estimated with a high level of precision, we concluded that the intangible asset will be amortized to cost of sales in our statements of operations on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of five years. See "Business—Intellectual Property—Intellectual Property Agreements" for more information regarding this agreement.

        In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we recorded related amortization expense of $0.5 million, $3.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in cost of sales. Estimated amortization expense will be $3.5 million in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, and $3.0 million in 2018.

76


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement

        In June 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement with our primary bank for a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of $6.0 million. Advances under the agreement were limited to the lesser of (i) $6 million or (ii) 77% of the sum of cash, cash equivalents and eligible domestic accounts receivable. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest was due and payable in full on June 5, 2015. Obligations under the revolving line of credit bore interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5% (3.75% at December 31, 2014). Amounts owed were secured by a first priority security interest in all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. Additionally, the terms of the revolving line of credit contained various affirmative and negative covenants, with which we were in compliance at December 31, 2014. There was $1.9 million outstanding under this line of credit as of December 31, 2014. In February 2015, the agreement was amended and restated, at which time the balance outstanding under the line of credit was $2.1 million.

        In February 2015, we and our primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement providing for a $5.0 million senior secured term loan, a $5.0 million senior secured draw-to term loan and an $8.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Amounts owed under the agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all of our assets, excluding intellectual property.

        On the closing date, we received $5.0 million cash under the senior secured term loan and immediately paid off the $2.1 million balance outstanding under the line of credit. This loan requires quarterly principal payments of $0.4 million over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016 and matures February 23, 2019. The senior secured draw-to term loan is available through February 23, 2016 for advances up to an aggregate of $5.0 million, and requires quarterly principal payments equal to 1 / 12 of the aggregate principal amount over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016 and matures February 23, 2019. As of March 31, 2015, we had drawn $2.0 million under the draw-to term loan. Advances under the revolving line of credit may not exceed the lesser of (i) $8.0 million or (ii) a calculated borrowing base consisting of (a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) the lesser of 30% of eligible inventory or $1.5 million. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest under the revolving line of credit are due and payable in full on February 23, 2017. As of March 31, 2015 we had not requested any advances under the revolving line of credit.

        Outstanding balances under the senior secured term loan and senior secured draw-to term loan bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 2%. At our option, all or a portion of the amounts owed under any of the senior secured term loan and draw-to term loan may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 3%. Outstanding balances under the revolving credit facility bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 1.75%. At our option, all or a portion of the amounts owed under the revolving credit facility may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%. In connection with the execution of the agreement, we issued warrants to purchase 11,298 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.85 per share.

        We are required to comply with certain non-financial and financial covenants as provided in the agreement that, if not met, could constitute events of default. Currently, and until such time as the below described debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, we must comply with a revenue performance covenant and a cash availability covenant. The revenue performance covenant requires that we achieve 85% of operating plan revenues measured on a monthly basis for the three-month period then ended. The cash availability covenant requires that we maintain a combined balance of cash plus unused revolving credit availability of not less than $5.0 million, with such cash balance to be not less than $2.0 million, measured on a monthly basis. In the event that we fail the cash

77


Table of Contents

availability covenant, we are required to obtain within 30 days a term sheet for new equity or subordinated debt proceeds in an amount of not less than $10.0 million, which financing must subsequently be funded within 60 days. The debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective on the date that we achieve for three consecutive months a ratio of no less than 1.2 to 1.0 measured for the six-month period then ended, for which the numerator is adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the agreement to be earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash expenses, less the sum of unfinanced capital expenditures, taxes, and any capital returned to stockholders) and the denominator is the sum of all principal and interest payments that become due and payable in cash during such period. Once the debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, the revenue performance and cash availability covenants are no longer in effect.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual obligations
(in millions)
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations (1)

  $ 0.4   $ 0.4   $   $   $  

Long-term debt obligations, excluding interest ( 2 )

    17.5     8.5     9.0          

Firm purchase commitments

    0.8     0.8              

Regents of the University of California

    2.7     2.7              

Revolving line of credit

    1.9     1.9              
                       

Total contractual obligations

  $ 23.3   $ 14.3   $ 9.0   $   $  
                       
                       

(1)
Excludes the operating lease obligation, resulting from the June 2015 sublease that takes effect September 1, 2015, as well as the June 2015 five-year lease that takes effect January 1, 2017 for an approximately 37,700 square foot facility in San Clemente, California, of approximately $0.1 million, $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $0.5 million in less than one year, one to three years, three to five years and more than five years, respectively, or a total of $3.1 million.

(2)
Excludes the contractual long-term debt obligation, excluding interest, associated with the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement executed after December 31, 2014, to pay $0, $6.4 million, and $0.6 million in less than one year, one to three years, and three to five years, respectively, or a total of $7.0 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for any other contractually narrow or limited purpose. However, from time to time we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify parties against third-party claims including certain real estate leases, supply purchase agreements, and directors and officers. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and in most instances a maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot by reasonably estimated until a specific claim is asserted thus no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets for any of the periods presented.

78


Table of Contents

Inflation

        We may experience pressure on our iStent selling prices resulting from potential future reductions in reimbursement payments to our customers, particularly from governmental payors such as Medicare or Medicaid but also private payors. We could also be impacted by rising costs for certain inflation-sensitive operating expenses such as labor and employee benefits. However, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations presented herein. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through selling price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Our cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts, as well as a certificate of deposit. These securities are not dependent on interest rate fluctuations that could cause the principal amount of these assets to fluctuate. As of March 31, 2015, we did not have outstanding any advances under our revolving line of credit, and we had an aggregate of $22.3 million in long-term debt. The interest rate on the subordinated notes is fixed. The interest rates on our senior secured term and draw-to term loans and our revolving line of credit is tied to the lender's prime or Eurodollar rates, and therefore are subject to interest rate risk. If overall interest rates had increased by 10% during the periods presented, our interest expense would not have been materially affected. We do not believe that our cash or cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash and cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits.

        Net sales to our distributors in Europe, and the financial statements of our German subsidiary and its sales to customers, are denominated in Euros, and therefore we have exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. The remainder of our business is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables would not have been material for the periods presented. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future. To date, we have not entered into any material foreign currency hedging contracts although we may do so in the future.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

        Management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

        While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the Notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be most critical for fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

79


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue primarily from sales of our iStent products. We recognize revenue from product sales when the following criteria are met: goods are shipped, title and risk of loss has transferred to our customers, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists when we have a contractual arrangement in place with the customer. Delivery has occurred when a product is shipped. If persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred, we determine whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable and collectability of the invoiced amount is reasonably assured. We assess whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable based on the existing arrangement with the customer, including whether we have sufficient history with a customer to reliably estimate the customer's payment patterns. We assess collectability by evaluating historical cash receipts and individual customer outstanding balances. To the extent all criteria set forth above are not satisfied at the time of shipment, revenue is recognized when cash is received from the customer.

        We permit returns of product if such product is returned in good condition and from normal distribution channels. Estimated allowances for sales returns are based upon the historical patterns of our product returns matched against sales, and our evaluation of specific factors that may increase the risk of product returns. Product returns to date have been immaterial.

Clinical Trial Expense Accruals

        As part of our R&D expenses, we accrue at each balance sheet date the estimated costs of clinical study activities performed by third-party clinical sites with whom we have agreements providing for fees based upon the quantities of subjects enrolled and clinical evaluation visits that occur over the life of the study. The estimates are determined based upon a review of the agreements and data collected by internal and external clinical personnel as to the status of enrollment and subject visits, and are based upon the facts and circumstances known to us at each financial reporting date. If the actual timing of performance of activities varies from the assumptions used in the estimates, we adjust the accruals accordingly. There have been no material adjustments to our prior period accrued estimates for clinical trial activities through March 31, 2015. If we underestimate or overestimate the activity or fees associated with a study or service at a given point in time, adjustments to R&D expenses may be necessary in future periods. Subsequent changes in estimates may result in a material change in our accruals. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services, including fees for process development or manufacturing and distribution of clinical supplies that will be used in future research and development activities, are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related goods are consumed or services are performed.

Collectability Reserves

        We sell our products directly to hospitals, surgery centers and distributors in the United States and internationally. We periodically assess the payment performance of these customers and establish reserves for anticipated losses when deemed necessary, which losses historically have not been significant. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payment based on historical collection experience and expectations of future collection based on current market conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on our assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts, the aging of accounts receivable, our history of bad debts and the general condition of the industry. Account balances are charged against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. To date, our collectability reserves have been immaterial, but may need to be increased as our net sales increase, which would adversely impact net operating results in the future.

80


Table of Contents

Inventory Valuation

        We value inventory at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. This policy requires us to make estimates regarding the market value of our inventory, including an assessment of excess or obsolete inventory. We evaluate inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on an estimate of the future demand for our product within a specified time horizon, and record an allowance to reduce the carrying value of inventory as determined necessary. The estimates we use for demand are also used for near-term capacity planning and inventory purchasing and are consistent with our revenue forecasts. If our actual demand is less than our forecast demand, we may be required to take additional excess inventory charges, which would decrease gross margin and adversely impact net operating results in the future.

Estimated Fair Value of Stock Warrant Liability

        We have issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock. We have also issued freestanding warrants to purchase our common stock. The warrants are recorded as a liability on our balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and are revalued at each subsequent balance sheet date, with fair value changes recognized as other income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or conversion of the preferred stock underlying the preferred stock warrants into common stock upon the completion of a liquidity event, including an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. We estimate the fair value of the liability using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, including assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

        Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the date of grant, based on the estimated fair value of the award using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For awards subject to time-based vesting conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense over the employee's requisite service period on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. Stock options granted to non-employees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

        The estimation of the fair value of each stock-based grant or issuance on the date of grant involves numerous assumptions by management. Although we calculate the fair value under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is a standard option pricing model, this model still requires the use of numerous assumptions, including, among others, the expected life (turnover), volatility of the underlying equity security, a risk free interest rate and expected dividends. We do not have publicly traded equity and have a limited operating history and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, and therefore we have estimated stock price volatility based upon an index of the historical volatilities of a group of four publicly-traded medical device peer companies. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available. We have estimated the expected term of our employee stock options using the "simplified" method, whereby the expected life equals the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. The model and assumptions also attempt to account for changing employee behavior as the stock price changes and capture the observed pattern of increasing rates of exercise as the stock price increases. The use of different values by management in connection with these assumptions in the Black -Scholes option pricing model could produce substantially different results.

81


Table of Contents

        The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.25 %   1.91 %   1.93 %   1.69 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected volatility

    63.1 %   60.7 %   56.6 %   56.6 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.07     6.14     6.09     6.07  

        In July 2014, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1.2 million shares of common stock, which options contain a performance condition such that they only become exercisable in the event that our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange within one year from the date of grant. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we have not recorded compensation expense associated with the grants and will not record any associated compensation expense unless and until the performance condition is satisfied. The total unamortized share-based compensation expense for these grants is $4.9 million. If and when the performance condition is satisfied, we will record compensation expense over the remainder of the four-year vesting period using the required graded accelerated attribution method, and we will immediately recognize cumulative compensation cost for the grants as if the method had been applied since the date of grant. Stock options granted subsequent to July 2014 do not contain a performance condition.

Common Stock Valuations

        We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management and independent third-party valuation analysis. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants. Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid.

        In addition, our board of directors also considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management, to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

    contemporaneous valuations prepared by an independent third-party valuation specialist;

    the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm's length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of our convertible preferred stock;

    our results of operations, financial position and the status of research and development efforts and achievement of enterprise milestones;

    the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors;

    the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company;

    our stage of development, business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

82


Table of Contents

    the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and medical device sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

    external market conditions affecting the life sciences and medical device industry sectors;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and

    the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held medical device companies.

        There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include the selection of the appropriate valuation model, assumptions regarding our future operating performance and financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, the estimated weighted average cost of capital and the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

        The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of our company's future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics.

        In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our company by utilizing the income and market approaches. The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the enterprise value using the probability-weighted expected return method at each valuation date during 2013, 2014 and 2015. We do not expect to continue to make these valuations and estimates once a trading market is established following completion of this offering as we expect to be able to rely on the market price to determine the market value of our common stock.

DOSE—Variable Interest Entity Accounting

        In October 2009, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, DOSE Medical Corporation, or DOSE, and in April 2010, we distributed all of our shares of common stock of DOSE via a stock dividend to our stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 31, 2010.

        Since its formation, we have provided DOSE with a small number of leased employees, management services and space, all of which were charged to DOSE and pursuant to written agreements between the parties. Additionally, we have provided DOSE the cash required to fund its operations that, together with accrued interest and charges for the aforementioned services, we have recorded in an intercompany receivable account. The total amount owed to us by DOSE, including all accrued interest, intercompany charges and payables, was $8.0 million, $9.7 million and $10.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

        We evaluated our relationship with DOSE and determined that we have both the power to direct operations and the right to receive benefits or absorb losses of DOSE that are potentially significant to us. Therefore, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, we determined that DOSE is a variable interest entity in which we had a variable interest in all reporting periods since the formation of DOSE. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DOSE, with all

83


Table of Contents

intercompany balances eliminated and with the deficit balance of DOSE's net assets reflected as noncontrolling interest.

        In July 2014, we entered into a transaction with DOSE pursuant to which we have agreed to acquire from DOSE certain assets, including the iDose product line, in exchange for $15 million and the elimination of all amounts owed by DOSE to us as of the closing date of the transaction, which is contingent upon the successful completion of this offering. In addition to an asset purchase agreement, we have agreed to an amended and restated patent license agreement and an amended and restated transition services agreement that provides for limited support from us for a period of up to three years. Either party can terminate the transition services agreement upon adequate written notice. Once the transaction closes, we will need to complete an evaluation of the modified relationship with DOSE to determine whether or not DOSE will continue to be a variable interest entity.

        See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the carrying amount and classification of DOSE's assets and liabilities that are included in our consolidated balance sheets. See also "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—DOSE Medical" for a description of our contractual arrangements with DOSE and the DOSE asset purchase agreement.

        The list above is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP. There are also areas in which our management's judgment in selecting any available alternative may produce a materially different result. Please see our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, which contain accounting policies and other disclosures required by GAAP.

JOBS Act

        In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

84


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are an ophthalmic medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of breakthrough products and procedures designed to transform the treatment of glaucoma, one of the world's leading causes of blindness. We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. We launched the iStent , our first MIGS device, in the United States in July 2012 and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression. We believe the iStent is the smallest medical device ever approved by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, measuring 1.0 mm long and 0.33 mm wide.

        Glaucoma is a group of eye diseases characterized by progressive, irreversible and largely asymptomatic vision loss caused by optic nerve damage, which is most commonly associated with elevated levels of pressure within the eye, or intraocular pressure. Elevated intraocular pressure often occurs when aqueous humor, the thin watery fluid that fills the front part of the eye, is not circulating normally and draining properly. According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma, a number it expects to grow to more than 88 million by 2019. This estimate includes approximately 4.2 million people with glaucoma in the United States, growing to 4.7 million by 2019. Glaucoma is a chronic condition that progresses slowly over long periods of time and can have a devastating impact on a patient's vision and quality of life.

        Reducing intraocular pressure is the only proven treatment for glaucoma. Glaucoma has traditionally been treated through a range of approaches that often require patients to use multiple types of prescription eye drops for the rest of their lives, and sometimes undergo complex and invasive eye surgery. Prescription eye drops, which are estimated to account for approximately $4.6 billion in global sales in 2014, according to Market Scope, are often used to control intraocular pressure throughout glaucoma progression. Unfortunately, these medications can be ineffective over time due to patient noncompliance and other factors. Complex and invasive glaucoma surgical options are typically reserved for more advanced disease and have remained largely unchanged since the 1970's.

        We developed MIGS to address the shortcomings of current glaucoma treatment options. MIGS procedures involve the insertion of a micro-scale device from within the eye's anterior chamber through a small corneal incision. MIGS devices reduce intraocular pressure by restoring the natural outflow pathways for aqueous humor. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        The iStent is the first commercially available MIGS treatment solution. FDA-approved for insertion in combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been shown to lower intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma, which represents the majority of glaucoma cases. The iStent procedure is currently reimbursed by Medicare and a majority of commercial payors and we have sold more than 70,000 iStent devices worldwide as of December 31, 2014.

        We are building a broad portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression, including three innovative pipeline products: the iStent Inject , the iStent Supra and iDose . The iStent Inject includes two stents pre-loaded in an auto-injection inserter. We are developing two versions of this product: the first is currently being studied for lowering intraocular pressure in conjunction with cataract surgery in a U.S. investigational device exemption, or IDE, pivotal trial; the second is currently being studied in an initial U.S. IDE study as a standalone treatment for lowering intraocular pressure. This second version is also capable of making its own self-sealing corneal penetration, potentially offering patient treatment in a minor

85


Table of Contents

surgical suite or an in-office setting. The iStent Supra is designed to access an alternative drainage space within the eye where we estimate 20% of aqueous humor outflow occurs, and is now in a U.S. pivotal IDE trial. iDose is an implant that is designed to provide a sustained release of a prostaglandin drug to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients. To validate the safety and efficacy of our iStent products, we are currently conducting 18 prospective clinical trials, including two Phase IV post-approval studies.

        Our corporate headquarters and production facilities are located in Laguna Hills, California, and as of March 31, 2015, we had 126 employees. We have built and are continuing to grow our commercial organization, which includes a direct sales force in the United States and Germany, and distribution partners in Europe, Asia Pacific, Canada and other targeted international geographies.

        Our net sales increased from $20.9 million in 2013 to $45.6 million in 2014, and our net losses were $14.2 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our net sales were $14.7 million, compared to $8.2 million in the same period in 2014, and our net loss was approximately $1.5 million compared to $4.3 million in the same period in 2014.

Success Factors

        We attribute our success to the following:

86


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

        According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma, a number it expects to grow to more than 88 million by 2019. This estimate includes approximately 4.2 million people with glaucoma in the United States, growing to 4.7 million by 2019. Market Scope estimates 2014 global sales of products used to treat glaucoma patients to be approximately $4.9 billion, growing to $6.6 billion in 2019. Open-angle glaucoma is the most common form of the disease. Approximately 3.4 million people in the United States have open-angle glaucoma, growing to 3.8 million by 2019 according to Market Scope. Despite therapeutic options that attempt to manage disease progression, researchers estimate that 8.4 million people were bilaterally blind from glaucoma in 2010, with this figure forecasted to rise to 11.1 million by 2020.

        Many factors are driving significant growth in the glaucoma market. Populations worldwide in both mature and emerging markets are growing and aging, while life expectancies continue to rise. Treatment of glaucoma is expected to increase due to better healthcare access globally and advances in glaucoma technology designed to provide earlier diagnosis and more cost-effective treatment to a larger portion of the glaucoma population.

        Care for glaucoma patients in the United States is administered by many of the approximately 18,700 ophthalmologists who diagnose the disease and provide medical management according to Market Scope. There are approximately 8,400 ophthalmic surgeons in the United States focused on performing cataract or glaucoma procedures. These ophthalmic surgeons perform approximately 3.7 million cataract surgeries annually in the United States according to Market Scope. We believe that approximately 20% of cataract surgeries are performed on patients also diagnosed with open-angle glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension. Appropriate treatment options are determined based on the progression and severity of the disease and include medical management with prescription pharmaceuticals, laser therapy, surgical therapy and now MIGS.

Glaucoma Treatment Overview and Limitations

Glaucoma and the Eye's Drainage System

        Glaucoma is a group of eye diseases characterized by progressive, irreversible and largely asymptomatic vision loss in which elevated levels of intraocular pressure are often associated with optic nerve damage. While some glaucoma patients do not experience an increase in intraocular pressure, it is widely considered a major risk factor in glaucoma's progression and reduction in intraocular pressure is the only clinically proven treatment. Elevated intraocular pressure occurs when aqueous humor is not circulating normally and properly drained from the front part of the eye. Normally, this fluid flows through the trabecular meshwork, an area of spongy mesh-like tissue in the eye located around the base of the cornea, and into Schlemm's canal, a circular channel in the eye that collects the aqueous humor and delivers it back into the bloodstream. This trabecular meshwork pathway is also known as the conventional outflow pathway.

        A second outflow pathway is located in the suprachoroidal space, which lies between the sclera and the choroid, where we estimate 20% of the eye's total aqueous humor outflow occurs. This pathway is

87


Table of Contents

also known as the unconventional or uveoscleral pathway. The suprachoroidal space is characterized as an area of less venous resistance to aqueous humor outflow than Schlemm's canal.

        The following image depicts the blockage of aqueous humor outflow in an eye with open-angle glaucoma.

GRAPHIC

        Open-angle glaucoma is the most common type of glaucoma. In open-angle glaucoma, structures of the eye may appear normal, but aqueous humor outflow through the trabecular meshwork and into Schlemm's canal is reduced due to gradual degeneration and obstruction. Direct causes of this blockage are unknown, but the disease is linked to age, ethnicity and hereditary factors. Loss of aqueous humor absorption leads to increased resistance and thus a chronic, painless buildup of pressure in the eye.

        Glaucoma is a progressive disease that can be categorized based by severity levels ranging from ocular hypertension (or pre-glaucoma) to severe glaucoma, as shown in the chart below. According to industry experts, mild-to-moderate glaucoma patients account for a majority of the population. An eye doctor usually diagnoses glaucoma as part of a comprehensive exam that includes measuring intraocular pressure and corneal thickness, evaluating optic nerve damage and testing visual fields. Intraocular pressure is measured in millimeters of mercury (mm Hg), with normal eye pressures ranging from 10 to 21 mm Hg. Glaucoma is typically characterized by an intraocular pressure greater than 21 mm Hg.

        An eye doctor will monitor optic nerve damage by tracking the cup to disc, or C:D, ratio. This exam measures the diameter of the optic disc (the round area in back of the eye where retinal nerve fiber layers collect to form the optic nerve) relative to the diameter of the optic cup (the center of the optic disc). Expansion and deepening of this optic cup indicates damage. Visual field, or perimetry, tests are used to check for peripheral vision impairment in one or more quadrants. Once diagnosed,

88


Table of Contents

the treatment goal in all cases is to control intraocular pressure. Glaucoma progression stages are described in the following chart.

Stage   Intraocular Pressure   Optic Nerve Damage   Visual Field   Intraocular Pressure
Treatment Target
Ocular Hypertension   20 - 30 mm Hg   No measurable or observable change   Visual function intact   20% reduction in baseline: £ 18 mm Hg

Mild Glaucoma

 

20 - 35 mm Hg

 

Minor; C:D £  0.8 with documented expansion and deepening of cup

 

Some visual field loss

 

25% reduction in baseline; £ 18 mm Hg

Moderate Glaucoma

 

> 30 mm Hg

 

Significant; C:D £  0.8 with documented expansion and deepening of cup

 

Expanded visual field loss in up to two quadrants; peripheral progressing to central loss

 

30% reduction in baseline; £ 15 mm Hg

Severe Glaucoma

 

Intraocular pressure uncontrolled

 

Severe; C:D > 0.8 with severe expansion and deepening of cup

 

Significant visual field loss in up to three quadrants; central loss

 

< 15 mm Hg

Glaucoma Treatment Overview

        The traditional treatment of glaucoma encompasses a variety of medication regimens, laser and surgical methods to lower intraocular pressure.

Therapy   Medications   Laser   Surgery
Product or procedure   Prescription eye drops   Selective, or SLT, argon and micropulse lasers   Invasive trabeculectomy with or without aqueous shunt device

Treatment

 

First-line

 

First or second-line

 

Last resort

Description

 

Eye drops taken one or more times a day in single or multiple medication regimens

 

Laser trabeculoplasty performed at outpatient centers

 

Filtration surgery or aqueous shunt, a flexible plastic tube with an attached silicone drainage pouch

Mechanism of action

 

Increasing aqueous humor outflow and/or decreasing production of aqueous humor

 

SLT laser energy targets melanin-containing cells in the trabecular meshwork, creating changes in the tissue and improving the aqueous humor outflow

 

Creating a drainage channel from the anterior chamber and through the sclera to allow aqueous humor outflow to area beneath the conjunctiva

Considerations

 

Poor patient compliance; complex, frequent and lifelong dosing regimens; loss of effect over time; cost; side effects; contraindications and adverse interactions with other medications

 

Effects of surgery dissipate after several years necessitating additional procedures; medication therapy may be necessary post-treatment

 

Little innovation; high failure rates; complication risks; lack of long-term efficacy; medication therapy may be necessary post-treatment

89


Table of Contents

        Multiple clinical trials have shown that medications can reduce intraocular pressures to baseline targets that can minimize vision loss. However, poor adherence to and lack of persistence with glaucoma medication regimens have been documented in numerous independent studies, which often place the incidence of patient noncompliance up to or above 50%, particularly in patients on two or more prescription eye drops. Even daily glaucoma single medication use has been associated with noncompliance rates as high as 75%.

        According to Market Scope, more than 45% of patients use two or more prescription eye drops. Furthermore, because glaucoma progresses slowly and with few symptoms, patients often do not adhere to their medication regimens as prescribed until the disease has progressed to the point of significant vision loss. As a result, despite the availability of medication therapies to combat glaucoma, progressive visual loss and blindness still occur. According to a study published in 2014, 15% of glaucoma patients progress to blindness within 20 years of diagnosis.

        Laser treatments have been developed to provide an alternative to lifelong medication treatments. Laser procedures are typically performed at an outpatient surgical center and involve the use of lasers to create changes in eye tissue and improve aqueous humor outflow. Ophthalmic surgeons may perform laser procedures as initial treatment, or for patients who are noncompliant with prescription eye drops or whose intraocular pressure is not well controlled by medications. According to Market Scope, selective laser trabeculoplasty, or SLT, is the most frequently performed glaucoma laser procedure in the United States, accounting for approximately 70% of all laser procedures. Although SLT can help to lower intraocular pressure, the procedure's effectiveness often wears off within one to five years, according to the Glaucoma Research Foundation. While a second procedure can be performed, the results of repeated laser surgeries are less predictable and less effective than those of the first surgery. Additionally, medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        Where medication therapy and laser treatment are unsuccessful in managing glaucoma, invasive surgical procedures such as trabeculectomies or implantation of tube shunts are performed, usually as outpatient procedures. In a trabeculectomy, the surgeon cuts open the conjunctiva and sclera to create flaps, and removes a plug of scleral tissue and sometimes a portion of the trabecular meshwork to create an opening into the anterior chamber. The conjunctiva and sclera flaps are sutured back down and a small blister, or bleb, is created between the conjunctiva and sclera. The surgery results in a new drainage channel that allows increased outflow of aqueous humor into the bleb. While some patients experience significant reductions in intraocular pressure, trabeculectomy failure rates can approach 50% according to published research. A common complication is scarring, which can prevent fluid drainage from the eye and interfere with the proper function of the bleb. If the bleb doesn't work properly, more surgery may be needed. Among the other complications associated with trabeculectomies are blurred vision, bleeding in the eye, bleb leaks, low intraocular pressure, or hypotony, infection, persistent corneal edema, choroidal detachment and cataract development. Implantations of tube shunts, devices that divert the aqueous humor from the anterior chamber, are generally reserved for eyes in which a trabeculectomy has failed or has a poor likelihood of success. A tube shunt surgery is similar to a trabeculectomy, except that the device's tube is inserted through the scleral channel to maintain the channel, and the device's reservoir end is placed deep under the conjunctiva to maintain the drainage space. While invasive glaucoma surgery often leads to significant reductions in intraocular pressure, it is associated with high long-term failure rates, long recovery times and significant complication risks. Additionally, as with laser treatment, the effects may dissipate over time, requiring additional procedures, and medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        We believe that because of the limitations of medications and laser and the morbidity associated with invasive surgical therapies, a clear unmet medical need exists in the management of open-angle glaucoma patients.

90


Table of Contents

Our Solution

        We pioneered the development of MIGS in order to address the shortcomings of current pharmaceutical and surgical options, and in doing so have established an entirely new market segment within the global glaucoma marketplace. We believe that by using our core competencies to develop, manufacture and obtain regulatory approval for products incorporating our proprietary technologies, we have created a platform capable of disrupting and revolutionizing the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm.

        In contrast to invasive surgical approaches, MIGS procedures access the anterior chamber of the eye through small corneal incisions or penetrations. MIGS procedures reduce intraocular pressure by restoring the natural physiologic pathways for aqueous humor outflow. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        We launched our first micro-scale MIGS treatment solution, the iStent , in the United States following FDA approval in June 2012. We believe the iStent represents the next generation in glaucoma surgical innovation and it is the first FDA-approved surgical device available for insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery for the reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma. The iStent is a micro-bypass stent made of surgical-grade non-ferromagnetic titanium that is coated with heparin. An extensive history of development efforts preceded the current form of the iStent , with contribution by our Caltech-associated founder, during which more than 80 prototype iterations were produced. Packaged in a sterile, pre-loaded configuration, the iStent is inserted through the small corneal incision made during cataract surgery and placed into Schlemm's canal, a circular channel in the eye that collects aqueous humor and delivers it back into the bloodstream. Once inserted, the iStent improves aqueous humor outflow while fitting naturally within Schlemm's canal. The ergonomic rail design protects and accesses underlying collector channels while the iStent 's three retention arches ensure secure placement. The iStent is currently approved only for insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery because this was the product usage in the U.S. IDE clinical trial information that was included in the PMA.

        The iStent is rated MRI Conditional by the American Society for Testing and Materials. This means that a patient implanted with the iStent can be scanned safely via MRI, or magnetic resonance imaging under the following conditions specified on the product label: static magnetic field of 3-Tesla or less, and maximum spatial magnetic field gradient of 720-Gauss/cm or less. Therefore, it may not be safe for iStent recipients to undergo MRIs in environments that do not match these specified conditions; however, the vast majority of MRI systems in use in the United States today are rated 3-Tesla or less. Following implantation of an iStent , the surgeon is instructed to provide to the patient a wallet-sized patient identification card citing the model and serial number of the device, implant date, and surgeon's name along with the aforementioned MRI conditions. The surgeon is also instructed to advise the patient that the patient identification card contains important information related to the iStent and that the card should be shown to their current and future health care providers.

91


Table of Contents

        The image below left shows a gloved hand holding the pre-loaded iStent inserter; the image below center is a magnified view of the insertion tip and iStent device; the image below right shows an iStent on the tip of a finger (inside circle).


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        The following series of graphics illustrates the insertion of an iStent into the eye: (left) the pre-loaded iStent inserter enters the anterior chamber through a small corneal incision made during cataract surgery; (center) a gonioscope is used to visualize Schlemm's canal; (right) the iStent is inserted into Schlemm's canal.

GRAPHIC

        The following series of graphics illustrates the effect of iStent in the eye: (left) after placement of the iStent , aqueous humor outflow is restored; (right) close-up illustration of iStent placement in Schlemm's canal.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

92


Table of Contents

        In combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been clinically proven to decrease intraocular pressure. We believe the iStent provides numerous benefits that address the significant unmet need for a durable and effective glaucoma treatment earlier in the treatment paradigm. These benefits include:

        Reduces intraocular pressure.     In the pivotal U.S. clinical trial, after one year, 68% of mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients who received the iStent in combination with cataract surgery remained medication free while sustaining target intraocular pressures of £ 21 mm Hg, a level consistent with normal, non-glaucomatous eyes. In the same trial, 64% of patients who received the iStent remained medication free while sustaining a mean intraocular pressure reduction of 20% compared to baseline.

        Facilitates compliance, convenience.     The iStent is designed to establish continuous outflow of aqueous fluid for sustained reduction in intraocular pressure. This mechanism is intended to assure uninterrupted therapy, thus overcoming the primary limitation of patient noncompliance to prescribed eye drop regimens. By reducing intraocular pressure on a sustained basis, iStent efficacy does not depend on patients remembering to use their prescription eye drops. Re-establishing normal, steady-state physiologic outflow of aqueous humor may reduce the large fluctuations in intraocular pressure that occur throughout the day in glaucoma patients. These large fluctuations in intraocular pressure have been shown in independent studies to be a significant risk factor in glaucoma progression.

        Safe procedure and rapid recovery.     Clinical studies have demonstrated that inserting the iStent in combination with cataract surgery yields an overall safety profile and recovery rate similar to cataract surgery alone, a surgery that has minimal complications and is the most commonly performed ophthalmic procedure today. The iStent procedure is not associated with the complication risks of invasive glaucoma surgery, and it also spares conjunctival tissue, or the clear skin that covers the sclera, enabling rapid recovery and preserving the potential for future glaucoma treatment options.

        Broad segment of ophthalmic practitioners can perform procedure.     Because the iStent procedure is straightforward, a broad segment of ophthalmic surgeons can effectively perform the MIGS procedure to insert an iStent . We believe this characteristic increases the procedure's appeal and utilization as an early and effective treatment option for ophthalmic surgeons.

Our Pipeline

        Our research and development goal is to leverage our core capabilities in MIGS-based design and development to create a full portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies for glaucoma management. We have developed a series of innovative products, in varying stages of development, that are designed to expand market penetration and adoption, further enhance ease of use for surgeons, reach a wider glaucoma patient population and broaden our offering for glaucoma management in order to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression:

        iStent Inject Trabecular Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Inject is approximately one-third the size of the iStent and relies on a similar method of action to improve aqueous humor outflow into Schlemm's canal and reduce intraocular pressure. Packaged in a two-stent, preloaded, auto-inject mechanism, the iStent Inject allows the surgeon to inject these stents into multiple trabecular meshwork locations through a single corneal entry with the goal of achieving greater intraocular pressure reduction. We are developing two versions of this product. One version of the iStent Inject is currently being evaluated in a pivotal U.S. IDE clinical trial for the reduction of intraocular pressure in mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma in combination with cataract surgery. A second version of the iStent Inject is designed to make its own self-sealing corneal needle penetration to achieve insertion without an incision. We began an initial U.S. IDE study in 2014 to evaluate this second version of the device as a stand-alone procedure in glaucoma patients who are not undergoing concurrent cataract surgery. The

93


Table of Contents

iStent Inject has already been approved for marketing in the European Union and is currently in a commercial launch in Germany.

        The image below left is the iStent Inject injection system, pre-loaded with two iStent Inject devices; the image below center is a magnified view of two iStent Inject devices; the image below right shows two iStent Inject devices on a penny (inside circle).


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        iStent Supra Suprachoroidal Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Supra is designed to reduce intraocular pressure by accessing the suprachoroidal space in the eye, an area that we estimate is responsible for 20% of its total aqueous outflow. We believe that the iStent Supra device could be used alone to lower intraocular pressure or in combination with the iStent or the iStent Inject to achieve even lower intraocular pressure in patients with progressive or more advanced open-angle glaucoma. An international study showed the iStent Supra achieved a 30% pressure reduction in comparison to the unmedicated baseline at 12 months. A U.S. pivotal IDE trial for the iStent Supra used in conjunction with cataract surgery to lower intraocular pressure is underway. The iStent Supra device has already been approved for marketing in the European Union.

        The image below left is a magnified view of the iStent Supra ; the image below center illustrates the iStent Supra device implanted into the suprachoroidal space of the eye; the image below right shows the iStent Supra device on the tip of a finger (inside circle).


GRAPHIC

 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        iDose.     The iDose is a targeted injectable drug delivery implant that uses our micro-scale platform. The iDose implant is designed to be pre-loaded into a small-gauge needle and injected into the eye via a self-sealing corneal needle penetration, where it is secured within the eye. The iDose delivers a prostaglandin directly into the anterior chamber of the eye to provide reduction of intraocular pressure over sustained periods of time. Prostaglandins are the most frequently used drug for reducing intraocular pressure. The iDose is designed to overcome the significant issue of patient noncompliance with prescription eye drop regimens, minimize the risk of corneal damage and other side effects associated with repeated applications of topical drugs and provide 24/7 therapy until drug depletion. Once depleted, the iDose can be easily removed and exchanged with a new iDose to provide extended, uninterrupted and continuous open-angle glaucoma therapy. We are currently planning to file a U.S. IND application with the FDA for iDose in 2016.

94


Table of Contents

        Our injectable therapies could further transform the glaucoma patient value proposition. We believe newly diagnosed glaucoma patients, and mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients who have failed on medication therapy, or those who are noncompliant with their prescribed eye drop regimens, could have iStent or iDose injectable therapy as a meaningful alternative to lifelong treatment with prescription eye drops. Our simple, straightforward injectable solutions may reduce the daily need, side effects and cost of prescription eye drops.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our goal is to maintain our MIGS leadership position in the development and commercialization of breakthrough micro-scale injectable therapies that transform the management of glaucoma. We plan to leverage our first mover advantage with the following growth strategies:

        Establish MIGS as the standard of care for open-angle glaucoma patients.     We have a large and growing body of clinical evidence that demonstrates the benefits and advantages of MIGS and our iStent technologies for effectively managing glaucoma. We plan to continue to increase awareness of MIGS and iStent technologies among ophthalmic surgeons by participating in ophthalmic congresses and meetings, advertising, editorial coverage in professional publications and various other marketing programs.

        Increase domestic adoption of iStent by expanding our sales force and reimbursement.     We plan to significantly grow our commercial organization in the United States, including expansion of our direct sales force of experienced ophthalmic sales professionals, to reach and train an increasing number of ophthalmic surgeons on the MIGS procedure and help these physicians integrate our iStent technology into their practices. We have been successful in establishing coverage for the iStent procedure by Medicare and a majority of U.S. private insurers and will continue to invest in expanding our U.S. payor coverage.

        Secure FDA approvals with expanded indications for our pipeline iStent products.     We are sponsoring 18 prospective clinical trials globally. These are designed to evaluate the long-term use of iStent devices as well as the use of multiple iStent devices to further reduce intraocular pressure. We expect some of these studies to help us in obtaining expanded indications or reimbursement coverage for our products. Our pipeline includes several clinical-stage products designed to achieve greater levels of intraocular pressure reduction, expand our addressable patient population, facilitate surgical implantation and sustain our MIGS leadership position. We do not have any plans to seek expansion of the FDA-approved indications of the currently approved iStent to include insertion on a standalone basis.

        Develop and commercialize our drug delivery product pipeline.     We are leveraging our proprietary micro-scale platform to develop iDose , a breakthrough targeted injectable drug delivery implant that is designed to provide reduction in intraocular pressure through continuous delivery of small molecule glaucoma medications directly into the anterior chamber of the eye on a sustained basis. We are currently planning to file an IND application with the FDA for iDose in 2016.

        Expand the global reach of our MIGS-based technology platform.     We plan to penetrate key international markets by increasing the number of distribution partners. We will also selectively utilize a direct sales approach in certain markets based on our assessment of market size and opportunity, the potential for net sales and profitability, local competition and prospects for compelling reimbursement coding and coverage. The iStent , iStent Inject and iStent Supra are CE Marked. The iStent is available in Europe and we have recently initiated a controlled launch of the iStent Inject in Germany.

Research & Development

        We are leveraging our micro-scale technology platform to address the full range of glaucoma disease states and progression and to fundamentally change the way glaucoma patients are treated. Our

95


Table of Contents

research and development efforts are focused primarily on continuous improvement of our iStent designs and injector systems and improvements to our proprietary MIGS platform. Our research and development objectives are:

        As of March 31, 2015, our research and development team consisted of 22 employees. Our research and development process is supported by multiple clinical research programs and regulatory affairs activities. We have 16 prospective clinical trials and two Phase IV post-approval studies currently underway. In addition, our technologies have been discussed in 33 articles published in peer-reviewed journals to date. Our research and development expenses were approximately $15.5 million and $19.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and $4.4 million and $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We expect our research and development expenditures to increase as we continue to devote significant resources to clinical trials and regulatory approvals of our new products.

iStent Clinical Validation

        The iStent pivotal U.S. clinical trial that served as the basis for the FDA approval of our premarket approval, or PMA, application by the FDA was the first prospective, randomized, open-label, multi-center, controlled U.S. IDE clinical trial ever to be conducted in support of a glaucoma device. A total of 29 U.S. investigational sites participated in the trial, which demonstrated that insertion of the iStent in patients undergoing cataract surgery provided clinically and statistically significant improvements in intraocular pressure and an overall safety profile similar to cataract surgery alone.

        To be enrolled in the trial, subjects were required to have mild or moderate open-angle glaucoma with visual field or nerve pathology characteristic of glaucoma, a C:D ratio of 0.8 or less, and intraocular pressure £ 24 mm Hg while taking one to three prescription eye drops. After discontinuation of glaucoma medications, intraocular pressure was required to be between 22 mm Hg and 36 mm Hg. Excluded from the trial were individuals with severe glaucomatous field defects, severely uncontrolled intraocular pressure, angle closure glaucoma, neovascular, uveitic or angle recession glaucoma, prior glaucoma surgery other than iridectomy, prior refractive procedures, known corticosteroid responders, ocular disease that would affect safety, monocular subjects or those with fellow eye best corrected visual acuity, or BCVA, worse than 20/200. In this study, the "p" values were statistical calculations to determine whether the effects of receiving the iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery were significant in comparison to cataract surgery alone based on pre-specified statistical targets. We specified that any result where p £ .05 would be significant.

        A total of 240 eyes (239 subjects) were randomized, of which 117 were randomized to receive the iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery (treatment group) and 123 to cataract surgery only (control group). Of the 117 eyes randomized to the treatment group, 111 underwent insertion of the iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery. Of the 123 eyes randomized to receive cataract surgery only, 117 eyes underwent cataract surgery. At the 12-month visit, subject accountability was 97% in the treatment group and 99% in the control group. After the randomized phase of the trial, an additional 50 subjects were enrolled for the safety purposes in the non-randomized phase.

96


Table of Contents

Pivotal Trial Efficacy Data

        Of subjects in the treatment group, 68% achieved the primary efficacy endpoint of an intraocular pressure £ 21 mm Hg without prescription eye drops at 12 months, compared to 50% for the control group (p = 0.004). Of subjects in the treatment group, 64% achieved the secondary efficacy endpoint of intraocular pressure reduction ³ 20% without prescription eye drops at 12 months, compared to 47% in the control group (p = 0.010). Throughout the postoperative period, prescription eye drops were prescribed in a lower proportion of patients, and initiated later, in the treatment group than in the control group. At 12 months, 85% of treatment group subjects were medication free compared to 65% of control group subjects at 12 months.

Pivotal Trial Safety Data

        The following table provides information on the most common adverse events reported in the pivotal trial.

Adverse Events
  Cataract Surgery
with
iStent
N=116
n (%)
  Cataract Surgery
Only
N=117
n (%)

Early postop corneal edema

  9 (8%)   11 (9%)

Any BCVA loss of at least one line at or after the three-month visit

  8 (7%)   12 (10%)

Posterior capsular opacification

  7 (6%)   12 (10%)

Stent obstruction

  5 (4%)   0 (0%)

Blurry vision or visual disturbance

  4 (3%)   8 (7%)

Elevated intraocular pressure

  4 (3%)   5 (4%)

        The overall rate of adverse events was similar between the treatment and control groups and no unanticipated adverse device complications were reported. The trial showed that when inserted in conjunction with cataract surgery for subjects with mild-moderate open-angle glaucoma, the benefits of the iStent procedure exceeded its risks.

Additional iStent Studies

        Two-year results from the pivotal trial showed relatively similar outcomes, although it was not designed nor statistically powered for two-year efficacy endpoints. Numerous other studies performed in Western Europe and the United States evaluating the iStent in combination with cataract surgery have found statistically significant reductions in mean intraocular pressure and medication use. For example, in a prospective, double-masked, randomized controlled trial on 36 patients with cataract and primary open-angle glaucoma, patients who received a single iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery showed an intraocular pressure decline to 14.8 mm Hg from 17.9 mm Hg at 15 months. This compared to an intraocular pressure decline to 15.7 mm Hg from 17.3 mm Hg in patients who underwent cataract surgery only. This trial included a washout of medications at 15 months in order to remove the confounding effect of glaucoma medications and, at 16 months, intraocular pressure was 16.6 mm Hg in the combined group, compared to 19.2 mm Hg in the cataract surgery-only group. Two other Western European studies have demonstrated the sustained efficacy and safety of a single iStent inserted in combination with cataract surgery after three to four or more years of post-operative follow up.

Sales and Marketing

        In the United States, we sell our products through a direct sales organization that, as of March 31, 2015, consisted of 55 sales professionals, including regional business managers, sales directors, clinical relations personnel and reimbursement specialists. Our sales organization is primarily responsible for training ophthalmic surgeons on the iStent procedure, helping these physicians integrate the technology into their practices and providing resources to support reimbursement, while also identifying and

97


Table of Contents

supporting investigational sites for clinical trials of our pipeline technologies. Over the next few years, we plan to aggressively expand the size and reach of our direct U.S. sales organization as demand for our iStent technologies increases and pipeline technologies are commercialized. We continue to recruit experienced sales professionals with extensive sales and/or clinical experience in ophthalmic medical technologies. We invest significant time and expense to provide comprehensive training to our sales professionals so that they are proficient in all aspects of our iStent technologies, including features and benefits, procedure techniques and reimbursement. In addition, we provide technical education regarding the eye's anatomy, glaucoma diagnosis, disease states and treatment, and cataract surgery.

        Outside the United States, we sell our products primarily through a network of distribution partners located in markets where we see the greatest potential for iStent adoption. In late 2013, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in Germany that employs three direct sales representatives. In early 2015, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in Japan that currently employs a general manager. We intend for this subsidiary to hire direct sales representatives in the event that we receive regulatory approval to market the iStent in Japan. We continually monitor our international sales progress and will consider conversion to a direct sales approach on a country-by-country basis, depending on our assessment of market conditions, net sales and profitability trends, reimbursement coding and coverage potential, and other factors. As of December 31, 2014, we had agreements with approximately 14 distributor organizations. No single distributor accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2014 or the three months ended March 31, 2015.

        Our global sales efforts and promotional activities are currently aimed at ophthalmic surgeons and other eye care professionals. Our primary customers include ophthalmic surgeons, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers, or ASCs. We require physicians to complete a mandatory training program before commencing iStent procedures. To facilitate this, we have developed a multi-faceted education program that includes interactive webinars, wet-lab training, in-office didactic sessions, observation of surgical cases and off-site information seminars. We also offer physician-to-physician training that involves pre-operative diagnostics, procedure assistance and post-operative consultations. We believe our education and training programs enable ophthalmic surgeons and other eye care professionals to improve patient outcomes and satisfaction with the iStent and procedure.

        We support our sales organization with marketing programs and initiatives designed to build awareness and appreciation for our iStent technologies. These include advertisements and editorial coverage in professional publications, exhibits at major ophthalmic congresses and meetings, MIGS and iStent user meetings, and targeted direct-to-consumer marketing efforts.

Reimbursement

United States Reimbursement

Reimbursement for iStent Procedure

        There are three key aspects of reimbursement in the United States:

98


Table of Contents

        In 2008, in consultation with and with the approval of the American Academy of Ophthalmology, we applied for and received a temporary Category III CPT code to describe insertion of devices such as the iStent using MIGS procedures.

        Category III codes expire five years after the date they become effective. Prior to expiration, there are two options: submit an application to convert to a Category I code; or submit an application for a five year extension of Category III status. CPT code 0191T, which describes the insertion of the iStent and iStent Inject devices, first became effective in 2008. Prior to expiration, an application for a five year extension was approved in 2012. We will need to submit an application to convert CPT code 0191T to a Category I code prior to the end of 2017 in order for the new code to be effective by the end of 2018. We also successfully applied for, and the American Medical Association created, a new CPT code 0253T, which describes the insertion of the iStent Supra device, in 2011. An application for a five year extension was approved at the same time as the application for the extension of CPT code 0191T. We will need to either submit an application for a Category I code or apply for another five-year extension prior to the end of 2017.

        The iStent is approved by the FDA for reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma undergoing cataract surgery who are currently treated with prescription eye drops. Based on data recently released by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services regarding total cataract surgery volume in the Medicare Fee for Service program and data published by Market Scope, we estimate that Medicare pays for 70% of all cataract surgeries performed in the United States. Due primarily to strong published clinical data, including the FDA pivotal trial, all MACs had begun covering the iStent procedure by February 2013, approximately seven months after FDA approval.

        We estimate that 20% of patients who meet the FDA indication for iStent insertion are covered by private health insurance companies, and we have secured positive coverage policies for iStent insertion with many of these private payors. As of March 31, 2015, we had secured reimbursement for the iStent insertion for approximately 76% of individuals covered by private insurance. These include United HealthCare, CIGNA, Aetna and all Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, plans except Wellpoint (Anthem BCBS) and two small plans. The positive coverage by most of the BCBS plans is a result of medical policy issued by the BCBS Association (national) in October 2013 stating that iStent insertion is considered medically necessary for mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients undergoing cataract surgery. While BCBS plans, which are independent licensees, are not required to follow BCBS national guidelines, the majority of the plans do so. We continue to work with private insurance providers in an effort to broaden coverage for the iStent procedure.

         iStent insertion in the United States is almost always performed in an outpatient setting and virtually all U.S. iStent sales are to ASCs and hospital outpatient departments, or HOPDs. At the average facility, 70% of claims reporting iStent insertion with cataract surgery will be processed and paid for by Medicare. National payment rates by Medicare to ASCs and HOPDs are determined each year through a complex formula, which takes into account reported costs for each claim submitted.

        When two procedures are performed on the same patient on the same day ( e.g. , iStent insertion and cataract surgery), Medicare reduces the payment of the lower-paying procedure by 50%. The facility payment for cataract surgery is generally lower than the payment for iStent insertion. Therefore, when these two procedures are performed together, the payment for cataract surgery is reduced by 50%. We believe that the incremental payment the facility receives for performing iStent insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery over and above what the facility would receive for performing cataract surgery alone covers the cost of the iStent device and the profit for the facility. The incremental facility

99


Table of Contents

payment has remained relatively stable over the past few years, however there is no assurance that this payment will remain stable in the future. If the incremental facility payment were to decrease such that it did not cover the cost of the iStent device, it could reduce the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the cataract surgery is performed, make it difficult for existing customers to continue using, or new customers to adopt, our products and create additional pricing pressure for us.

        Physicians are paid separately from the facility for surgical procedures. Unlike the facility payment, for the CPT code that describes iStent insertion, there is no published Medicare payment schedule at the national level, and the physician payment rate is left to the discretion of the individual Medicare contractor. In order to adopt a new procedure, one of the factors that the surgeon evaluates is whether or not payment for the procedure adequately covers the surgeon's time. As with the facility payment, the incremental payment the physician receives for inserting the iStent device in conjunction with cataract surgery over and above what he or she would receive for performing cataract surgery alone plays a role in a surgeon's decision to adopt the technology. Based on surgeon feedback, we have determined the current incremental payment for iStent insertion when performed in conjunction with cataract surgery is acceptable in all local jurisdictions. We estimate that the national average incremental payment is approximately $500.

        Unlike Medicare, commercial payors do not publish fee schedules. In general, based on selected feedback from facilities and surgeons, payments for iStent insertion from the commercial payors who cover the procedure generally run somewhat higher than the comparable local Medicare payment.

Reimbursement for Future Products

        We have also filed and received approval of applications for CPT codes that describe our pipeline iStent devices. Our application for a CPT code to describe insertion of the iStent Supra was approved by the American Medical Association, or AMA, in 2011 resulting in the creation of Category III CPT code 0253T. Our application for a CPT code to describe the insertion of additional trabecular meshwork stents (as with the iStent Inject procedure) was approved by the AMA in early 2014 resulting in the creation of Category III CPT code 0376T. While this code was available beginning on January 1, 2015 for the reporting of procedures in which more than one iStent is inserted in the same eye, it currently does not result in any incremental facility or professional fee payment from Medicare. In addition, it is unclear whether any other third-party payor will cover the insertion of a second stent or that payment for a second stent will be adequate.

Reimbursement Outside the United States

Reimbursement in Europe

        In most of the developed European countries, healthcare is funded by the central government. In general, obtaining broad-based reimbursement and adequate payment for new technologies is more difficult in these markets than in the United States. As with the United States, high-quality published clinical data ( i.e. , randomized, controlled trials) is required to obtain coverage. However, most of the developed European countries require new medical technologies to not only be safe and effective, but also to be able to demonstrate clinical benefits that outweigh the costs when compared to the standard of care. Conversely, while some U.S. private insurers take cost into consideration, Medicare by law does not consider cost in its coverage decisions.

        Our primary focus has been on the U.S. market and we are in the early stages of commercialization in Europe. With regard to reimbursement in the larger developed countries, we have made the most progress in Germany. Prior to 2013, surgeons in Germany who implanted the iStent used a code for a general glaucoma operation. This code was only payable in the hospital inpatient setting and, although the payment was sufficient to cover the cost of the iStent and payment to the surgeon, the requirement of an overnight stay in the hospital was a significant barrier to adoption. Effective January 1, 2013, there is a specific code (5-133.9) describing implantation of a trabecular stent

100


Table of Contents

( e.g. , the iStent and iStent Inject ). This code was added to the Einheitlicher Bewertungsmaßstab (EBM) or Unified Rating Scale of procedures that are payable in the outpatient setting. The 5-133.9 code can be reported in conjunction with cataract surgery or as a stand-alone procedure. In addition, the payment to the surgeon for 5-133.9 is considered adequate to cover the surgeon's costs ( i.e. , time) for inserting the iStent . Also, under the EBM, the cost of the implant can be passed through to the payor.

        Although under German law healthcare is a universal right, and approximately 90% of the population is covered under the Statutory Health Insurance, or SHI or public plan, coverage decisions and payment are decentralized. Physicians who treat SHI patients must belong to a Kassenärztliche Vereinigung, or KV or Physician's Association. There are 17 KVs in Germany, and the KVs are responsible for negotiating the budget with the State Sickness Fund for physician and facility payments for outpatient procedures in their region. Generally, procedures that are added to the EBM are covered and paid for by the KVs; however, this is not automatic and the process of achieving routine payment for a new procedure listed on the EBM can take several months. With several KVs, an application must be made to the KV by a surgeon in that area who wishes to perform the procedure. In some cases, the addition of a new outpatient procedure can create budget issues and there can be a delay while the KV negotiates additional funds with the State Sickness Fund to cover payment for the new procedure.

        Surgeons in each of the states continue to work to gain KV approval so that claims are processed smoothly. While the majority of claims submitted to KVs thus far in 2014 have been processed and paid, some have been denied. We are working with reimbursement consultants in Germany who have a successful track record of securing adequate payment for new medical technologies. In light of the strong favorable clinical data for iStent , we anticipate that reimbursement will continue to improve in Germany.

        Under German law, if a person has an income above a certain level, that person can opt out of the SHI and obtain private insurance. Approximately 10% of Germans have opted out and are covered by private insurance companies. Each of these private insurance companies makes its own decisions on individual claims. In general, the private insurance companies cover and pay for outpatient procedures listed on the EBM and that has been our experience to date with iStent insertion.

        We have also made significant progress in reimbursement in Switzerland where the procedure that describes iStent insertion is on the list of approved outpatient procedures. This also means that the costs of any implants or supplies used during these procedures can be passed through for payment. Like Germany, coverage and payment decisions are decentralized, with 26 cantons and numerous private insurers determining coverage. To date, the vast majority of claims for iStent procedures have been processed and paid with no issues.

        In France, our application for a code to describe iStent insertion and our application to add the iStent to the list of devices approved for pass through payment were denied in 2013. Following the publication of data on iStent Inject , we submitted new applications for both devices in 2014. Although we believe the possibility of obtaining approval is improved with these applications, there can be no assurance that they will be approved. Unless there is a code and listing on the pass through list, the only opportunity for payment for the iStent in France would result from successful negotiations at the individual hospital level.

        In the United Kingdom, Spain and Italy, there are no codes that specifically describe the insertion of a trabecular stent and we do not anticipate this changing in the near future. In addition, there is no mechanism to provide incremental payment for the iStent when insertion is in conjunction with cataract surgery. Our success to date relies on our distributors in these countries negotiating with individual hospitals to cover the cost of inserting the iStent .

101


Table of Contents

Reimbursement in Other Regions

        We currently market the iStent in Australia and New Zealand. In Australia, we have been successful at including the iStent on the pass through list so that the cost of the device is paid separately. We continue to work with private insurers in Australia but have yet to achieve coverage. In New Zealand, the vast majority of the population is covered under a publicly-funded, universal-coverage health system, with services provided by public, private and non-governmental sectors. Like Australia, we have yet to achieve significant success with any of the public and major private payors.

        Although we are not yet commercial in Japan, we believe that the current reimbursement structure that would apply to iStent insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery may support adequate reimbursement to both the facility and physician.

Competition

        We are positioning our products and MIGS procedures for use instead of, or in combination with, prescription eye drop therapies that currently dominate the glaucoma treatment marketplace. To a lesser extent, we also compete with manufacturers of medical devices used in other surgical therapy procedures for treating glaucoma, including laser as well as more complex and invasive surgeries.

        Many of our current competitors are large public companies or divisions of publicly-traded companies and have several competitive advantages, including:

    greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing and patent litigation;

    significantly greater name recognition;

    longer operating histories;

    established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

    additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or incentives;

    more established sales and marketing programs and distribution networks; and

    greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, preparing regulatory submissions and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products and marketing approved products.

        Companies with competing products include Alcon, Inc., Abbott Medical Optics Inc., STAAR Surgical Company, Lumenis Ltd., NeoMedix,Inc. and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited. Alcon, Inc. and Abbott Medical Optics Inc. are the leading manufacturers of aqueous shunts, and Alcon, Inc. also markets the EX-PRESS Glaucoma Filtration Device. Lumenis Ltd. is a leading manufacturer of SLT equipment. Neomedix, Inc. markets an electrosurgical device and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited markets a canaloplasty device that some physicians employ to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma.

        In addition to these current competitors, we may also in the future compete with manufacturers of alternative technologies to treat glaucoma. We are aware of several companies, including Transcend Medical, Inc., AqueSys, Inc., InnFocus Inc. and Ivantis Inc. that are conducting IDE-approved clinical trials of MIGS devices. These products or other products that may be developed could demonstrate better safety or effectiveness, clinical results, ease of use or lower costs than our iStent or other products under development. If approved for marketing, these devices may compete directly with the iStent and our products under development. If any of these alternative technologies gain market acceptance, this may reduce demand for our primary product, the iStent , as well as for our products in development.

102


Table of Contents

        In addition to competing for market share for our products, we also compete against these companies for personnel, including qualified sales representatives that are necessary to grow our business, as well as scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions that are important to our research and development efforts.

        We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:

    improved outcomes for glaucoma;

    acceptance by ophthalmic surgeons;

    ease of use and reliability;

    product price and availability of reimbursement;

    technical leadership;

    effective marketing and distribution; and

    speed to market.

Facilities, Manufacturing and Distribution

        We occupy approximately 20,800 square feet at our corporate headquarters located in Laguna Hills, California under a lease that expires on March 31, 2016 and that contains an option to extend to March 31, 2018 at prevailing market rates. All of our headquarters-based employees, including our manufacturing and distribution employees, work at this facility. While this facility is sufficient for our current needs, we will require additional space as our business expands. Accordingly, we recently entered into a sublease for an approximately 37,700 square foot facility located in San Clemente, California effective September 1, 2015, as well as a five-year lease for these premises that takes effect January 1, 2017 upon expiration of the sublease. We plan for this facility to serve as our headquarters beginning sometime in 2016. Our international subsidiaries also lease facilities in Germany and Japan.

        We manufacture, inspect, package and ship finished products from our Laguna Hills facility. We source components used in our proprietary manufacturing process from outside vendors and we assemble them to produce iStent devices and disposable insertion instruments. These components include both off-the-shelf materials and custom made parts. The iStent device and some insertion instrument components are supplied by single vendors. While we believe that there are at least several other vendors that could make any one of these items, we maintain a minimum inventory of three to six months' supply to help mitigate any supply interruptions. We source the heparin used in our iStent heparin coating from one supplier. We maintain a stock of several years' worth of heparin material and have FDA approval to retest and extend the shelf life of the material indefinitely for U.S. product.

        We have received International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485 certification, which includes design control requirements. Our manufacturing processes have been validated as required by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facility and the facilities of our critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other regulatory agencies. To date, FDA and CE manufacturing audits conducted at our facilities have noted no significant deficiencies or findings requiring remediation.

        We have significantly increased manufacturing output since the commercial launch of the iStent in 2012. We believe we are well-positioned to continue advancing our manufacturing technology, capacity and efficiency going forward.

Intellectual Property

        We believe that the strength of our competitive position will depend substantially upon our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property rights protecting our technology. We file for patents for new patentable technologies relevant to our business and utilize other forms of intellectual property

103


Table of Contents

protection to strategically protect our intellectual property. We believe that our intellectual property portfolio can be leveraged into new products and potential additional indications for our technology. In addition, we may also review and attempt to acquire rights in third-party patents and applications that are strategically valuable to us.

Patents

        As of April 3, 2015, we owned or exclusively licensed in certain fields of use 114 issued patents, of which we owned 51 that were issued in the United States and 51 that were issued outside of the United States, and 66 pending patent applications, of which we owned 20 that were filed in the United States and 19 that were filed outside of the United States. We also granted to DOSE Medical certain exclusive rights and licenses outside our licensed fields of use under certain of our owned patents and patent applications. Our issued patents that protect our commercial products and current product pipeline will expire between 2020 and 2029. While we have pursued and continue to pursue patent protection for our technologies, we may, from time to time, abandon certain patents and patent applications for business reasons.

        Our U.S. patents include a variety of claims related to devices and methods for treating glaucoma with ab-interno surgical procedures, which are procedures initiated from within the anterior chamber of the eye and accessed through an opening in the clear corneal tissue. Our pending U.S. patent applications, if issued with their present claims, relate to the same field and potentially other fields of use.

        Since March 2013, we have been engaged in a dispute with Transcend Medical, Inc., or Transcend, as to whether or not Transcend's CyPass Micro-Stent infringes our patents. Transcend is seeking a declaration that four of our patents are invalid or are not infringed by the CyPass product, and we have denied Transcend's allegations and counterclaimed that Transcend's CyPass product infringes our patents. Transcend has raised inequitable conduct as a defense in connection with three of the patents that are the subject of the dispute. We have denied this allegation and are vigorously contesting Transcend's claim, are actively defending the validity of our patents, and are pursuing our claims of patent infringement. Presently, the court has scheduled a jury trial for November 2015. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this litigation or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail. Additionally, in the event of an adverse judgment, the court could hold that some or all of our asserted patents are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorneys' fees to Transcend. If Transcend were to prevail on its general theories of alleged inequitable conduct, some of our patents on other iStent products, which Transcend is not challenging in its suit, but which Transcend has identified in its pleadings in this suit to support its allegations of inequitable conduct, could later be subject to similar claims from other third parties, which could potentially weaken the general scope of protection these patents afford our products. For additional information regarding the dispute with Transcend, see "—Legal Proceedings."

        The ophthalmology industry in which we operate has been subject to a large number of patent filings and patent infringement litigation. Whether we infringe any patent claim will not be known with certainty unless and until a court interprets the patent claim in the context of litigation. If an infringement allegation is made against us, we may seek to invalidate the asserted patent claim and may allege non-infringement of the asserted patent claim. In order for us to invalidate a U.S. patent claim, we would need to rebut the presumption of validity afforded to issued patents in the United States with clear and convincing evidence of invalidity, which is a high burden of proof.

Trademarks

        Glaukos, our logo, iStent , iStent Supra , iStent Inject and iPrism are registered trademarks of our company in the United States. Glaukos, iStent , iStent Inject and iStent Supra are registered trademarks of our company in the European Union. We have registered trademarks for Glaukos in Canada, Japan

104


Table of Contents

and Mexico. We have registered trademarks for iStent in Australia, Canada, Japan and Switzerland. We have pending trademark applications for iStent in Mexico, Argentina, Columbia, Chile and Brazil. We have a pending trademark application for iDose TR in the United States. We have a pending trademark application for iDose in the United States, Japan, the European Union, Canada and Australia. We also use MIGS as an unregistered trademarks.

Trade Secrets

        We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and manufacturing process in part by confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment unless excluded pursuant to California Labor Code Section 2870. These agreements further prohibit our employees from using, disclosing, or bringing onto the premises any proprietary information belonging to a third party. In addition, most of our consultants, scientific advisors and contractors are required to sign agreements under which they must assign to us any inventions that relate to our business. These agreements also prohibit these third parties from incorporating into any inventions the proprietary rights of third parties without informing us. It is our policy to require all employees to document potential inventions and other intellectual property in laboratory notebooks and to disclose inventions to patent counsel using invention disclosure forms.

        We also rely on confidentiality restrictions and trade secret protection to protect our technology. We generally require our consultants and other parties who may be exposed to our proprietary technology to sign non-disclosure agreements that prohibit such parties from disclosing or using our proprietary information except as may be authorized by us.

        We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In additions, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our consultants, contractors or collaborators use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Intellectual Property Agreements

        In January 2007, we entered into an agreement with GMP Vision Solutions, Inc., or GMP, to acquire certain in-process research and development. In connection with the agreement, we agreed to make periodic royalty payments based on revenues received for royalty-bearing products and periodic royalty payments at a higher rate for all amounts received in connection with the grant of licenses or sublicenses of the related intellectual property. In December 2012, we entered into an agreement with GMP pursuant to which we paid GMP $1.0 million for a 90-day option to buy out all remaining royalties payable to GMP. In April 2013, the option expired unexercised and as provided in the agreement, the $1.0 million payment satisfied the obligation to pay the first $1.0 million in royalties earned beginning on January 1, 2013.

        In November 2013, we entered into an agreement with GMP pursuant to which we bought out all remaining royalties payable to GMP in exchange for the issuance of $17.5 million in promissory notes payable to GMP and a party related to GMP. For additional information relating to the terms of these notes, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

        In December 2014, we entered into an agreement with The Regents of The University of California, or the University, to quiet title to our entire ownership of certain patents and patent

105


Table of Contents

applications, or the Patent Rights, to which Dr. Hill contributed while he was both a consultant for us and a faculty member at the University. In connection with the agreement, we agreed to pay to the University $2.7 million in 2015 and to make periodic payments to the University equal to a low single-digit percentage of worldwide net sales, beginning in 2015, of certain current and future products, including our iStent products, with a required minimum annual payment of $500,000 during the term of the agreement. The University has a security interest in all tangible assets owned by us. Our agreement with the University will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the Patent Rights, which is currently expected to be in 2022.

Government Regulation

        Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and local authorities, as well as foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA regulates, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of medical devices (such as iStent ), as well as combination drug/device products (such as iDose ) in the United States to assure the safety and effectiveness of medical products for their intended use. The Federal Trade Commission also regulates the advertising of our products. Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our sales and marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny.

U.S. Government Regulation—Medical Devices

        Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of a PMA application. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be expensive, and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees, unless an exemption is available.

Device Classification

        Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to safety and effectiveness.

        Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of regulations, referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices, also called Class I reserved devices, also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.

        Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance standards, guidelines and postmarket surveillance. Most Class II devices are subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process. Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification, demonstrating that the device is "substantially equivalent," as defined in the statute, to either:

    a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, or

    another commercially available, similar device that was cleared through the 510(k) process.

106


Table of Contents

        To be "substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.

        After a 510(k) notice is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

        After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer's determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer's determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. In addition, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA application(s). In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements.

        If the FDA determines that the device is not "substantially equivalent" to a predicate device, or if the device is automatically classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. Pursuant to amendments to the statute in 2012, a manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk.

        Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices are subject to the PMA application process, which is generally more costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA's satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA application typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA's satisfaction reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

107


Table of Contents

The Investigational Device Process

        In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support medical device clearance or approval require an IDE application. Some types of studies deemed to present "non-significant risk" are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and IRB approval is obtained. If the device presents a "significant risk" to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials, and although the FDA's approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward for a specified number of subjects, it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product's safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.

        All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA's IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA's regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable, or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant marketing approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

    the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

    patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;

    patients do not comply with trial protocols;

    patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;

    patients experience adverse events;

    patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of our trial;

    device malfunctions occur with unexpected frequency or potential adverse consequences;

    institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;

    third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;

    we or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;

108


Table of Contents

    third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or our study such that the FDA deems the study results unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

    regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

    changes in government regulations or administrative actions;

    the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; or

    the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

The PMA Approval Process

        Following receipt of a PMA application, the FDA conducts an administrative review to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If it is not, the agency will refuse to file the PMA. If it is, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin the review. The FDA, by statute and by regulation, has 180 days to review a filed PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer period of time. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant's response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. The FDA considers a PMA or PMA supplement to have been voluntarily withdrawn if an applicant fails to respond to an FDA request for information ( e.g. , major deficiency letter) within a total of 360 days. Before approving or denying a PMA, an FDA advisory committee may review the PMA at a public meeting and provide the FDA with the committee's recommendation on whether the FDA should approve the submission, approve it with specific conditions, or not approve it. Prior to approval of a PMA, the FDA may conduct a bioresearch monitoring inspection of the clinical trial data and clinical trial sites, and a QSR inspection of the manufacturing facility and processes. Overall, the FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

    the device may not be shown safe or effective to the FDA's satisfaction;

    the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

    the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and

    changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

        If the FDA evaluation of a PMA is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA's evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA, or the PMA is withdrawn and resubmitted when the data are available. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

109


Table of Contents

        New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modification to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel, depending on the nature of the proposed change.

        In approving a PMA application, the FDA may also require some form of postmarket studies or postmarket surveillance, whereby the applicant follows certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. FDA may also require postmarket surveillance for certain devices cleared under a 510(k) notification, such as implants or life-supporting or life-sustaining devices used outside a device user facility. The FDA may also approve a PMA application with other post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution and use.

        Because of the indication we chose to pursue for the iStent in the United States, the FDA required that we undergo the more rigorous PMA process. The majority of the devices currently marketed in the United States for the treatment of glaucoma have been cleared via the 510(k) process. The FDA considered the iStent to be a "first in class" device that was not substantially equivalent to any currently marketed device.

        The FDA approved the iStent PMA on June 25, 2012, for the indication for use in combination with cataract surgery for the reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma currently treated with prescription eye drops. The FDA imposed conditions of approval, including three postmarket studies, and a requirement that we implement a three-part training program for physicians who will use the iStent device.

        We are required to file new PMA applications or PMA supplement applications for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling and design of a device for which we have received approval through the PMA approval process.

Post-Approval Requirements

        After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include, but are not limited to:

    the registration and listing regulation, which requires manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

    the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow elaborate design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;

    labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

    advertising and promotion requirements;

    restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

    PMA annual reporting requirements;

    the FDA's general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or "off-label" uses;

110


Table of Contents

    the Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;

    medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

    recall requirements, including a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death;

    an order of repair, replacement or refund;

    device tracking requirements; and

    postapproval study and postmarket surveillance requirements.

        Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to comply with the applicable United States medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, civil penalties, unanticipated expenditures, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or seizures of products, operating restrictions, total or partial suspension of production, the FDA's refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries, the FDA's refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current product clearances or approvals and criminal prosecution.

U.S. Government Regulation—Drug Delivery Implant

        In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs and combination drug/device products under the FDCA and related regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations, which along with the FDCA govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. regulatory requirements at any time during the drug product development process, approval process or post-approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by FDA and the Department of Justice, or other governmental entities. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

        The steps required before a drug may be approved for marketing in the United States generally include:

    completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal tests conducted in compliance with the FDA's Good Laboratory Practices;

    the submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials commence in the United States;

    approval by an IRB at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

    obtaining informed consent from the participants in a clinical trial;

111


Table of Contents

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each intended use and conducted in accordance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP;

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is manufactured to assess compliance with FDA's current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug's identity, strength, quality and purity;

    the submission to the FDA of an NDA;

    satisfactory completion of a potential review by an FDA advisory committee, if applicable; and

    FDA acceptance, review and approval of the NDA.

The Investigational New Drug Process

        An IND application is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug to humans. Such authorization must be obtained prior to administration to humans of any new drug or dosage form, including a new use of a previously approved drug, that is not the subject of an approved new drug application, or NDA, except under limited circumstances.

        To conduct a clinical study of an investigational new drug product, we are required to file an IND with the FDA. The IND submission must include the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for human studies, as well as results of animal studies or other human studies, as appropriate, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature to support the use of the investigational new drug. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to the proposed clinical trials as outlined in the IND. If FDA raises questions, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before clinical trials can begin. Accordingly, submission of an IND may or may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin. A separate submission to an existing IND application must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development.

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational drug to patients under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the efficacy criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Additionally, approval must also be obtained from the IRB at each clinical site before the trials may be initiated. The IRB will consider, among other things, ethical factors, the safety of human subjects and the possible liability of the institution. The IRB must also monitor the trial until completed. All participants in our clinical trials must provide their informed consent in writing. In addition, there are requirements and industry guidelines that require the posting of ongoing clinical trials on public registries, and the disclosure of designated clinical trial results.

        The clinical investigation of an investigational drug product is generally divided into three phases. Although the phases are usually conducted sequentially, they may overlap or be combined. The three phases of investigational new drug investigation are as follows:

    Phase I.   Phase I includes the initial introduction of an investigational new drug into humans. Phase I clinical trials are typically closely monitored and may be conducted in patients with the target disease or condition or healthy volunteers. These studies are designed to evaluate the safety, dosage tolerance, metabolism and pharmacologic actions of the investigational drug product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and if possible, to gain

112


Table of Contents

      early evidence on effectiveness. During Phase I clinical trials, sufficient information about the investigational drug's pharmacokinetics and pharmacological effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase II clinical trials. The total number of participants included in Phase I clinical trials varies, but is generally in the range of 20 to 80.

    Phase II.   Phase II includes the controlled clinical trials conducted to preliminarily evaluate the effectiveness of the investigational drug for a particular indication in patients with the disease or condition under study, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks associated with the drug product. Phase II clinical trials are typically well-controlled, closely monitored, and conducted in a limited patient population, usually involving no more than several hundred participants.

    Phase III.   Phase III clinical trials are generally controlled clinical trials conducted in an expanded patient population generally at multiple clinical trial sites. They are performed after preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness of the drug product has been obtained, and are intended to further evaluate dosage, clinical effectiveness and safety, to establish the overall benefit-risk profile of the investigational drug product, and to provide an adequate basis for product approval and adequate information for product labeling. Phase III clinical trials usually involve several hundred to several thousand participants. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase III clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. The FDA has the legal discretion to approve a drug on the basis of a single well-controlled clinical trial. In practice, the agency often requires that such a trial meet higher standards in terms of size, robustness and statistical significance, and it may restrict approval on the basis of single trial to situations in which there is a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

        The FDA's primary objectives in reviewing an IND are to assure the safety and rights of patients and to help assure that the quality of the investigation will be adequate to permit an evaluation of the drug's effectiveness and safety. The decision to terminate development of an investigational drug product may be made by either the FDA, an IRB or ethics committee, or by the study sponsor for various reasons. Clinical trials may be overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of clinical trials can occur if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable risk to health. Other reasons for suspension or termination may include changes in business objectives or the economic environment.

The NDA Approval Process

        In order to obtain approval to market a drug product in the United States, a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that includes data to establish the safety and effectiveness of the new drug product for the proposed indication. The NDA includes all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product's chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. The NDA filing must also be accompanied by a substantial user fee, although there may be some instances in which the user fee is waived.

        The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or decide that the data is insufficient for approval and require additional

113


Table of Contents

preclinical, clinical or other studies. If the FDA requests additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information and is subject to payment of additional user fees. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

        Once the NDA has been accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review and sets a Prescription Drug User Fee Act date that informs the applicant of the specific date by which the FDA intends to complete its review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs through a two-tiered classification system, Standard Review and Priority Review. Priority Review designation is given to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. The FDA endeavors to review applications subject to Standard Review within 10 to 12 months, whereas the FDA's goal is to review Priority Review applications within six to eight months, depending on whether the drug is a new molecular entity. The review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews NDAs to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product's identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will review the proposed product labeling and may request changes. FDA will also inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will communicate the deficiencies to the applicant and often will request additional testing or information. Even with the submission of additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory standards for approval.

        After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter to indicate that the review cycle for an application is complete and that the application is not ready for approval. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA may ultimately decide that an application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If, or when, the deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

        The clinical testing and drug approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. Data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all. Even if the FDA approves a product, the agency may limit the approved indications for use, impose prominent warnings, or place other conditions on approval that could restrict the commercial application of the products, such as special risk management measures through a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

        Section 505 of the FDCA describes three types of new drug applications: (1) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness (section 505(b)(1)); (2) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference (section 505(b)(2)); and (3) an application

114


Table of Contents

that contains information to show that the proposed product is identical in active ingredient, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, quality, performance characteristics, and intended use, among other things, to a previously approved product (section 505(j)).

        Our iDose implant may be eligible for the Section 505(b)(2) application pathway if and when we are prepared to submit an application for marketing to the FDA. Section 505(b)(2) expressly permits the FDA to rely, in approving a new drug application, on data not developed by the applicant. Thus, if a 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA's previous findings of safety and effectiveness is scientifically appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) NDA regulatory strategy for our iDose implant, which we expect will allow us to rely in our NDA filing on certain nonclinical and clinical safety findings made by the FDA in previous approvals. For changes to a previously approved drug product, an application may rely on the FDA's finding of safety and effectiveness of the previously approved drug, coupled with the information needed to support the change from the approved drug product. The additional information could be new studies conducted by the applicant or published data. The FDA may approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the reference drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant.

        The filing or approval of a Section 505(b)(2) application may be delayed due to patent or exclusivity protections covering an approved product. Section 505(b)(2) applications must include patent certifications and must provide notice of certain patent certifications to the NDA holder and patent owner. A Section 505(b)(2) application may be granted three years of market exclusivity if one or more of the clinical investigations, other than bioavailability/bioequivalence studies, was essential to approval of the application and was conducted or sponsored by the applicant.

Post-Approval Regulation

        After regulatory approval of a drug or combination drug/device product is obtained under an NDA, we are required to comply with pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to drug listing and registration, recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising, marketing and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. For example, as a condition of approval of an NDA, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product's safety and effectiveness after commercialization. In addition, the holder of an approved NDA would be required to report, among other things, certain adverse events and production problems to the FDA, and to provide updated safety and efficacy information to the FDA. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label, and even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product or impose other conditions, including labeling or distribution restrictions or other risk-management mechanisms. For a combination drug/device product, such as our iDose implant, certain device reporting requirements might also apply, such as MDR requirements and reports of corrections and removal.

        Quality control and manufacturing procedures must continue to conform to cGMP after approval. In addition, medical device quality system regulations would apply to the device component of a combination drug/device product, either all the QSR regulations or particular QSR regulations supplementing the drug cGMP in accordance with FDA regulations in 21 C.F.R. Part 4. The FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMP and QSR. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP or QSR and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use.

115


Table of Contents

Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP, QSR, and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

        After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, as well as some manufacturing and supplier changes, are subject to prior FDA review and approval of a new NDA or an NDA supplement. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the similar procedures in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs. The manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, as well as new application fees for certain supplemental applications.

        Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable requirements may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA, including withdrawal or recall of the product from the market or other voluntary, FDA-initiated or judicial action that could delay or prohibit further marketing. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

        Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product's approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. In addition, the FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

        New government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA's policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development and/or could significantly impact the requirements imposed on us after approval.

Available Special Regulatory Procedures

Formal Meetings

        In the United States, there are different types of official meetings that may occur between us and the FDA. Each meeting type is subject to different procedures. Conclusions and agreements from each of these meetings are captured in the official final meeting minutes issued by the FDA.

        Advice from the FDA is typically provided based on questions concerning quality (chemistry, manufacturing and controls testing), pre-clinical testing and clinical studies, and pharmacovigilance plans and risk-management programs. Advice is not legally binding with regard to any future marketing application for the drug product.

        To obtain binding commitments from the FDA on the design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an effectiveness claim for a new drug product, Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, procedures are available. Where the FDA agrees to an SPA, the agreement may not be changed by either the sponsor or the FDA except if the sponsor and the FDA agree to a change, or a

116


Table of Contents

senior FDA official determines that a substantial scientific issue essential to determining the safety or effectiveness of the product was identified after the testing began. An SPA is not binding if new circumstances arise, and there is no guarantee that a study will ultimately be adequate to support an approval even if the study is conducted according to the terms of an SPA.

Pediatric Development

        In the United States, the FDCA provides for an additional six months of marketing exclusivity for a drug if reports are filed of investigations studying the use of the drug product in a pediatric population in response to a written request from the FDA.

        In addition, NDAs must contain data (or a proposal for post-marketing activity) to assess the safety and effectiveness of an investigational drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric populations in order to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults or full or partial waivers if certain criteria are met. Discussions about pediatric development plans can be discussed with the FDA at any time, but usually occur any time between the end-of-Phase II meeting and submission of the NDA.

Priority Review or Standard Review

        Based on results of Phase III clinical trials, an NDA may receive priority or standard review from the FDA. Priority review is given where preliminary estimates indicate that a product, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious condition. Effective October 1, 2012, where an application receives priority review, the target date for FDA action will be eight months from submission in the case of an application for a new chemical entity and six months from submission in the case of products that do not contain a new chemical entity. Where an application receives standard review, the target date for FDA action will be 12 months from submission in the case of an application for a new chemical entity and 10 months from submission in the case of products that do not contain a new chemical entity.

Other Healthcare Laws

        We are also subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business. These laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

        The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, the offer, receipt, or payment of remuneration in exchange for or to induce the referral of patients or the use of products or services that would be paid for in whole or part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Remuneration has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. The government has enforced the Anti-Kickback Statute to reach large settlements with healthcare companies based on sham research or consulting and other financial arrangements with physicians. Further, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act, or FCA. Many states have similar laws that apply to their state healthcare programs as well as private payors. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from federal healthcare programs and substantial civil and criminal penalties.

117


Table of Contents

        The FCA imposes liability on persons who, among other things, present or cause to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program. The FCA has been used to prosecute persons submitting claims for payment that are inaccurate or fraudulent, that are for services not provided as claimed, or for services that are not medically necessary. Manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to "cause" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Actions under the FCA may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Violations of the FCA can result in significant monetary penalties and treble damages. The federal government is using the FCA, and the accompanying threat of significant liability, in its investigation and prosecution of device companies throughout the country, for example, in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other improper sales and marketing practices. The government has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the FCA in addition to individual criminal convictions under applicable criminal statutes. In addition, companies have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees or corporate integrity agreements, severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers' and manufacturers' compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws. If our marketing or other arrangements, including consulting arrangements with physicians, were determined to violate anti-kickback or related laws, including the FCA, then our revenues could be adversely affected, which would likely harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, among other things, imposed new reporting requirements on certain device manufacturers for payments made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Device manufacturers were required to begin collecting data on August 1, 2013 and submit reports on aggregate payment data to the government for the first reporting period (August 1, 2013 - December 31, 2013) by March 31, 2014, and were required to report detailed payment data for the first reporting period and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, device manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians.

        The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the requirements. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

118


Table of Contents

Regulation Outside the United States

        In addition to regulations in the United States, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain marketing authorization or approval of a product under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside the United States before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

        In the European Economic Area, or EEA, our iStent product is regulated as a medical device. Where a medical device is intended to administer a drug, the medical device will ordinarily be regulated as a medical device, while the medicinal product will be separately regulated as a medicinal product. However, when a drug-device combination product, such as iDose , is placed on the market as a single integral product that is intended exclusively for use in the given combination and that is not reusable, the entire product will be regulated as a medicinal product, although the device component will still need to comply with the so-called essential requirements applicable to medical devices.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the EEA

        There is currently no premarket government review of medical devices in the EEA unless the device also contains a medicine or a blood derivative. However, all medical devices placed on the market in the EEA must meet the relevant essential requirements laid down in Annex I to Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, or the Medical Devices Directive. The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performances intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured and packaged in a suitable manner. The European Commission has adopted various standards applicable to medical devices. These include standards governing common requirements, such as sterilization and safety of medical electrical equipment, and product standards for certain types of medical devices. There are also harmonized standards relating to design and manufacture. While not mandatory, compliance with these standards is viewed as the easiest way to satisfy the essential requirements as a practical matter. Compliance with a standard developed to implement an essential requirement also creates a rebuttable presumption that the device satisfies that essential requirement.

        To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements laid down in Annex I to the Medical Devices Directive, medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Manufacturers usually have some flexibility to select conformity assessment procedures for a particular class of device and to reflect their circumstances, such as the likelihood that the manufacturer will make frequent modifications to its products. Conformity assessment procedures require an assessment of available clinical evidence, literature data for the product and post-market experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Except for low-risk medical devices, where the manufacturer can self-declare the conformity of its products with the essential requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a notified body. Notified bodies are often private entities and are authorized or licensed to perform such assessments by government authorities. The notified body would typically audit and examine products' technical dossiers and the manufacturers' quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the

119


Table of Contents

market throughout the EEA. Once the product has been placed on the market in the EEA, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device.

        In order to demonstrate safety and efficacy for their medical devices, manufacturers must conduct clinical investigations in accordance with the requirements of Annex X to the Medical Devices Directive and applicable European and ISO standards, as implemented or adopted in the EEA member states. Clinical trials for medical devices usually require the approval of an ethics review board and approval by or notification to the national regulatory authorities. Both regulators and ethics committees also require the submission of adverse event reports during a study and may request a copy of the final study report.

        In September 2012, the European Commission adopted a Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on medical devices that will, if adopted by the European Parliament and by the Council, replace the existing Medical Devices Directive. If adopted, the Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2015 or 2016 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements.

Regulation of Medicinal Products in the EEA

        Medicinal Products require a marketing authorization before they may be placed on the market in the EEA. There are various application procedures available, depending on the type of product involved. The centralized procedure gives rise to marketing authorizations that are valid throughout the EEA. Applicants file marketing authorization applications with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, where they are reviewed by a relevant scientific committee, in most cases the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP. The EMA forwards CHMP opinions to the European Commission, which uses them as the basis for deciding whether to grant a marketing authorization. The centralized procedure is compulsory for medicinal products that (1) are derived from specified biotechnology processes, (2) contain a new active substance (not yet approved on November 20, 2005) indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative disorders, viral diseases or autoimmune diseases and other immune dysfunctions, (3) are orphan medicinal products or (4) are advanced therapy medicinal products (such as gene therapy, somatic cell therapy and tissue engineered products). For medicines that do not fall within these categories, an applicant may voluntarily submit an application for a centralized marketing authorization to the EMA, as long as the CHMP agrees that (i) the medicine concerned contains a new active substance (not yet approved on November 20, 2005), (ii) the medicine is a significant therapeutic, scientific, or technical innovation, or (iii) if its authorization under the centralized procedure would be in the interest of public health. For those medicinal products for which the centralized procedure is not available, the applicant must submit marketing authorization applications to the national medicines regulators through one of three procedures: (1) a national procedure, which results in a marketing authorization in a single EEA member state; (2) the decentralized procedure, in which applications are submitted simultaneously in two or more EEA member states; and (3) the mutual recognition procedure, which must be used if the product has already been authorized in at least one other EEA member state, and in which the EEA member states are required to grant an authorization recognizing the existing authorization in the other EEA member state, unless they identify a serious risk to public health. A national procedure is only possible for one member state; as soon as an application is submitted in a second member state the mutual recognition or decentralized procedure will be triggered.

        Marketing authorization applications must usually include the results of clinical trials. Clinical trials of medicinal products in the EEA must be conducted in accordance with EEA and national regulations

120


Table of Contents

and the International Conference on Harmonization guidelines on GCP. Prior to commencing a clinical trial in a particular EEA member state, the sponsor must obtain a clinical trial authorization from the competent authority and a positive opinion from an independent ethics committee.

        There is scope for applicants to omit some or all of the pre-clinical and clinical trial data if the product falls within the definition of a generic of a reference product for which regulatory data exclusivity protection has expired. If a marketing authorization is granted for a medicinal product containing a new active substance, that product benefits from eight years of data exclusivity, during which generic marketing authorization applications referring to the data of that product may not be accepted by the regulatory authorities, and a further two years of market exclusivity, during which such generic products may not be placed on the market. The two-year period may be extended to three years if during the first eight years a new therapeutic indication with significant clinical benefit over existing therapies is approved.

        For generic applications, the marketing authorization underpinning the reference medicinal product must be based on a complete dossier; a generic application referring to a generic dossier is not possible. Generic applicants may need to submit additional pre-clinical or clinical data if their product does not fall within the definition of a generic ( i.e. , where there are differences in active substances, therapeutic indications, strength, pharmaceutical form or route of administration, in relation to the reference medicinal product, or where bioequivalence cannot be demonstrated through standard bioavailability studies). In these cases, bridging data is required to demonstrate that the differences do not affect the product's relative safety and effectiveness inappropriately.

        Pre-clinical and clinical data can be omitted and replaced with references to scientific literature if the product has been in well-established medicinal use in the European Union for at least 10 years. An existing marketing authorization holder may also give consent for a subsequent applicant to reference the pharmaceutical, pre-clinical and clinical data on file for the original product.

        In the EEA, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree a Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, with the EMA and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a waiver applies, e.g. , because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults. The marketing authorization application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date.

        Medicinal products may only be manufactured in the EEA, or imported into the EEA from another country, by the holder of a manufacturing authorization from the competent national authority. The product must have been manufactured in accordance with EU standards of GMP before it can be released onto the EEA market. Manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the competent authorities for compliance with GMP.

        The holders of marketing authorizations in the EEA are subject to various post-approval controls and requirements. These include the establishment of a pharmacovigilance system and reporting of adverse reactions. The regulatory authorities may impose specific obligations as a condition of the marketing authorization, such as additional safety monitoring, or the conduct of additional clinical trials or post-authorization safety studies. There are also specific rules governing advertising and promotion of medicinal products, including a requirement that all advertising and promotional activities for the product be consistent with the approved summary of product characteristics, and a prohibition on direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription medicines.

Other

        Our operations and many of the products we manufacture or sell are subject to extensive regulation by numerous other governmental agencies, both within and outside the United States. In the

121


Table of Contents

United States, apart from the agencies discussed above, our facilities, operations, employees, products (their manufacture, sale, import and export) and services are regulated by Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Health & Safety Administration, the Department of Labor, Customs and Border Protection, the Department of Commerce, the Department of Treasury, the DOJ and others. Furthermore, because we supply products and services to healthcare providers that are reimbursed by federally funded programs such as Medicare, our activities are also subject to regulation by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and enforcement by the Office of the Inspector General within the Department of Health and Human Services. We are also required to report payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, among others. State agencies also regulate our facilities, operations, employees, products and services within their respective states. Government agencies outside the United States also regulate public health, product registration, manufacturing, environmental conditions, labor, exports, imports and other aspects of our global operations.

Employees

        As of March 31, 2015, we had 126 employees, with 68 in sales and marketing, 44 in research and development, clinical, regulatory and quality assurance, eight in general and administrative, and six in manufacturing and distribution. We often supplement our research and development and clinical, regulatory and quality assurance departments with independent consultants on a project basis. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. We may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to a medical device business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, such as the matter described below, employment and other general claims. We accrue for contingent liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

        In March 2013, we received a letter from Transcend Medical, Inc., or Transcend, requesting that we agree that Transcend's CyPass Micro-Stent does not infringe any of our patents. We refused and, on May 10, 2013, Transcend filed a declaratory judgment action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware seeking a declaration that three of our patents are invalid or are not infringed by the CyPass product. Transcend further asked the court to grant a permanent injunction prohibiting us from charging or initiating any legal action for infringement of the three patents against Transcend, and to award reasonable attorneys' fees. On May 31, 2013, we denied Transcend's allegations and counterclaimed that Transcend's CyPass product infringes the three patents. On June 24, 2013, Transcend answered our counterclaim by denying infringement and asserting, among other defenses, that our patents are invalid on several grounds. On December 16, 2013, Transcend filed its first amended complaint to add a fourth patent to the case, again seeking a declaration that its CyPass product does not infringe this fourth patent and that this fourth patent is invalid. It also seeks its attorneys' fees and the same injunctive relief for all four patents that it requested in its original complaint. On January 3, 2014, we answered the first amended complaint and affirmatively counterclaimed for infringement, claiming that the CyPass product infringes all four patents now in suit. On January 13, 2014, Transcend denied our infringement claims in its answer to our amended counterclaims. In addition to its prior defenses, in August 2014 Transcend raised inequitable conduct as a defense in connection with U.S. Patent Nos. 7,857,782, 8,075,511, and 8,579,846, or the Tu Patents-in-Suit, alleging that certain inventors of the Tu Patents-in-Suit, together with other officers, consultants, and

122


Table of Contents

counsel of our company, withheld material information from the USPTO about the correct inventorship of the Tu Patents-in-Suit, with intent to deceive. Transcend states that the withheld information involves omitting Dr. Hill and improperly naming others as an inventor on the Tu Patents-in-Suit, and possibly on other patents and patent applications in our portfolio, which Transcend alleges we did in order to intentionally deceive the University from claiming ownership of one or more of our patents and patent applications. As a consequence, Transcend claims that at least the Tu Patents-in-Suit are unenforceable. We have denied this allegation and are vigorously contesting Transcend's claim. On January 16, 2015, the court issued a claim construction order for various terms used in the patents. In view of the court's constructions for U.S. Patent No. 7,850,637, we have conceded non-infringement to Transcend, but we presently plan to maintain our right to appeal the court's claim constructions for this patent. As for the Tu Patents-in-Suit, we are actively pursuing our claims of patent infringement consistent with the court's order and are defending the validity of these patents. The court has scheduled a jury trial for November 2015. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this litigation or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail, including injunctive relief. Additionally, in the event of an adverse judgment, the court could hold that some or all of our asserted patents are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorneys' fees to Transcend. If Transcend were to prevail on its general theories of alleged inequitable conduct, some of our patents on other iStent products, which Transcend is not challenging in its suit, but which Transcend has identified in its pleadings in this suit to support its allegations of inequitable conduct, could later be subject to similar claims from other third parties, which could potentially weaken the general scope of protection these patents afford our products. We do not believe that an adverse judgment would affect our ability to commercialize our iStent Supra product if approved, but could potentially affect our market share and sales due to the addition of one or more competing products in the market.

123


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of the date hereof:

Name
  Age   Position

Thomas W. Burns

    54   President, Chief Executive Officer & Director

Chris M. Calcaterra

    54   Chief Commercial Officer

Richard L. Harrison

    58   Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary

William J. Link, Ph.D. (2)

    69   Director, Chairman of the Board

Olav B. Bergheim (1)

    65   Director

Mark J. Foley (2)

    49   Director

David F. Hoffmeister (1)

    60   Director

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (1)

    56   Director

Paul S. Madera

    58   Director

Robert J. More

    47   Director

Jonathan T. Silverstein (2)

    48   Director

Marc A. Stapley (1)

    45   Director

Aimee S. Weisner (1)

    46   Director

(1)
Member of our audit committee

(2)
Member of our compensation, nominating and governance committee

        The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers and directors:

Executive Officers

         Thomas W. Burns has served as our president, chief executive officer and as a member of our board of directors since March 2002. Mr. Burns has also been a member of the board of directors of DOSE Medical Corporation since October 2009 and its chief executive officer and president since March 2010. Mr. Burns has a proven record of building successful medical device and pharmaceutical businesses and creating successful new markets in ophthalmology. Mr. Burns has more than 25 years of direct ophthalmic management experience, including over 20 years of general management experience across a broad range of ophthalmic medical devices, ophthalmic pharmaceuticals, drug delivery technologies, surgical products and over-the counter products. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Burns led Eyetech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (acquired by OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) as its president and chief operating officer, and a director. From 1990 to 1997, Mr. Burns served as senior vice president and general manager of Chiron Vision Corporation (acquired by Bausch & Lomb, Inc.), and then as vice president, global strategy and general manager, refractive surgery of Bausch & Lomb from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Burns has also served as an entrepreneur-in-residence at Versant Ventures Management, LLC, an entity affiliated with one of our principal stockholders. Mr. Burns received a B.A. from Yale University.

        We believe Mr. Burns' extensive understanding of our business, operations and strategy, as well as significant industry experience and corporate management skills and experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Chris M. Calcaterra has served as our chief commercial officer since April 2008 and has more than 25 years of experience in the ophthalmic medical technology industry. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Calcaterra was senior vice president at Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories), and was responsible for its cataract refractive business. Prior to that position, Mr. Calcaterra held increasingly responsible vice president positions in a variety of sales and marketing

124


Table of Contents

roles at Advanced Medical Optics, Inc., as well as its predecessor surgical division business at Allergan, Inc. Mr. Calcaterra has a B.S. from Miami University and an M.B.A. from Xavier University, and he was previously a board member of WaveTec Vision Systems, Inc., (acquired by Novartis).

         Richard L. Harrison has served as our chief financial officer since January 2008, and as our treasurer and secretary since July 2014. Mr. Harrison has also been the chief financial officer of DOSE Medical Corporation since March 2010. From December 2005 to January 2008, Mr. Harrison served as the chief financial officer and executive vice president of Biolase Technology Inc. (now Biolase, Inc.), and from November 1994 to 2004, Mr. Harrison served as the chief financial officer and senior vice president, finance of Interpore Cross International (acquired by Biomet, Inc.), a public medical device company. Mr. Harrison worked for Kirschner Medical Corporation, a public manufacturer of orthopedic devices, in a variety of financial positions, including corporate controller from 1992 through 1994. Mr. Harrison is a Certified Public Accountant (Maryland) and holds a B.A. from Towson University and an M.B.A. from Loyola College in Maryland.

Board of Directors

         William J. Link, Ph.D. has served as a member and as chairman of our board of directors since June 2001. Dr. Link has also been a member of the board of directors of DOSE Medical Corporation since October 2009. Dr. Link has a proven record of building and operating large, successful medical product companies. He has extensive knowledge of medical devices and drug delivery, particularly in ophthalmology, and his operating experience spans more than 23 years in general management in the healthcare industry. Dr. Link is a managing director and co-founder of Versant Ventures Management LLC, a venture capital firm investing in early-stage healthcare companies and one of our principal stockholders. He has been a member of the board of directors of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (NYSE: EW) since May 2009. Prior to co-founding Versant Ventures in 1999, Dr. Link was a general partner at Brentwood Venture Capital. From 1986 to 1997, Dr. Link was founder, chairman, and chief executive officer of Chiron Vision Corporation (acquired by Bausch & Lomb, Inc.). He also founded and served as President of American Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Allergan, Inc.). Dr. Link served as a director of Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories) from 2002 to 2009. Before entering the healthcare industry, Dr. Link was an assistant professor in the Department of Surgery at the Indiana University School of Medicine. Dr. Link holds a B.S. and an M.S., as well as a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering from Purdue University.

        We believe Dr. Link's experience in identifying new business opportunities and successfully commercializing products in the medical device industry and as well as his prior experience on the board of a U.S. public company qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Olav B. Bergheim has served as a member of our board of directors since he co-founded our company in July 1998. Mr. Bergheim has over 30 years of experience in creating and managing life science companies. In addition to co-founding our company, he is a founder of Sonendo, Inc., Volcano Corporation, 3F Therapeutics (acquired by Medtronic, Inc.), Lonestar Heart Inc., Prelude Corporation and Metronom Health, Inc. Mr. Bergheim is the founder and principal partner of Fjord Ventures LLC, a life science accelerator located in Laguna Hills, California. Prior to starting Fjord Ventures in 2005, Mr. Bergheim spent 10 years at Domain Associates LLC as a company creator and general partner. Prior to Domain, Mr. Bergheim spent 18 years with Baxter Healthcare at U.S. and international locations, where he held various leadership and operating roles. Mr. Bergheim holds a B.S. and an M.S. in pharmacy from the University of Oslo and completed the Executive M.B.A. program at the University of Virginia's Darden School of Business.

        We believe Mr. Bergheim's role as a co-founder of our company, combined with his more than 30 year experience in founding and managing life science companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

125


Table of Contents

         Mark J. Foley has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Foley is currently the president and chief executive officer of ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ZLTQ), a medical technology company focused on developing and commercializing products utilizing its proprietary controlled cooling technology platform. Prior to becoming ZELTIQ's chief executive officer in 2012, Mr. Foley served on its board of directors and held the position of executive chairman from July 2009 to May 2010. Mr. Foley also served as executive chairman at Onpharma Inc. from August 2009 until its acquisition by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. in March 2014. Mr. Foley also serves as a managing director at RWI Ventures, Inc., where he focuses on healthcare investments, and has held this position since joining the firm in 2004. Prior to this, Mr. Foley held a variety of operating roles in large, public companies and venture-backed startups including United States Surgical Corporation, Guidant Corporation, Devices for Vascular Intervention, Inc. (acquired by Eli Lilly and Company), Perclose, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories) and Ventrica, Inc. (acquired by Medtronic, Inc.) where he was the founder and chief executive officer. Mr. Foley has over 25 years of medical device operating, investment and chief executive officer experience. Mr. Foley holds a B.A. from the University of Notre Dame.

        We believe Mr. Foley's previous medical device experience as a senior executive and his service on the boards of several medical device companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         David F. Hoffmeister has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Hoffmeister served as the senior vice president and chief financial officer of Life Technologies Corporation, a global life sciences company, prior to its acquisition by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. in February 2014. From October 2004 to November 2008, he served as chief financial officer of Invitrogen Corporation, which merged with Applied Biosystems Inc. in November 2008 to form Life Technologies Corporation. Before joining Invitrogen, Mr. Hoffmeister spent 20 years with McKinsey & Company as a senior partner serving clients in the healthcare, private equity and chemical industries on issues of strategy and organization. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Hoffmeister was the leader of McKinsey's North American chemical practice. Mr. Hoffmeister currently serves on the boards of directors of Celanese Corporation (NYSE: CE) and Kaiser Permanente. Mr. Hoffmeister holds a B.S. from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

        We believe Mr. Hoffmeister's strong finance background, experience as a chief financial officer of a global biotechnology company, and public company board experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Dr. Kliman has been a partner at InterWest Partners, a venture capital firm and one of our principal stockholders, since 1996 and has been a managing director there since 1999. Dr. Kliman served on the board of directors of two public companies: Epocrates, Inc. (acquired by athenahealth, Inc.) between September 1999 and April 2011, and IntraLase Corp. (acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc.) between October 2000 and April 2007. Dr. Kliman also serves as a director of a number of private life science and healthcare IT companies. From 1995 to 1996, Dr. Kliman was an investment manager at Norwest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. From 1989 to 1992, Dr. Kliman served as an associate at TA Associates, a private equity investment firm. Dr. Kliman holds a B.A. from Harvard University, an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

        We believe Dr. Kliman's prior experience as a practicing ophthalmologist, as well as his significant experience in financial markets and prior experience on the board of two U.S. public companies and various private healthcare companies, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Paul S. Madera has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Mr. Madera is currently the managing director of Meritech Capital Partners, one of our principal stockholders, a firm he co-founded in 1999. He focuses on information technology and medical technology and

126


Table of Contents

specifically on the social networking, medical device, storage, SaaS, and digital consumer sectors. He has been directly involved with Meritech's investments into 2Wire, Inc. (acquired by Pace plc), Facebook, Inc., Homestead Technologies Inc. (acquired by Intuit Inc.), IntraLase Corp. (acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc.), Riverbed Technology, Inc., and Salesforce, Inc. Prior to Meritech, Mr. Madera was the head of private equity at Montgomery Securities/Banc of America and he began his career in finance as an investment banker with Morgan Stanley & Co. in New York. Before joining Morgan Stanley, he served in the United States Air Force as an F-16 instructor pilot. Mr. Madera holds a B.S. from the United States Air Force Academy and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, and currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of the USAFA Endowment.

        We believe Mr. Madera's extensive prior financial experience in the medical technology field, as well as his experience on various private company boards qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Robert J. More has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2001. Mr. More is currently a venture investing senior advisor at the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, a position he has held since 2013. From 2008-2013, Mr. More was a general partner and a member the biopharmaceutical and medical device investment teams of Frazier Healthcare Ventures, one of our principal stockholders. Prior to joining Frazier Healthcare, Mr. More was a partner with Domain Associates, LLC, one of our principal stockholders, having joined the firm in 1996 as a Kauffman Fellow and becoming a partner in 2000. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. More served as the COO of Small Molecule Therapeutics, Inc., a Domain portfolio company subsequently purchased by Morphochem AG. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. More was a sales professional at Pharmacia Biotech Inc. Prior to joining Pharmacia, Mr. More held a research position at Somatogen, Inc. Mr. More has managed successful investments in and served on the boards of ESP Pharma Inc. (acquired by Protein Design Labs, Inc.), Proxima Therapeutics, Inc. (acquired by Cytyc Corporation), Onux Medical, Inc. (acquired by C.R. Bard, Inc.), NovaCardia, Inc. (acquired by Merck & Co., Inc.), Esprit Pharma, Inc. (acquired by Allergan, Inc.) and IntraLase Corp. (acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc.). He serves as an advisory board member for Greenspring Associates and the Medical Industry Group of the National Venture Capital Association. He is also a past founding board member of the Kauffman Fellows Program. Mr. More holds a B.A. from Middlebury College and an M.B.A. from the Darden School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia.

        We believe Mr. More's prior experience with biopharmaceutical and medical device company investment and management qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Jonathan T. Silverstein has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2008. Since 1998, Mr. Silverstein has been a member of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, an asset management firm solely focused in healthcare with several billion dollars in assets under management and one of our principal stockholders. Prior to OrbiMed, Mr. Silverstein was a director of life sciences in the investment banking department at Sumitomo Bank. Mr. Silverstein has served as a member of the board of directors and chairman of Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: ICPT) since August 2012, and as a member of the board of directors of Roka Biosciences Inc. (NASDAQ: ROKA) since September 2009 and of Ascendis Pharma A/S (NASDAQ: ASND) since December 2014. Mr. Silverstein also currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies and has served on the board of directors of a number of both private and public companies. Mr. Silverstein has a B.A. from Denison University and a J.D. and an M.B.A. from the University of San Diego.

        We believe Mr. Silverstein's strategic company build-up and capital markets experience, particularly within the life sciences sector, as well as prior experience on both public and private company boards qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

127


Table of Contents

         Marc A. Stapley has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Stapley is currently the senior vice president and chief financial officer for Illumina, Inc. Before joining Illumina, from 2009 to 2012, Mr. Stapley was senior vice president, finance at Pfizer Inc. and was responsible for global financial processes and systems, leading integration efforts in both the Wyeth Ltd. and King Pharmaceutical, Inc. acquisitions and providing oversight to the company's largest technology investment program. Prior to Pfizer, he served in a variety of senior finance roles at Alcatel-Lucent, including Americas chief financial officer. He also worked as finance director and controller for several groups at Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Mr. Stapley began his career as an Auditor at Coopers & Lybrand. He holds a B.Sc. (Honors) from The University of Reading (England) and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

        We believe Mr. Stapley's extensive experience in senior finance positions with public companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Aimee S. Weisner has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Ms. Weisner has been corporate vice president, general counsel of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation since January 2011. From 2009 to 2010, she was engaged in private practice and served as legal advisor to public pharmaceutical and medical device companies located in Southern California. Prior to this, from 2002 to 2009, Ms. Weisner served in a number of positions at Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories), including corporate vice president, general counsel and secretary; executive vice president, administration, general counsel and secretary; and executive vice president, administration and secretary. From 1998 to 2002, Ms. Weisner served as corporate counsel and assistant secretary; and then vice president, assistant general counsel and assistant secretary at Allergan, Inc. Ms. Weisner holds a B.A. from California State University, Fullerton, a J.D. from Loyola Law School, Los Angeles, and began her legal career as an associate at the law firm of O'Melveny & Myers LLP.

        We believe Ms. Weisner's extensive in-house legal and compliance experience with different medical device companies, including an in-depth understanding of regulatory and reimbursement issues, intellectual property, corporate governance, risk management, corporate transactions, human resources, and internal audit, qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Key Employees

         Robert L. Davis has served as our senior vice president and general counsel since June 2015. From April 2008 to May 2015, Mr. Davis served as senior vice president, general counsel and secretary for Targus Group International, Inc., a global designer, manufacturer and distributor of cases and accessories for mobile electronic devices. From December 1999 to April 2008, Mr. Davis served in various executive positions, including senior vice president, corporate development and assistant general counsel, with Meade Instruments Corp., a publicly traded designer, manufacturer and distributor of precision optical products. From September 1994 to December 1999, Mr. Davis was in private legal practice with the law firms of O'Melveny & Myers, LLP and Morrison & Foerster, LLP. Mr. Davis is an active member of the California State Bar, admitted in 1994, and holds both a B.A. and a J.D. from Brigham Young University.

         Jeffrey M. Wells, Pharm.D. has served as our senior vice president, regulatory, quality and clinical affairs since September 2008. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Wells was senior vice president of product development at BioForm Medical, Inc., a medical aesthetics firm. Prior to this, Mr. Wells was vice president, U.S. research and development at Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Prior to this role, he held various positions with Santen, including vice president, clinical and regulatory affairs and project management for the United States and Europe, vice president, U.S. clinical affairs, and director of marketing. Prior to Santen, Mr. Wells held various marketing positions with Bausch & Lomb, Inc., where he launched Lotemax and several other ophthalmic products. Mr. Wells holds a B.S. and a B.A. from Ohio Northern University, a Masters in Management (M.B.A.) from the Kellogg Graduate School

128


Table of Contents

of Management at Northwestern University, and a Pharm.D. from the University of Florida. Mr. Wells also possesses a Regulatory Affairs Certification.

         David S. Haffner has served as our vice president, product development since February 2001. Immediately prior to joining our company, Mr. Haffner consulted to the medical industry in the areas of medical device and pharmaceutical product development, with emphasis on mechanical systems for pharmaceutical drug delivery. Prior to this, he spent over 10 years at Allergan, Inc. leading teams and departments in several divisions, including surgical products, pharmaceuticals, and worldwide operations. Mr. Haffner has directed several multi-million dollar programs in both research and development and operations involving development and commercialization of ophthalmic products and technologies targeted at cataract, glaucoma, dry eye and nasal disease groups. The scope of his work has spanned a broad diversity of technical disciplines including operations management, process development, site construction, validation, injection molding, automated assembly, packaging, product design, engineering analysis, and industrial design. Mr. Haffner holds a B.S. from California State University, Long Beach.

         Harold A. Heitzmann, Ph.D. has served as our vice president applied research since January 2007. He has over 30 years' experience in development of medical devices at five startup companies and at Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, including three previous positions as vice president. Dr. Heitzmann has led development of commercial products for blood gas monitoring, angioplasty, intracranial pressure monitoring, electrophysiology, coronary stenting, thrombectomy, venous oxygen saturation monitoring, and antimicrobial catheterization. He holds 18 issued U.S. patents and has taught at University of California, Irvine Extension in the Clinical Trials and Medical Product Development certificate programs. Dr. Heitzmann holds a B.A. from Cornell University and a Ph.D. in Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry from Yale University, where he coinvented avidin-biotin staining for microscopy.

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors is currently comprised of 11 members. Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Madera and More will voluntarily resign from our board of directors and our board of directors will be comprised of nine directors. Eight of the nine directors that will comprise our board of directors upon the completion of this offering are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the New York Stock Exchange. All of the directors were either elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate automatically by its terms upon the completion of this offering, or appointed by the then members of the board. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect following the completion of this offering provide that the number of directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors.

        During 2014, our board of directors met four times.

        Under the certificate of incorporation to be in effect following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2016 for the Class I directors, 2017 for the Class II directors and 2018 for the Class III directors.

        The Class I directors will be Messrs. Bergheim, Foley and Hoffmeister.

129


Table of Contents

        The Class II directors will be Dr. Link, Mr. Silverstein and Ms. Weisner.

        The Class III directors will be Mr. Burns, Dr. Kliman and Mr. Stapley.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See the section of this prospectus captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws" for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in the certificate of incorporation.

Director Independence

        Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of time after the completion of the offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

        To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of our audit committee, our board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

        Our board of directors reviewed its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of our directors, other than Mr. Burns, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of our directors, other than Mr. Burns, is "independent" as that term is defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Stapley, Bergheim and Hoffmeister, Dr. Kliman and Ms. Weisner, who comprise our audit committee, and Messrs. Foley and Silverstein and Dr. Link, who comprise our compensation, nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

        In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and governance committee.

130


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

        The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Bergheim, Hoffmeister and Stapley, Dr. Kliman and Ms. Weisner. Mr. Stapley is chairman of the audit committee. Upon the closing of this offering, our audit committee's responsibilities will include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

    overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from that firm;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    overseeing our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of conduct;

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

        All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

        Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Stapley is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules. We believe that the composition of our Audit Committee will meet the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

        The members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee are Messrs. Foley and Silverstein and Dr. Link. Mr. Silverstein is chairman of the compensation, nominating and governance committee. Upon the closing of this offering, our compensation, nominating and governance committee's responsibilities will include:

    determining our chief executive officer's compensation;

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

    overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" disclosure if and to the extent then required by SEC rules;

    preparing the compensation committee report if and to the extent then required by SEC rules;

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board's committees; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of our board of directors.

131


Table of Contents

        We believe that the composition of our compensation, nominating and governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations.

Director Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our non-employee directors in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name (1)
  Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards (2)
($)
  Total
($)
 

William J. Link, Ph.D. 

  $ 20,000   $ 41,643   $ 61,643  

Olav B. Bergheim

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Mark J. Foley

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

David F. Hoffmeister

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (3)

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Paul S. Madera (4)

    0     0     0  

Robert J. More

    20,000     0     20,000  

Jonathan T. Silverstein

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Marc A. Stapley

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Aimee S. Weisner

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

(1)
The compensation information for Thomas W. Burns, our chief executive officer and a director, is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table with respect to our named executive officers.

(2)
Amounts represent the grant date fair value of option awards based on the Black-Scholes model of option valuation and computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions used for such option awards.

(3)
Dr. Kliman's annual retainer is paid to InterWest Partners, one of our significant stockholders with whom he is affiliated.

(4)
Mr. Madera declined payment of his annual retainer.

        Historically, we did not pay cash or equity compensation to our non-employee directors who are associated with our principal stockholders for their service on our board of directors. We only reimbursed our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. We intend to continue this expense reimbursement policy. We have not historically paid cash or equity compensation to our employee directors other than in their capacity as employees.

        In July 2014, our board of directors approved the following non-employee director compensation program.

Cash Compensation

        All non-employee directors are entitled to receive an annual $40,000 retainer for service as a board member and an annual $10,000 retainer for each committee on which they serve as a member. In addition, non-employee directors are entitled to receive the following additional cash compensation for their services as chairman of our board or board committees:

    $40,000 per year for service as chairman of the board;

132


Table of Contents

    $10,000 per year for service as chairman of the audit committee; and

    $10,000 per year for service as chairman of the compensation, nominating and governance committee.

        All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears and will be pro-rated for directors who join the board mid-year. We began paying the annual retainer to board members in 2014, but not the chairman or committee fees.

Equity Compensation

        All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following equity compensation for their services:

    initial grant of options to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock, which options will vest annually over a three-year period such that they are vested in full on the three-year anniversary of the grant date; and

    annual grant of options to acquire 15,000 shares of common stock, which options will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.

        Annual grant amounts will be pro-rated for directors who join the board mid-year.

        On July 10, 2014, the board of directors made the initial grant of options to acquire 10,000 shares of our common stock under our 2011 Stock Plan to each of our non-employee directors who will remain on our board of directors following the completion of this offering. All of these options have an exercise price of $7.275 per share, expire 10 years from the grant date, and are subject to annual vesting such that they are vested in full on the 3-year anniversary of the grant date. The successful completion of this offering is not a condition to exercise for these options, which may not be exercised prior to vesting like our other outstanding option awards under the 2011 Stock Plan.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted, effective upon the closing of this offering, a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Following the closing of this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website, www.glaukos.com .

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During the past fiscal year, none of the members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee were an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation, nominating and governance committee.

133


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during 2013 and 2014, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two other executive officers.

Name and principal
position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
awards (1)
($)
  Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
  All other
compensation (2)
($)
  Total
($)
 

Thomas W. Burns

    2014   $ 510,548   $ 210,000   $ 2,259,360   $   $ 1,242   $ 2,981,150  

President and Chief

    2013   $ 478,067   $ 125,000   $ 651,342   $   $ 1,242   $ 1,255,651  

Executive Officer

                                           

Chris M. Calcaterra

   
2014
 
$

301,324
 
$

93,120
 
$

460,240
 
$

 
$

1,242
 
$

855,926
 

Chief Commercial

    2013   $ 270,990   $ 100,000   $ 126,906   $   $ 1,242   $ 499,138  

Officer

                                           

Richard L. Harrison

   
2014
 
$

274,191
 
$

63,000
 
$

184,096
 
$

 
$

2,281
 
$

523,568
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2013   $ 246,073   $ 17,000   $ 43,929   $   $ 2,271   $ 309,273  

(1)
Amounts represent the grant date fair value of option awards based on the Black-Scholes model of option valuation and computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions used for such option awards. These options may not be exercised until the completion of this offering, and these options may not be exercised prior to vesting, unlike most of our other outstanding option awards under the 2011 Stock Plan.

(2)
Represents excess life insurance benefits.

Executive Employment Offer Letters

        On July 10, 2014, we entered into new employment offer letters with Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison. The offer letters provide Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison with an annual base salary of $525,000, $320,000 and $300,000, respectively, and a target bonus opportunity of 70%, 40% and 40% of base salary, respectively. The annual bonus will be based upon the achievement of specific performance measures determined by our Board. Base salary and bonus opportunity percentages will be reviewed by our Board at least annually for adjustments. For 2015, each of Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison has an annual base salary of $546,000, $332,800 and $309,000, respectively.

        Messrs. Burns, Harrison and Calcaterra are also entitled to receive all employee benefits that we customarily make available to employees in comparable positions, including the grant of equity awards under our equity plans. Additionally, Messrs. Burns, Harrison and Calcaterra continue to be subject to the patent, copyright and non-disclosure restrictive covenants agreement each executed prior to the offer letters.

        In connection with the entry into the new employment letters, on July 10, 2014, our board of directors granted options in the following amounts to Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison under our 2011 Stock Plan: 540,000, 110,000, and 44,000, respectively. All of these options have an exercise price of $7.275 per share and expire 10 years from the grant date. Mr. Burns' option will fully vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date. Mr. Calcaterra's option is subject to one-year cliff vesting with respect to 75% of the award, with the remainder then vesting equally over the next 12 months such that it is vested in full on the two-year anniversary of the grant date. Mr. Harrison's option is subject to one-year cliff vesting with respect to 25% of the award, with the remainder then vesting

134


Table of Contents

equally over the next 36 months such that it is vested in full on the four-year anniversary of the grant date. These options may not be exercised until the completion of this offering, and these options may not be exercised prior to vesting, unlike most our other outstanding option awards under the 2011 Stock Plan.

Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreements

        Our board of directors has approved executive severance and change in control agreements with our senior management employees, including our three executive officers, Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison. Pursuant to the terms of the agreements, if any of Mr. Burns, Mr. Calcaterra or Mr. Harrison is terminated as a result of (i) an involuntary termination without "cause" or (ii) a resignation for "good reason" (each as defined in the executive severance and change in control agreements), then he will receive an amount equal to 12, nine or nine months, respectively, of the base salary amount in effect at the time of such termination, paid in a lump sum on the 60th day following the date of such termination. Each of Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison (and his spouse and dependents) will also receive medical and dental benefits provided by us at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to our similarly situated active employees until the earlier of (i) the 12-, nine- or nine-month anniversary of the date of such termination, respectively, or (ii) the date that he becomes covered under a subsequent employer's medical and dental benefits plans. Mr. Burns will also vest in all equity and equity-based awards outstanding on the date of termination, and each of Mr. Calcaterra and Mr. Harrison will vest in all equity and equity-based awards that would otherwise have vested during the 12 months following the date of such termination. All of the above benefits are subject to the executive's execution of a general release of claims in our favor.

        If any of Mr. Burns, Mr. Calcaterra or Mr. Harrison is terminated as a result of (i) an involuntary termination without cause or (ii) a resignation for good reason, in either case within three months prior or 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in the executive severance and change in control agreements), then he will receive an amount equal to the sum of (i) 18, 12 or 12 months, respectively, of the base salary amount in effect at the time of such termination, and (ii) 18, 12 or 12 months, respectively, of his target annual bonus for the year in which the change in control occurs, paid in a lump sum on the 60th day following the date of such termination. Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison (and his spouse and dependents) will also receive medical and dental benefits provided by us at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to our similarly situated active employees until the earlier of (i) the 18-, 12- or 12-month anniversary of the date of such termination, respectively, or (ii) the date that he becomes covered under a subsequent employer's medical and dental benefits plans. Each of Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison will also vest in all equity and equity-based awards outstanding on the date of termination. All of the above benefits are subject to the executive's execution of a general release of claims in our favor.

        For purposes of the agreements, "cause" means a finding that the executive has (i) been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) disclosed trade secrets or confidential information to persons not entitled to receive such information; (iii) engaged in conduct in connection with his employment that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the company, including act(s) of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation and breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) violated our operating and ethics policies in any material way, including those relating to sexual harassment and the disclosure or misuse of confidential information; (v) engaged in willful and continued negligence in the performance of the duties assigned to him, after he has received notice of and failed to cure such negligence; or (v) breached any material provision of any agreement between the executive and our company, including any confidentiality agreement. "Good reason" means (i) a substantial and material diminution in the executive's duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in his base salary; or (iii) the relocation of his principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from the prior location. "Change in control" means (i) the acquisition by a

135


Table of Contents

person or group of more than 50% of the voting power of our stock (other than a change resulting from the death of a shareholder or a transaction in which we become a subsidiary of another corporation and, following the transaction, our shareholders prior to the transaction will beneficially own shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of the voting power of the parent corporation); (ii) the majority of members of our board of directors are replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation with another corporation where our shareholders, immediately prior to the transaction, will not beneficially own, immediately following the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving corporation; (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; or (C) our liquidation or dissolution.

        In the event that Mr. Burns, Mr. Calcaterra or Mr. Harrison would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and the net after-tax benefit that he would receive by reducing such payments to the threshold level as determined by Section 280G of the Code is greater than the net after-tax benefit the executive would receive if the full amount of the such payments were made, then such payments will be reduced so that such payments do not exceed the threshold level as determined by Section 280G of the Code.

136


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

 
  Option awards  
 
   
  Number of securities underlying
unexercised options (#)
   
   
 
 
  Vesting
commencement
date
  Option
exercise
price ($)
  Option
expiration
date
 
Name
  Exercisable (1)   Unexercisable (1)  

Thomas W. Burns

    4/26/2007     200,000       $ 1.25     4/26/2017  

    1/29/2008     200,000       $ 1.25     1/29/2018  

    10/21/2008     170,640       $ 1.65     10/21/2018  

    4/14/2009     19,480       $ 1.925     4/14/2019  

    1/26/2010     170,640       $ 1.925     1/26/2020  

    4/22/2010     19,040       $ 1.05     4/22/2020  

    1/27/2011     328,000       $ 3.975     1/27/2021  

    4/28/2011     69,047       $ 3.975     4/28/2021  

    7/13/2012     3,583       $ 3.70     7/13/2022  

    1/29/2013     256,000       $ 4.225     1/29/2023  

    4/25/2013     10,880       $ 4.225     4/25/2023  

    7/10/2014         540,000   $ 7.275     7/10/2024  

Chris M. Calcaterra

   
10/21/2008
   
74,000
   
 
$

1.65
   
10/21/2018
 

    4/14/2009     4,680       $ 1.925     4/14/2019  

    1/26/2010     41,320       $ 1.925     1/26/2020  

    1/27/2011     68,000       $ 3.975     1/27/2021  

    1/29/2013     52,000       $ 4.225     1/29/2023  

    7/10/2014         110,000   $ 7.275     7/10/2024  

Richard L. Harrison

   
1/29/2008
   
120,000
   
 
$

1.25
   
1/29/2018
 

    10/21/2008     74,000       $ 1.65     10/21/2018  

    1/26/2010     10,000       $ 1.925     1/26/2020  

    7/13/2010     2,000       $ 1.05     7/13/2020  

    1/27/2011     48,000       $ 3.975     1/27/2021  

    1/29/2013     18,000       $ 4.225     1/29/2023  

    7/10/2014         44,000   $ 7.275     7/10/2024  

(1)
Unvested options granted prior to July 1, 2014 may be exercised prior to the vesting date. However, we have the right to repurchase the shares acquired upon any such "early exercise" in the event the holder's employment is terminated prior to the vesting date. Options generally vest over four years from the vesting commencement date, with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and with the remaining amount vesting over the subsequent 36 months in equal amounts. Options granted on July 10, 2014 may not be exercised until the completion of this offering and may not be exercised prior to vesting.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

        Our stockholders and board of directors previously adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan, and the 2011 Stock Plan, or the 2011 Plan. Our board of directors has approved the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2015 Plan, and the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, and we expect that our stockholders will approve the 2015 Plan and the ESPP prior to completion of this offering. Both the 2015 Plan and the ESPP will become effective in connection with this offering.

        As of December 31, 2014, the number of shares reserved for issuance, number of shares issued, number of shares underlying outstanding stock options and number of shares remaining available for

137


Table of Contents

future issuance under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan are set forth in the table below. The table below also reflects the shares associated with the 2015 Plan and the ESPP that will become effective in connection with this offering. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan following the closing of this offering.

Name of Plan
  Number of
Shares
Reserved for
Issuance
  Number of
Shares Issued
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
  Number of
Shares
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
 

2001 Plan (1)

    4,761,853     1,194,828     3,016,692      

2011 Plan (2)

    3,249,325     86,740     2,640,420     522,165  

2015 Plan

    4,500,000             4,500,000  

ESPP

    450,000             450,000  

(1)
This plan expired June 22, 2011 with respect to the granting of additional stock options.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

        Our board of directors has approved the 2015 Plan, and we expect that our stockholders will approve the 2015 Plan prior to completion of this offering. The 2015 Plan provides us flexibility with respect to our ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, directors, and consultants, and to align the interests of these individuals with the interests of our stockholders.

        We have reserved an aggregate of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2015 Plan, plus any shares of our common stock subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, and shares of our common stock issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, reclassification or exchange of shares, merger, reorganization, or consolidation or other change in our capital structure. To the extent that an award terminates, is repurchased by us, expires for any reason or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, then any shares subject to the award may be used again for new grants. For stock appreciation rights, or SARs, only the shares that are issued or delivered pursuant to the SARs will cease to be available for grant under the 2015 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of options or to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to an award will become available for use under the 2015 Plan.

        The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, from January 1, 2016 (assuming the 2015 Plan becomes effective before such date) by (i) 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, or (ii) a lesser number determined by our board of directors.

        The 2015 Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, non-qualified stock options, and SARs. Incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. Non-qualified stock options and SARs may be issued to our employees, directors, or consultants. The option exercise price of each option and the base price of each SAR granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option and SAR will be fixed by the board of directors or any committee or subcommittee of the board of directors chosen to administer the 2015 Plan.

        The 2015 Plan permits us to make grants of restricted stock to our employees, directors, or consultants. During the period of restriction, employees, directors, or consultants holding restricted stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those shares of our common stock, unless the 2015

138


Table of Contents

Plan administrator determines otherwise, and will be entitled to receive all dividends paid with respect to such shares, provided that dividends that relate to restricted stock that vests based on the achievement of certain performance goals will not be paid until the restrictions on the underlying shares lapse.

        The 2015 Plan also permits us to make grants of restricted stock units, or RSUs. RSUs may be granted to our employees, directors, or consultants. Payment of earned RSUs will generally be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the 2015 Plan administrator and set forth in the written RSU agreement, but in no event later than the 15th day of the 3rd calendar month of the year following the vesting date of the RSU. RSUs may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of both.

        The 2015 Plan permits us to make grants of performance units and performance shares, which may be granted to our employees, directors, or consultants. Each performance unit will have an initial value that is established by the 2015 Plan administrator on or before the date of grant and each performance share will have an initial value equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. To earn performance units or performance shares, the 2015 Plan administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of our company-wide, divisional, business goals unit and/or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. Further, the 2015 Plan permits us to grant certain cash incentive awards, which may, in the 2015 Plan administrator's sole and plenary discretion, be subject to the attainment of performance goals.

        The 2015 Plan is administered by the board of directors or any committee or subcommittee of the board of directors chosen to administer the 2015 Plan, which has the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the 2015 Plan. In particular, the 2015 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, incentive options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, SARs, RSUs performance units, performance shares or cash incentive awards shall be granted. In addition, the 2015 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the number of shares to be subject to each award, and to determine the specific terms, conditions and restrictions of each award.

        Unless provided otherwise within each written applicable award agreement, in the event a successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the award, the vesting of all options, restricted stock, SARs and RSUs granted under the 2015 Plan will accelerate in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in the 2015 Plan) effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control. With respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions will be deemed met. Such acceleration will not occur if awards granted under the 2015 Plan are to be assumed or substituted by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof). In the event of an "involuntary termination" (as defined in the 2015 Plan) of a participant upon or within 12 months following a change in control, the vesting of all options, restricted stock, SARs and RSUs granted under the 2015 Plan will accelerate automatically and, with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions will be deemed met.

        The 2015 Plan administrator may from time to time alter, amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan in such respects as they deem advisable, provided that no such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall substantially affect or impair the rights of any participant under any awards previously granted without such participant's consent. We will obtain shareholder approval of any such amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

139


Table of Contents

        No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after June 3, 2025, which is the date that is 10 years from the date the 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors.

2011 Stock Plan

        The 2011 Plan was approved and adopted by our board of directors on April 28, 2011, and was subsequently approved by our stockholders in July 2011.

        We have reserved an aggregate of 3,249,325 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2011 Plan as of the date hereof. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Shares of common stock underlying awards granted under the 2011 Plan that expire or can no longer be exercised or are surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, as well as shares that are reacquired by us, are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. In addition, any shares that are retained by us upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase are treated as not issued and continue to be available under the 2011 Plan.

        The 2011 Plan permits us to make grants of options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, and options that do not so qualify, which are referred to as non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may only be issued to our employees. Non-qualified stock options may be issued to our employees, consultants, and directors. The option exercise price of each option granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan is determined by the board of directors, and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options. Certain options granted under the 2011 Plan vest at a rate of no less than 20% per year over a period of five consecutive years. The term of each option is fixed by the 2011 Plan administrator and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 2011 Plan may be exercised prior to the vesting date. If exercised early, shares issued upon exercise are subject to repurchase by us if the option holder terminates his or her service prior to the vesting date.

        The 2011 Plan also permits us to make grants of stock purchase rights. Stock purchase rights awards may be granted to our employees, consultants, and directors. The purchase price for the stock purchase rights awards granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan will be determined by the 2011 Plan administrator, and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of the offer, if required by applicable law.

        The 2011 Plan is administered by the board of directors or any committee or subcommittee of the board of directors chosen to administer the 2011 Plan, which has the authority to manage and control the administration of the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the persons to whom awards are granted, the number of shares of common stock underlying each award, and the method and medium of payment and the term of each award. In addition, the 2011 Plan administrator has the authority to interpret the 2011 Plan and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award.

        In the event of a corporate transaction (including without limitation a "change of control," as defined in the 2011 Plan), each outstanding option or stock purchase right will be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such option or stock purchase right will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

        The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time, subject to compliance with applicable law. The board of directors may also amend, modify or terminate any

140


Table of Contents

outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may substantially affect or impair the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted without his or her written consent.

        Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2011 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2001 Stock Option Plan

        The 2001 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on June 22, 2001, and was subsequently approved by our stockholders in June 2001.

        We have reserved an aggregate of 4,761,853 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Shares of common stock underlying options previously granted that lapsed for any reason are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

        The 2001 Plan permits us to make grants of options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, and options that do not so qualify, which are referred to as non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may only be issued to our employees. Non-qualified stock options may be issued to our employees, consultants, advisers, or directors. The option exercise price of each option granted pursuant to the 2001 Plan will be determined by the board of directors, and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options or 85% for non-qualified stock options. The term of each option will be fixed by the 2001 Plan administrator and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

        The 2001 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors or, if there is no such committee, by the board of directors. The 2001 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the persons to whom awards are granted, the number of shares of common stock underlying each award, and the method and medium of payment and the term of each option. In addition, the 2001 Plan administrator has the authority to interpret the 2001 Plan and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award.

        The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2001 Plan at any time, subject to compliance with applicable law. The board of directors may also amend, modify or terminate any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may substantially affect or impair the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted without his or her written consent.

        No awards may be granted under the 2001 Plan after June 22, 2011, the date that is 10 years from the date the 2001 Plan was adopted by our board of directors. Upon the adoption of the 2011 Plan, our board of directors determined that no further awards would be granted under the 2001 Plan.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Our board of directors has approved the ESPP, and we expect that our stockholders will approve the ESPP prior to completion of this offering. The ESPP will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to retain and secure the services of our employees and employees of our designated affiliates, while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success.

        The ESPP authorizes the issuance of shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. We have reserved an aggregate of 450,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, repurchase, exchange of shares of our common stock, stock dividend or

141


Table of Contents

other change in our capital structure. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, from January 1, 2016 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective before such date) by (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, or (ii) a lesser number determined by the administrator of the ESPP. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

        The ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or any committee designated by the board to administer the ESPP. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to our eligible employees or eligible employees of any of our designated affiliates. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering may have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

        Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or the administrator of the ESPP, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

        Employees may have to satisfy one or more service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by the administrator of the ESPP. No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock, determined based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time such purchase right is granted, for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

        In the event of a merger or change in control, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants' accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within a specified period prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately. A change in control has the same meaning as such term in the 2015 Plan.

        The administrator of the ESPP has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances any such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder's consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants' interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. We are permitted to make profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, but we have not made any such contributions to date. We do not make matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

142


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section of this prospectus captioned "Management—Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation."

Private Placements

        On August 8, 2012, we issued and sold at face value convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million to a total of 14 accredited investors. All but one of these investors (either individually or together with affiliated investors) were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock basis as of such date. The investors included InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and funds affiliated with Versant Ventures, Domain Associates, OrbiMed, Montreux and Meritech Capital Partners. On October 2, 2012, we and the purchasers of such notes agreed to extend the maturity date of such convertible promissory notes.

        On October 2, 2012, we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million to a total of 11 accredited investors. All but one of these investors (either individually or together with affiliated investors) were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of such date. The investors included InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and funds affiliated with Versant Ventures, Domain Associates, OrbiMed, Montreux and Meritech Capital Partners.

        On January 22, 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,389,825 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at $8.85 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $30.0 million (including the cancellation of the convertible promissory notes issued in August and October 2012 described above), to a total of 20 accredited investors. Accordingly, we received cash of $19.2 million for approximately 2.2 million shares, and a total of $10.8 million in principal and accrued interest was converted into approximately 1.2 million shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock. Of the 20 investors, 14, either individually or together with affiliated investors, were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of such date. The investors included InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and funds affiliated with Versant Ventures, Domain Associates, OrbiMed, Montreux and Meritech Capital Partners. Effective as of that date, Mr. Madera became a member of our board as the designee of Meritech Capital Partners.

        On January 9, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 104,464 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants to acquire an aggregate of 185,714 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock having an exercise price of $7.00 per share. Of such shares, four affiliates of Versant Ventures acquired an aggregate of 92,857 shares at $7.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.7 million and 11,606 shares were acquired by an affiliate of Domain Associates pursuant to the cashless exercise feature under its warrants. Each of such purchasers was an accredited investor, and all of such purchasers, either individually or together with affiliated funds, were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of such date.

        On June 12, 2014, we issued 24,705 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock to InterWest Partners IX, L.P. upon the exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $7.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.2 million in cash.

Investors' Rights Agreement

        We have entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement, as amended, with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock and the holders of our outstanding convertible preferred stock. These parties include all of the beneficial owners of 5% or more of our capital stock

143


Table of Contents

(certain of which entities have designees on our board as described below under "—Voting Agreement"), two of our executive officers, Messrs. Calcaterra and Harrison, a trust affiliated with our executive officer and director Mr. Burns, and an entity affiliated with our director Mr. Bergheim. Such agreement provides, among other things, that the holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Voting Agreement

        Our current restated certificate of incorporation provides that the holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together, are entitled to elect two directors to our board; the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two directors to our board; the holders of our Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director to our board; the holders of our Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director to our board; and the holders of our common stock are entitled to elect two directors to our board. Any additional directors are to be elected by the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock voting together as a single class. However, such provisions will be removed in the restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective after the closing of this offering.

        In addition to the provisions under our restated certificate of incorporation, the election of certain of the members of our board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock and the holders of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, including InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and entities affiliated with Domain Associates, Versant Ventures, Meritech Capital Partners, Montreux and OrbiMed, each of which individually or together with affiliated funds beneficially owns 5% or more of our capital stock, an entity affiliated with Mr. Bergheim, two of our executive officers, Messrs. Calcaterra and Harrison, and a trust affiliated with our executive officer and director, Mr. Burns. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors (a) one nominee designated collectively by Domain Partners IV, L.P. and DP IV Associates, L.P., currently Robert J. More; (b) one nominee designated collectively by Versant Venture Capital I, L.P. and its affiliates, currently William J. Link, Ph.D.; (c) one nominee designated collectively by Montreux Equity Partners IV, L.P. and Montreux IV Associates, LLC, currently vacant; (d) one nominee designated by InterWest Partners IX, L.P., currently Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D.; (e) one nominee designated collectively by Meritech Capital Partners III and any affiliated entities, currently Paul S. Madera; (f) one nominee designated collectively by OrbiMed Advisors, LLC and any affiliated entities, currently Jonathan T. Silverstein; (g) our current chief executive officer and president, currently Thomas W. Burns; and (h) one nominee designated by the holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock, currently Olav B. Bergheim. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares so as to elect these nominees will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of our board of directors.

        The remaining four board members were appointed to the board by a majority of the directors then in office to fill vacancies created by an increase in the authorized number of directors.

DOSE Medical

Formation

        We formed DOSE Medical Corporation, or DOSE, a Delaware corporation, on October 1, 2009. DOSE was initially our wholly-owned subsidiary, and we transferred certain assets to DOSE in exchange for the issuance of shares of DOSE stock to our company. On March 31, 2010, we issued a

144


Table of Contents

stock dividend of our equity interest in DOSE to each of our then stockholders. As part of the transaction, we entered into a patent license agreement with DOSE and three additional agreements providing for employee leasing, space sharing and transition services. As part of that transaction, certain of our then current employees, including our executive employees Thomas W. Burns, Chris M. Calcaterra and Richard L. Harrison, were granted rights convertible into our common stock, all of which were exercised. Our president and chief executive officer, Thomas W. Burns, serves as president and chief executive officer of DOSE, and Richard L. Harrison, our treasurer and chief financial officer, is the chief financial officer of DOSE. DOSE's board of directors consists solely of Thomas W. Burns and William J. Link, Ph.D., each of whom is a member of our board of directors.

DOSE Beneficial Ownership

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of DOSE as of May 31, 2015 by those entities and persons who are our executive officers, directors or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock:

 
  Number of DOSE
Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Percentage of DOSE
Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

>5% Stockholders (1)

             

Entities affiliated with Domain Associates

    558,805     11.2 %

Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures

    663,720     13.3 %

Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare

    566,848     11.4 %

Entities affiliated with InterWest Partners

    566,848     11.4 %

Entities affiliated with Montreux

    565,037     11.4 %

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed

    633,550     12.7 %

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners

    591,662     10.6 %

Our Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
 

Thomas W. Burns

    450,357     9.1 %

Chris M. Calcaterra

    68,278     1.4 %

Richard L. Harrison

    57,403     1.2 %

William J. Link, Ph.D. (1)

    663,720     13.3 %

Olav B. Bergheim

    97,708     2.0 %

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (1)

    566,848     11.4 %

Mark J. Foley

         

David F. Hoffmeister

         

Paul S. Madera (1)

    591,662     10.6 %

Robert J. More

           

Jonathan T. Silverstein

         

Marc A. Stapley

           

Aimee S. Weisner

         

(1)
For information regarding the ownership and control of shares held by the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, see "Principal Stockholders." For Dr. Link, represents shares held by entities affiliated with Versant Ventures; for Dr. Kliman, represents shared held by entities affiliated with InterWest; and for Mr. Madera, represents shares held by entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners.

DOSE Indebtedness

        On May 6, 2010, we loaned $1.0 million to DOSE pursuant to a promissory note that carried simple interest at the rate of 8% per annum, and was initially due for repayment on December 31,

145


Table of Contents

2012, which payment date has been extended indefinitely. In addition, we have provided DOSE the cash required to fund its operations that, together with accrued interest, has been recorded in an intercompany receivable account that is eliminated in consolidation. None of the principal or any accrued interest has been repaid. The total amount owed to us by DOSE at March 31, 2015 is $10.2 million, which is the largest amount outstanding since January 1, 2012 on indebtedness owed to us by DOSE.

DOSE Asset Purchase Agreement

        On July 10, 2014, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with DOSE. Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement, we agreed to purchase certain glaucoma-related assets owned by DOSE contingent upon, among other things, the approval of that transaction by our stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE and the completion of this initial public offering. We agreed to pay DOSE $15.0 million cash and cancel the aggregate amount of indebtedness owed to us by DOSE as of the date of the closing ($10.2 million as of March 31, 2015). We determined the valuation for DOSE based in part on the results of a valuation conducted by an independent third-party. Our stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE approved the terms of the asset purchase. We expect to use $15.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to pay the cash portion of the consideration. Upon closing of the asset purchase, Messrs. Burns and Harrison will resign as officers of DOSE, however neither Mr. Burns nor Dr. Link has informed us that he intends to resign from the DOSE board of directors. We are not aware of any plan for DOSE to distribute any portion of the $15.0 million cash consideration to its stockholders.

        Concurrent with our purchase of the glaucoma-related assets, we will enter into an amended and restated patent license agreement and an amended and restated transition services agreement with DOSE, which will take effect upon the closing of the asset purchase.

        Under the terms of amended and restated patent license agreement, we will receive a worldwide exclusive license to practice certain of DOSE's existing patents and future related patents in connection with applications for the treatment of glaucoma or any disorder or disease primarily affecting the anterior segment of the eye. We will also receive the right to use certain regulatory data and submissions of DOSE for our products in our exclusive fields. In return, DOSE will receive a worldwide exclusive license to practice certain of our existing patents and future related patents in applications involving biosensors and/or in applications for the treatment of any disorder or disease (other than glaucoma) primarily affecting the posterior segment of the eye. DOSE will also receive the right to use certain of our regulatory data and submissions for its products in its exclusive fields. Each license will be fully paid-up, irrevocable, and perpetual, and will include the right to sublicense.

        Under the amended and restated transition services agreement, we will continue to provide DOSE with certain accounting and financial services, IT support and limited engineering support and such additional services to which the parties may agree for a period of three years for a fee of $4,500 per month. If additional services are provided to DOSE, the monthly fees will be increased appropriately. Additionally, DOSE will pay us rent of $1,500 per month for the use of a portion of space sublet from us by DOSE. If DOSE uses more of the premises subject to the sublease, the monthly rent will be increased appropriately. DOSE will be able to terminate the agreement on 60 days' notice and we will be able to terminate the agreement on 180 days' notice.

Other Transactions

        We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and certain of our officers.

        We have entered into severance and change in control agreements with our senior management employees, including our executive officers that, among other things, provides for certain severance and

146


Table of Contents

change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements see the section of this prospectus captioned "Executive Compensation—Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreements."

        We have granted stock options to our employees, including our executive officers, and our directors. See the section of this prospectus captioned "Executive Compensation—Executive Compensation Arrangements" and "Management—Director Compensation."

Related Person Transaction Policy

        We have adopted a written related person transactions policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, which sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration, approval and oversight of "related person transactions." For purposes of our policy only, a "related person transaction" is a past, present or future transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any "related person" are participants, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, director, consultant or similar capacity by a related person are not covered by this policy. A "related person," as determined since the beginning of our last fiscal year, is any executive officer, director or nominee to become director, a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, including any immediate family members of such persons. Any related person transaction may only be consummated if approved or ratified by our audit committee in accordance with the policy guidelines set forth below.

        Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related person transaction to our audit committee for review and approval. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to whether the terms of such transaction are no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself from the deliberations and approval process.

147


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at May 31, 2015, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

        The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 24,785,170 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2015, which reflects (i) the issuance of 437,324 shares of common stock from April 1, 2015 through May 31, 2015 and assumes (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,642,043 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering and (iii) the issuance of 57,837 shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on 30,143,170 shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, which further assumes the sale of all 5,358,000 shares in this offering.

        Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2015. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

148


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Glaukos Corporation, 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653.

 
   
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
 
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
 
  Before Offering   After Offering  
 
  Before Offering  

>5% Stockholders

                   

Entities affiliated with Domain Associates (1)

    3,026,299     12.2 %   10.0 %

Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures (2)

    3,132,584     12.6 %   10.4 %

Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare (3)

    2,589,862     10.4 %   8.6 %

Entities affiliated with InterWest Partners (4)

    2,603,362     10.5 %   8.6 %

Entities affiliated with Montreux (5)

    3,266,312     13.2 %   10.8 %

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed (6)

    2,894,585     11.7 %   9.6 %

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners (7)

    3,026,678     12.2 %   10.0 %

Executive Officers and Directors

                   

Thomas W. Burns (8)

    2,852,669     10.7 %   8.9 %

Chris M. Calcaterra (9)

    449,036     1.8 %   1.5 %

Richard L. Harrison (10)

    286,268     1.2 %   0.9 %

William J. Link, Ph.D. (11)

    3,135,917     12.6 %   10.4 %

Olav B. Bergheim (12)

    356,133     1.4 %   1.2 %

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (13)

    2,606,695     10.5 %   8.6 %

Mark J. Foley (14)

    3,333     *     *  

David F. Hoffmeister (15)

    3,333     *     *  

Paul S. Madera (16)

    3,026,678     12.2 %   10.0 %

Robert J. More

             

Jonathan T. Silverstein (17)

    3,333     *     *  

Marc A. Stapley (18)

    3,333     *     *  

Aimee S. Weisner (19)

    3,333     *     *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons total)

    12,730,061     47.3 %   39.5 %

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)
Consists of (i) 63,200 shares held of record by Domain Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (ii) 2,057,190 shares and 9,284 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held of record by Domain Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP IV") (iii) 14,041 shares held of record by DP IV Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP IV-A"), (iv) 876,083 shares held of record by Domain Partners VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP VIII") and (v) 6,501 shares held of record by DP VIII Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP VIII-A"). The managing members of Domain Associates, L.L.C. are James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Jesse I. Treu, Kathleen K. Schoemaker, Nicole Vitullo, Brian K. Halak and Kim P. Kamdar and they share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such entity; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entity except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("OPSA IV"), is the general partner of DP IV and DP IV-A and owns no shares directly. James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Jesse I. Treu and Kathleen K. Schoemaker are the managing members of OPSA IV and they share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by DP IV and DP IV-A; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("OPSA VIII") is the general partner of DP VIII and DP VIII-A and owns no shares directly. James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Brian K. Halak, Jesse I. Treu, Kathleen K Schoemaker and Nicole

149


Table of Contents

    Vitullo are the managing members of OPSA VIII and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by DP VIII and DP VIII-A; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Domain Associates, One Palmer Square, Princeton, New Jersey 08542.

(2)
Consists of (i) 2,868,959 shares and 12,524 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by Versant Venture Capital I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VVC I"), (ii) 61,886 shares and 261 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VAF I-A"), (iii) 131,738 shares and 587 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by Versant Affiliates Fund I-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VAF I-B") and (iv) 56,379 shares and 250 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by Versant Side Fund I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VSF I"). Versant Ventures I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("VV I") serves as the sole general partner of VVC I, VAF I-A, VAF 1-B and VSF I and VV I owns no shares directly. Brian G. Atwood, Samuel D. Colella, Ross A. Jaffe, William J. Link, Ph.D., Donald B. Milder, Rebecca B. Robertson and Barbara N. Lubash are directors and/or members of VV I and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by VVC I, VAF I-A, VAF 1-B and VSF I; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Versant Ventures, One Sansome Street, Suite 3630, San Francisco, California 94104. William J. Link, Ph.D., is a member of our board of directors.

(3)
Consists of 2,578,657 shares and 11,205 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by Frazier Healthcare V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("FH-V"). FHM V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("FHM V L.P.") serves as the sole general partner of FH-V and owns no shares directly, FHM V LLC a Delaware limited liability company ("FHM V LLC") serves as the sole general partner of FHM V, L.P. and owns no shares directly. Nathan Every, Alan Frazier, Nader Naini, Patrick Heron and James Topper are members of FHM V, LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by FH-V; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by FH-V except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Frazier Healthcare V, L.P., 601 Union Street Suite 3200 Seattle, Washington 98101.

(4)
Consists of 2,603,362 shares held by InterWest Partners IX, L.P., a California limited partnership ("IWP-9"). InterWest Management Partners IX, LLC, a California limited liability company ("IWMP-9") serves as the sole general partner of IWP-9 and owns no shares directly. Philip T. Gianos, W. Stephen Holmes, Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. and Arnold L. Oronsky are the managing directors of IMP9. Bruce A. Cleveland, Nina Kjellson, Khaled A. Nasr and Douglas A. Pepper are the venture members of IMP9. These individuals share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by IWP-9; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o InterWest Partners, 2710 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025. Dr. Kliman is a member of our board of directors.

(5)
Consists of (i) 3,093,701 shares and 11,205 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by Montreux Equity Partners IV, L.P., a California limited partnership ("MEP-IV") and (ii) 161,406 shares held by Montreux IV Associates, LLC, a California limited liability company ("MA IV"). Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, a California limited liability company ("MEM IV") serves as the sole general partner of MEP IV and manager of MA IV. John Savarese, M.D., Howard D. Palefsky and Daniel K. Turner, III are directors and/or members of MEM IV and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by MEP-IV, MA-IV and MEM IV; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to

150


Table of Contents

    the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Montreux, One Ferry Building, Suite 255, San Francisco, California 94111.

(6)
Consists of (i) 2,854,870 shares and 12,403 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by OrbiMed Private Investments III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("OPI III") and (ii) 27,194 shares and 118 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the net exercise of warrants held by OrbiMed Associates III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("OMA III"). OrbiMed Capital GP III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("OC III") serves as the sole general partner of OPI III and owns no shares directly. OrbiMed Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("OA") serves as the sole general partner of OMA III and is the managing member of OC III and owns no shares directly. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OA, and OA and Mr. Isaly may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by OPI III and OMA III; however he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI III and OMA III except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such entities and person is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(7)
Consists of (i) 2,972,501 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("MCP III") and (ii) 54,177 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("MCAFF III"). Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MCA III"), serves as the sole general partner of MCP III and MCAFF III. Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MMA III") is a managing member of MCA III. Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof are the managing members of MMA III and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by MCP III, MCAFF III, MCA III and MMA III; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Ave, Suite 125, Palo Alto, California 94301. Mr. Madera is a member of our board of directors.

(8)
Consists of (i) 1,787,311 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are held directly by Mr. Burns, (ii) 238,107 shares held by the Burns Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary and co-Trustee, (iii) 120,000 shares held by the Burns Charitable Remainder Trust, of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary and co-Trustee, (iv) 507,251 shares held by the Burns Family Trust of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary and co-Trustee (v) 100,000 shares held by the Thomas W. Burns Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary, and (vi) 100,000 shares held by the Janet M. Burns Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. Burns' spouse is a beneficiary. The number of shares issuable upon the exercise of options includes 107,290 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable but that are not subject to vesting within 60 days of May 31, 2015 and accordingly, if exercised, are subject to a repurchase right until vested.

(9)
Consists of 246,536 shares and 202,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Calcaterra. The number of shares issuable upon the exercise of options includes 48,084 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable but that are not subject to vesting within 60 days of May 31, 2015 and accordingly, if exercised, are subject to a repurchase right until vested.

(10)
Consists of 209,268 shares and 77,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Harrison. The number of shares issuable upon the exercise of options includes 40,125 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable but that are not subject to vesting within 60 days of May 31, 2015 and accordingly, if exercised, are subject to a repurchase right until vested.

(11)
Consists of (i) the shares described in Note (2) above and (ii) 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Dr. Link. Dr. Link disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by VAF I-A, VAF 1-B, VSF I, and VVC I as described in Note (2) above, except to the

151


Table of Contents

    extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Dr. Link is c/o Versant Ventures, 1700 Owens Street, Suite 541, San Francisco, California 94158.

(12)
Consists of (i) 352,800 shares held by Fjordinvest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and (ii) 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Bergheim. Micro LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the managing member of Fjordinvest, LLC, and Mr. Bergheim is the president of Micro LLC. Mr. Bergheim shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Fjordinvest, LLC; however, he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entity except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(13)
Consists of (i) the shares described in Note (4) above and (ii) 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Dr. Kliman. Dr. Kliman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by IWP-9 and IWMP-9 as described in Note (4) above, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Dr. Kliman is c/o InterWest Partners, 2710 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(14)
Represents 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Foley.

(15)
Represents 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Hoffmeister.

(16)
Consists of the shares described in Note (7) above. Mr. Madera disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by MCP III and MCA III as described in Note (7) above, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Mr. Madera is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Ave, Suite 125, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(17)
Represents 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Silverstein.

(18)
Represents 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Stapley.

(19)
Represents 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Ms. Weisner.

152


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

        Immediately upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

        In connection with the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 21,642,043 shares of our common stock. Additionally, if not exercised for cash prior to the closing of this offering, outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock will be net exercised immediately prior to the closing of this offering based on the initial public offering price for shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

        Based on 2,647,966 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, the automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, into 21,642,043 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering, the net exercise of all outstanding warrants immediately prior to the closing of this offering resulting in the issuance of 57,837 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, the issuance of 5,358,000 shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options, there will be 29,705,846 shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

        As of March 31, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the closing of this offering and the exercise of all outstanding warrants, we had approximately 102 record holders of our common stock.

Voting

        The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting. Each election of directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Our restated certificate of incorporation includes certain supermajority voting provisions relating to the removal of directors, certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and certain amendments to our amended and restated bylaws.

Dividends

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information, see the section of this prospectus captioned "Dividend Policy."

Liquidation

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of

153


Table of Contents

all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

        Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

        All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those of the common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:

Warrants

        As of March 31, 2015, we had outstanding warrants to acquire an aggregate of 127,524 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock. These warrants have an exercise price of $7.65 per share and provide that unless the warrants are previously exercised or the holder otherwise specifies, the warrants will be automatically exercised on net basis based on the initial public offering price effective as of immediately prior to completion of this offering for shares of our common stock. In addition as of March 31, 2015, we had outstanding warrants to acquire an aggregate 11,298 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.85 per share, which warrants expire February 23, 2022.

Registration Rights

        Under our investors' rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 22,812,680 shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock and net exercise of our Series D warrants, or their transferees, will have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in certain registration statements we file, in each case as described below. The following is a summary of those registration rights and is not complete.

154


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

        At any time after the earlier of June 30, 2015 and six months after the effective date of this offering, certain holders of at least a majority of the shares having registration rights held by those holders have the right to demand that we use our reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of shares having registration rights that are requested to be registered, provided the anticipated net offering proceeds are not less than $20.0 million. However, the holders of these demand rights have also agreed with the representatives of the underwriters not to exercise these rights for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements" and "Underwriting." We are only obligated to file up to three registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances and our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such demand registration rights for up to 180 days under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right to request that we effect a registration of their shares on Form S-3 so long as the anticipated offering price is at least $1.0 million. We are obligated to use our best efforts to effect that registration. There are no limits on the number of times that we may be obligated to effect Form S-3 registrations but we are only obligated to file up to two registration statements on Form S-3 within a 12-month period. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        At any time after the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 25% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

        With certain exceptions, we are obligated to pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Termination

        The registration rights terminate upon (1) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering or (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder's registrable securities in a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

155


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Delaware Law

        Certain provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with this offering include provisions that:

Exclusive Forum

        Under the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation to become effective upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General

156


Table of Contents

Corporation Law, or DGCL, or our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage business combinations or other attempts that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

        The provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar's address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219. The transfer agent's telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

Listing

        Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GKOS."

157


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

        Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,642,043 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the issuance of 57,837 shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering, and (iii) the issuance of 5,358,000 shares of common stock being offered hereby, approximately 29,705,846 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed "restricted securities" will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

        We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities

158


Table of Contents

convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus captioned "Underwriting."

        J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. have has advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market of our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person's holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, an employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor of a company who purchased shares of its common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is

159


Table of Contents

not deemed to have been one of its affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

        As of March 31, 2015, 1,480,300 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. However, all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements as discussed above or market stand-off provisions, and, as a result, these shares will generally only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

        As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate 5,583,110 shares of our common stock were outstanding. After March 31, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate 387,000 shares of our common stock were granted. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements described above or market stand-off provisions.

Warrants

        We will have outstanding warrants to acquire 11,298 shares of our common stock, which expire in 2022, upon completion of this offering. See "Description of Capital Stock—Warrants" for additional information. The shares issued upon the cash or net exercise of our outstanding warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject to the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 22,812,680 shares of our common stock, will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the caption "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. If that occurs, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

160


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering for cash and who hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based upon the applicable provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, or the Treasury Regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, promulgated thereunder, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which may be subject to differing interpretations and are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Any such changes could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described herein. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders that are subject to special rules, such as U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term U.S. residents, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities), tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, and non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, or other risk reduction strategy, or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment. In addition, this discussion does not describe any state, local or non-U.S. income, estate or other tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock. As used in this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means any beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, neither a partnership nor any of the following:

        If any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and their partners should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

161


Table of Contents

         THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on Common Stock

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock, and thereafter as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described under "—Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock," below.

        The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate specified by an income tax treaty if we have received proper certification as to the application of such treaty. A non-U.S. holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business (and, if under an applicable income tax treaty, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States), such non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at ordinary U.S. federal income tax rates (on a net income basis), and such dividends will not be subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, such non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a 30% "branch profits tax" unless such corporate non-U.S. holder qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.

        In general, to claim the benefit of any applicable income tax treaty or an exemption from U.S. federal withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, a non-U.S. holder must provide to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS, Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income (or such successor form as the IRS designates), before the distributions are made. These forms must be updated periodically. If you are a non-U.S. holder, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the specific manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA (as hereinafter defined), a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain

162


Table of Contents

realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition (collectively, a "disposition") of our common stock, unless:

        If the gain is described in the first bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis with respect to such gain in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items, unless such corporate non-U.S. holder qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder during the taxable year of disposition (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "United States real property interests" (as defined in the Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, a non-U.S. holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as (i) shares of our common stock continue to be regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code) during the calendar year in which such disposition occurs and (ii) such non-U.S. holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of the shares of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of our common stock or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for our common stock. If gain on the disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder generally would be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (as described above), except that the branch profits tax generally would not apply.

        Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

163


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, we are required to report annually to the IRS the amount of any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether we actually withheld any tax. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and the amount withheld may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts Tax Compliance Act

        Under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, as modified by Treasury Regulations and subject to any official interpretations thereof, any applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a non-U.S. government to implement these rules and improve international tax compliance, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation or rules adopted pursuant to any such agreement (collectively, FATCA), withholding at a rate of 30% will be required on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the disposition of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such interests or accounts are held by certain United States persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons and to withhold on certain payments. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury Regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any "substantial United States owners" or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity's "substantial United States owners," which we will provide to Secretary of the Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to holders in respect of any amounts withheld. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

164


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriter
  Number of
shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith
                      Incorporated

                  

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

                  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

                  

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. 

                  
       

Total

    5,358,000  
       
       

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the common shares offered in this offering. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to 803,700 additional shares of common stock to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $            per share. The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without option
exercise
  With full option
exercise
 

Per share

  $                $               

Total

  $                $               
           
           

165


Table of Contents

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3,200,000. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including up to an aggregate of $20,000 in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We, all of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed not to (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and security holders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities that may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock or any such other securities (whether any such transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise) or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

        In our case, such restrictions shall not apply to:

166


Table of Contents

        In the case of our directors, executive officers and holders of our common stock, and subject to certain conditions, such restrictions shall not apply to:

        We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GKOS."

167


Table of Contents

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

168


Table of Contents

Relationships With Underwriters

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates have not, during the 180-day period preceding the date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, but may, in the future, provide from time to time certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling Restrictions Outside the United States

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares of common stock offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, referred to as the Order, or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons. The shares of common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to as a Relevant Member State, from and including the date, or Relevant Implementation Date, on which the European Union Prospectus Directive, or EU Prospectus Directive, was implemented in that Relevant Member State, an offer of shares of common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

169


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32,

170


Table of Contents

Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares that are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person that is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares

171


Table of Contents

to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document that complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

172


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Reed Smith LLP, Los Angeles, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa, California.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Glaukos Corporation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, appearing in this prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits and schedules to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are summaries and do not necessarily contain all of the terms or information set forth in such contract or document. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

        You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov . We also maintain a website at www.glaukos.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

173


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GLAUKOS CORPORATION

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

  F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-10

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Glaukos Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Glaukos Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Glaukos Corporation at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring net losses from operations and a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Irvine, California
April 16, 2015, except for the last paragraph of Note 1, as to which the date is June 12, 2015.

F-2


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
   
 
 
  March 31,
2015
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,728   $ 2,304   $ 4,239        

Accounts receivable, net

    2,892     5,398     6,233        

Inventory

    1,853     2,258     2,538        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets          

    426     534     478        

Restricted cash

    60     60     60        
                     

Total current assets

    11,959     10,554     13,548        

Property and equipment, net

    1,866     1,950     1,926        

Intangible asset, net

    16,975     13,475     12,600        

Deposits and other assets

    77     42     179        
                     

Total assets

  $ 30,877   $ 26,021   $ 28,253        
                     
                     

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and deficit

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 3,335   $ 3,298   $ 4,388        

Accrued liabilities

    2,104     6,462     5,389        

Line of credit

        1,850            

Long-term debt, current portion

        8,532     8,639        

Deferred rent

    33     45     48        
                     

Total current liabilities

    5,472     20,187     18,464        

Long-term debt, less current portion

    17,500     8,968     13,702        

Stock warrant liability

    680     379     441   $ 53  

Other liabilities

    57     12            
                     

Total liabilities

    23,709     29,546     32,607        

Commitments and contingencies

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,000 shares authorized; 1,200 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,000 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
3,000
   
3,000
   
3,000
   
 

F-3


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
   
 
 
  March 31,
2015
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,805 shares authorized; 2,322 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $12,538 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    12,547     12,547     12,547      

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 14,750 shares authorized; 5,714 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 5,819 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $40,731 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
40,000
   
40,836
   
40,836
   
 

Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 13,844 shares authorized; 5,381 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 5,410 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $41,387 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
41,163
   
41,496
   
41,496
   
 

Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 8,754 shares authorized; 3,501 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $29,500 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
29,500
   
29,500
   
29,500
   
 

Series F convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 8,474 shares authorized; 3,390 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $30,000 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
30,000
   
30,000
   
30,000
   
 

F-4


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
   
 
 
  March 31,
2015
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                         

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 72,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 77,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); 2,122, 2,470 and 2,676 shares issued and 2,094, 2,442 and 2,648 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; 24,318 shares issued and 24,290 shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
5
   
6
   
7
   
24
 

Additional paid-in capital

   
6,073
   
8,155
   
8,787
   
166,537
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2     44     44     44  

Accumulated deficit

    (147,246 )   (159,372 )   (160,338 )   (160,338 )
                   

    (141,166 )   (151,167 )   (151,500 )   6,267  

Less treasury stock

    (132 )   (132 )   (132 )   (132 )
                   

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (141,298 )   (151,299 )   (151,632 )   6,135  

Noncontrolling interest

    (7,744 )   (9,605 )   (10,101 )   (10,101 )
                   

Total deficit

    (149,042 )   (160,904 )   (161,733 ) $ (3,966 )
                   

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and deficit

  $ 30,877   $ 26,021   $ 28,253        
                     
                     

F-5


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587   $ 8,249   $ 14,666  

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418     1,944     2,794  
                   

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169     6,305     11,872  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135     5,948     7,816  

Research and development

    15,511     19,205     4,383     5,240  
                   

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340     10,331     13,056  
                   

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )   (4,026 )   (1,184 )

Other income (expense), net

                         

Interest income

    13     3     2      

Interest and other expense, net

    (307 )   (876 )   (219 )   (269 )

Change in fair value of stock warrants

    271     5     (94 )   (9 )
                   

Total other income (expense), net

    (23 )   (868 )   (311 )   (278 )
                   

Loss before taxes

    (14,221 )   (14,039 )   (4,337 )   (1,462 )

Provision for income taxes

    6     18     2      
                   

Net loss

    (14,227 )   (14,057 )   (4,339 )   (1,462 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (1,588 )   (1,931 )   (382 )   (496 )
                   

Net loss attributable to Glaukos Corporation

  $ (12,639 ) $ (12,126 ) $ (3,957 ) $ (966 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

  $ (6.21 ) $ (5.29 ) $ (1.83 ) $ (0.40 )
                   
                   

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

    2,036     2,294     2,168     2,410  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

        $ (0.51 )       $ (1.04 )
                       
                       

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

          23,920           25,123  
                       
                       

F-6


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 ) $ (4,339 ) $ (1,462 )

Other comprehensive income:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    2     42     18      
                   

Other comprehensive income

    2     42     18      
                   

Total comprehensive loss

    (14,225 )   (14,015 )   (4,321 )   (1,462 )

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (1,588 )   (1,931 )   (382 )   (496 )
                   

Comprehensive loss attributable to Glaukos Corporation

  $ (12,637 ) $ (12,084 ) $ (3,939 ) $ (966 )
                   
                   

F-7


Table of Contents

GLAUKOS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 

  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
  Treasury Stock    
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Non-
controlling
Interest
  Total
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2012

    18,118   $ 126,210         2,004   $ 5   $ 4,555   $   $ (134,607 )     $   $ (6,157 ) $ (136,204 )

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock at $8.85 per share

    2,173     19,227                                          

Conversion of convertible notes payable and accrued interest into Series F convertible preferred stock at $8.85 per share

    1,217     10,773                                          

Exercise of stock options

                118         172                     1     173  

Share-based compensation

                        1,346                         1,346  

Other comprehensive income

                            2                     2  

Net loss

                                (12,639 )           (1,588 )   (14,227 )

Purchase of treasury stock

                                    (28 )   (132 )       (132 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

    21,508   $ 156,210         2,122   $ 5   $ 6,073   $ 2   $ (147,246 )   (28 ) $ (132 ) $ (7,744 ) $ (149,042 )

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock at $8.00 per share in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants            

    105     836                                          

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock at $11.38 per share in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants

    29     333                                          

Exercise of stock options

                348     1     552                     70     623  

Share-based compensation

                        1,530                         1,530  

Other comprehensive income

                            42                     42  

Net loss

                                (12,126 )           (1,931 )   (14,057 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2014

    21,642   $ 157,379         2,470   $ 6   $ 8,155   $ 44   $ (159,372 )   (28 ) $ (132 ) $ (9,605 ) $ (160,904 )

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                206     1     279                         280  

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

                        353                         353  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                (966 )           (496 )   (1,462 )
                                                   

Balance at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    21,642   $ 157,379         2,676   $ 7   $ 8,787   $ 44   $ (160,338 )   (28 ) $ (132 ) $ (10,101 ) $ (161,733 )
                                                   
                                                   

F-8


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Operating Activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 ) $ (4,339 ) $ (1,462 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,157     4,231     1,056     1,071  

Stock-based compensation

    1,346     1,530     374     353  

Change in fair value of stock warrant liability

    (271 )   (5 )   94     9  

Accrued interest expense

    44              

Amortization of premium on short-term investments                 

    106              

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs           

                4  

Deferred rent

    (20 )   (33 )   (6 )   (9 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Accounts receivable, net

    (2,340 )   (2,514 )   (884 )   (849 )

Inventory

    (938 )   (413 )   (421 )   (291 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (164 )   (108 )   (101 )   57  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    2,037     4,226     (434 )   92  

Other assets

    (35 )   36         (8 )
                   

Net cash used in operating activities

    (13,305 )   (7,107 )   (4,661 )   (1,033 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

    10,711              

Purchases of property and equipment

    (852 )   (868 )   (189 )   (215 )

Purchases of short-term investments

    (10,817 )            
                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (958 )   (868 )   (189 )   (215 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net proceeds from senior secured term and draw-to term loans

                6,852  

Net proceeds from (payments of) revolving line of credit

        1,850         (1,850 )

Payments of subordinated notes

                (2,093 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    162     775     568     257  

Proceeds from issuance of Series F preferred stock

    19,227              

Proceeds from exercise of stock warrants

        875     650      

Payment to acquire treasury stock

    (132 )            
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    19,257     3,500     1,218     3,166  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    2     51     18     17  
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    4,996     (4,424 )   (3,614 )   1,935  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    1,732     6,728     6,728     2,304  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 6,728   $ 2,304   $ 3,114   $ 4,239  
                   
                   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                         

Interest paid

  $ 75   $ 876   $ 219   $ 240  
                   
                   

Taxes paid

  $ 4   $ 12   $ 7   $ 11  
                   
                   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

                         

Purchase of intangible asset in exchange for issuance of subordinated note

  $ 17,500   $   $   $  

Conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest into Series F convertible preferred stock

  $ 10,773   $   $   $  

Reduction of liability upon vesting of stock options previously exercised for unvested stock

  $ 11   $ 80   $ 2   $ 23  

F-9


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization and Basis of Presentation

        Glaukos Corporation (Glaukos or the Company), incorporated in Delaware on July 14, 1998, is a developer, manufacturer and marketer of medical devices for the treatment of glaucoma. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Glaukos, its wholly-owned subsidiaries Glaukos Europe GmbH and Glaukos Japan GK and affiliated entity DOSE Medical Corporation (see Note 11, Variable Interest Entity). All significant intercompany balances and transactions among the consolidated entities have been eliminated in consolidation.

Liquidity

        Since inception, the Company has not been profitable and has incurred operating losses in each year. The Company has generated limited revenue from product sales to date and will incur significant costs and expenses related to its ongoing operations. Management expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue for the foreseeable future. Successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company's cost structure. The Company incurred net losses of $12.6 million and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $4.0 million and $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $159.4 million and $160.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. The Company recorded negative cash flows from operating activities of $13.3 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $4.7 million and $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively. As of March 31, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $4.2 million and a net working capital deficit of $4.9 million. The Company may never become profitable, or if it does, it may not be able to sustain profitability on a recurring basis. Additionally, the Company began repaying the subordinated notes in 2015. The Company anticipates that it will continue to incur losses into the foreseeable future and plans to fund its losses from operations and capital funding needs through future debt and equity financings. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to it, or at all. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, and/or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company's business, results of operations, and future prospects, including its ability to continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 6, in February 2015 the Company increased its bank loan facility from a $6.0 million revolving line of credit to an $18 million combined term loan and revolving line of credit facility. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash from increasing sales of its United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved iStent Trabecular Micro-Bypass Stent system or obtain additional capital when needed.  

        The Company's recurring net losses, working capital deficiency, deficit and negative cash flows from operations raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) have been prepared on a going concern

F-10


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

Reverse Stock Split

        On June 11, 2015, the Company effected a 1 for 2.5 share reverse stock split of the Company's common stock and convertible preferred stock. Neither the par value nor the authorized number of shares was adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All issued and outstanding common stock, shares of common stock held in treasury, convertible preferred stock, warrants, and per share amounts contained in the accompanying financial statements and notes to the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split for all periods presented.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and controls and in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of these financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. In addition, other factors may affect estimates, including expected business and operational changes, sensitivity and volatility associated with the assumptions used in developing estimates, and whether historical trends are expected to be representative of future trends. The estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates of the ultimate future outcomes, and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. The most significant estimates in the accompanying consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, clinical trial expense accruals, collectability reserves, inventory reserves, fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability and stock-based compensation expense. Although these estimates are based on the Company's knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, this process may result in actual results differing materially from those estimated amounts used in the preparation of the financial statements.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2015, the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and related footnotes are unaudited. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of

F-11


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

management, reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2015 and its results of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2015 or for any other interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

        The unaudited pro forma information in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2015 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock and the issuance of shares of common stock upon the net exercise of preferred stock warrants. The pro forma balance sheet assumes that the completion of the initial public offering contemplated by this prospectus had occurred as of March 31, 2015 and excludes shares of common stock issued in such initial public offering and any related net proceeds.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The Company considers the local currency to be the functional currency for its international subsidiaries; the Euro for Glaukos Europe GmbH and the Yen for Glaukos Japan GK. Accordingly, their assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing throughout the periods presented. Currency translation adjustments arising from period to period are charged or credited to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders (deficit) equity. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company reported currency translation adjustments of approximately $2,000, $42,000, $18,000 and $0, respectively. Realized gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company reported foreign currency transaction losses of approximately $10,000, $38,000, $16,000 and $53,000, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company invests its excess cash in investment-grade marketable securities, including money market funds, money market securities, corporate bonds, and corporate commercial paper and U.S. government agency bonds. For financial reporting purposes, liquid investment instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at face value or cost, which approximates fair market value. From time to time, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Commission (FDIC). Investments are stated at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Investments are considered available-for-sale and, accordingly, unrealized gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders' equity (deficit).

F-12


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company's entire investment portfolio, except for restricted cash, is considered to be available for use in current operations and, accordingly, all such investments are stated at fair value using quoted market prices and classified as current assets, although the stated maturity of individual investments may be one year or more beyond the balance sheet date. The Company did not have any trading securities or restricted investments at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited).

        Realized gains and losses and declines in value, if any, judged to be other-than-temporary or available-for-sale securities, are reported in interest income or expense, net. When securities are sold, any associated unrealized gain or loss previously reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity is reclassified out of stockholders' equity and recorded in the statements of operations in the period sold. Accrued interest and dividends are included in interest income. The Company periodically reviews its available-for-sale securities for other-than-temporary declines in fair value below the cost basis, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

        Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the  depository institutions in which those deposits are held. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk in its accounts receivable is moderated by its credit evaluation process, relatively short collection terms and the level of credit worthiness of its customers. During 2013, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited), none of the Company's customers accounted for more than 10% of revenues.

Restricted Cash

        The Company has a credit card facility with its primary operating bank which is collateralized by a certificate of deposit maintained at the bank.

Accounts Receivable

        The Company sells its products directly to hospitals, surgery centers and distributors in the U.S. and internationally. The Company periodically assesses the payment performance of these customers and establishes reserves for anticipated losses when necessary, which losses historically have not been significant and have not exceeded management's estimates. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical collection experience and expectations of future collection based on current market conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts is management's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses. Account balances are charged against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company's allowance for bad debts was $25,000, $50,000 and $60,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively, and no customers accounted for more than 10% of net accounts receivable.

F-13


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company generally permits returns of product from customers if such product is returned in a timely manner and in good condition. Estimated allowances for sales returns are based upon the Company's historical patterns of product returns matched against sales, and management's evaluation of specific factors that may increase the risk of product returns.

Inventory

        Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Management evaluates inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence and records an allowance to reduce the carrying value of inventory as determined necessary.

Long Lived Assets

        Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is generally provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful life or the related lease term, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

        All long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in value when changes in circumstances dictate, based upon undiscounted future operating cash flows, and appropriate losses are recognized and reflected in current earnings to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated fair value, determined by the use of appraisals, discounted cash flow analyses or comparable fair values of similar assets.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortized over the estimated useful life. The intangible asset in the accompanying balance sheet is currently comprised of the cost of the Company's buyout of a royalty payment obligation. See Note 6.

Fair Value Measurements

        Assets and liabilities are measured using quoted prices in active markets and total fair value is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant other observable inputs are valued by reference to similar assets or liabilities, adjusted for contract restrictions and other terms specific to that asset or liability. For these items, a significant portion of fair value is derived by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets. For all remaining assets and liabilities, fair value is derived using a fair value model, such as a discounted cash flow model or Black-Scholes model.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar

F-14


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

terms, the Company believes that the fair value of long-term debt approximates its carrying value. The carrying amount of the warrant liability and non-controlling interest represent their fair values.

        The valuation of assets and liabilities are subject to fair value measurements using a three-tiered approach and fair value measurement is classified and disclosed by the Company in one of the following three categories:

      Level 1:    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

      Level 2:    Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

      Level 3:    Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when the following criteria are met: goods are shipped, title and risk of loss has transferred to its customers, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists when there is a contractual arrangement in place with the customer. Delivery has occurred when a product is shipped. If persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred, the Company determines whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable and collectability of the invoiced amount is reasonably assured. The Company assesses whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable based on the existing arrangement with the customer, including whether the Company has sufficient history with a customer to reliably estimate the customer's payment patterns. The Company assesses collectability by evaluating historical cash receipts and individual customer outstanding balances. To the extent all criteria set forth above are not satisfied at the time of shipment, revenue is recognized when cash is received from the customer.

        Customers are not granted specific rights of return; however, the Company may permit returns of product from customers if such product is returned in a timely manner and in good condition. The Company provides a warranty on its products for one year from the date of shipment, and any product found to be defective or out of specification will be replaced at no charge during the warranty period. Estimated allowances for sales returns and warranty replacements are recorded at the time of sale of the product and are estimated based upon the historical patterns of product returns matched against sales, and an evaluation of specific factors that may increase the risk of product returns. Product returns and warranty replacements to date have been consistent with amounts reserved or accrued and have not been significant.

F-15


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Shipping and Handling Costs

        All shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are charged to general and administrative expense. Charges to customers for shipping and handling are credited to general and administrative expense.

Advertising Costs

        All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) were approximately $0.5 million, $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Stock Warrants

        The Company has issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock which are accounted for as a liability due to the nature of the underlying redemption provisions of the preferred stock into which the warrants are exercisable. The Company has also issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its common stock which are accounted for as a liability because they contain a down-round protection provision which is outside the control of the Company. The warrants are recorded on the Company's balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and are revalued at each subsequent balance sheet date, with fair value changes recognized as other income or expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants. The Company estimates the fair value of the liability using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, including assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate.

Income Taxes

        The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities, along with net operating loss and tax credit carryovers. The Company records a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets to reduce the net carrying value to an amount that it believes is more likely than not to be realized. Management has considered estimated taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the amount of the valuation allowance. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company's historical operating performance and limited potential to utilize tax credit carryforwards, the Company has determined that total deferred tax assets should be fully offset by a valuation allowance. When the Company establishes or reduces the valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, its provision for income taxes will increase or decrease, respectively, in the period such determination is made.

        Additionally, the Company follows an accounting standard addressing the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes that prescribes rules for recognition, measurement, and classification in the financial statements of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

F-16


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Research and Development Expenses

        Major components of research and development expense include personnel costs, preclinical studies, clinical trials and related clinical product manufacturing, materials and supplies, and fees paid to consultants. Research and development costs are expensed as goods are received or services rendered. Costs to acquire technologies to be used in research and development that have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use are also expensed as incurred.

        At each financial reporting date, the Company accrues the estimated costs of clinical study activities performed by third party clinical sites with whom the Company has agreements that provide for fees based upon the quantities of subjects enrolled and clinical evaluation visits that occur over the life of the study. The estimates are determined based upon a review of the agreements and data collected by internal and external clinical personnel as to the status of enrollment and subject visits, and are based upon the facts and circumstances known to the Company at each financial reporting date. If the actual performance of activities varies from the assumptions used in the estimates, the accruals are adjusted accordingly. There have been no material adjustments to the Company's prior period accrued estimates for clinical trial activities through December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited).

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to employees and nonemployees, including members of its Board of Directors. The fair value of stock-based awards made to employees is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation cost over the requisite service period using the straight-line method. The determination of the fair value-based measurement of stock options on the date of grant using an option pricing model is affected by the determination of the fair value of the underlying stock as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company's stock price volatility over the expected term of the grants, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. In the future, as additional empirical evidence regarding these estimates becomes available, the Company may change or refine its approach of deriving them, and these changes could impact the fair value-based measurement of stock options granted in the future. Changes in the fair value-based measurement of stock awards could materially impact the Company's operating results. The fair values of share-based awards made to nonemployees are remeasured at each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Compensation expense for these stock-based awards is determined by applying the remeasured fair values to the shares that have vested during a period.

Comprehensive Loss

        All components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, are reported in the financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.

F-17


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Net Loss Per Share

        Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares that were outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the sum of the weighted-average number of dilutive common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. Common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock, preferred stock warrants, and stock options outstanding under the Company's stock option plans. The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share requires that, to the extent the average fair value of the underlying shares for the reporting period exceeds the exercise price of the warrants and the presumed exercise of such securities are dilutive to income (loss) per share for the period, adjustments to net income or net loss used in the calculation are required to remove the change in fair value of the warrants for the period. Likewise, adjustments to the denominator are required to reflect the related dilutive shares. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company's net loss position and preferred stock warrants being anti-dilutive.

        Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because to do so would be anti-dilutive were as follows (in common stock equivalent shares, in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  Unaudited
 

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

    21,508     21,642     21,613     21,642  

Preferred stock warrants outstanding

    343     128     157     128  

Common stock warrants outstanding

                11  

Stock options outstanding

    4,472     5,657     4,321     5,583  
                   

    26,323     27,427     26,091     27,364  
                   
                   

F-18


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

        The following table summarizes the Company's unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2014
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Numerator:

             

Net loss attributable to Glaukos Corporation

  $ (12,126 ) $ (966 )

Add: Net loss attributable to derecognition of DOSE Medical's non-glaucoma net assets (see Note 11) (1)

        (25,101 )
           

Pro forma net loss

    (12,126 )   (26,067 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    2,294     2,410  

Add: Pro forma adjustment to reflect weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

    21,626     21,642  

Add: Pro forma adjustment to give effect to number of IPO shares necessary to fund cash consideration in DOSE transaction (see Note 11) (1)

        1,071  
           

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

    23,920     25,123  

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.51 ) $ (1.04 )
           
           

(1)
Will be calculated concurrent with pricing of the initial public offering contemplated by this prospectus.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an accounting standards update that raises the threshold for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations and allows companies to have significant continuing involvement with and continuing cash flows from or to the discontinued operation. It also requires additional disclosures for discontinued operations and new disclosures for individually material disposal transactions that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014, which will be the Company's fiscal year 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP. The new standard allows for either "full retrospective" adoption, meaning the standard is

F-19


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

applied to all of the periods presented, or "modified retrospective" adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption not permitted under US GAAP. The Company is currently evaluating which method of adoption to apply based on the new accounting standard. Therefore, the effect of the adoption of the new accounting standard on the Company's financial statements is not currently known.

        In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standards update that requires a performance target that affects vesting of a share-based payment award and that could be achieved after the requisite service period to be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized over the required service period if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, which will be the Company's fiscal year 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance to have material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . This ASU introduces an explicit requirement for management to assess if there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. In connection with each annual and interim period, management must assess if there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the issuance date. Disclosures are required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt. ASU 2014-15 is effective for all entities in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the potential effects of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

3. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable, Net

        Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 2,917   $ 5,448   $ 6,293  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (25 )   (50 )   (60 )
               

Total

  $ 2,892   $ 5,398   $ 6,233  
               
               

F-20


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

3. Balance Sheet Details (Continued)

Inventory

        Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Finished goods

  $ 569   $ 962   $ 1,163  

Work in process

    45     194     189  

Raw material

    1,239     1,102     1,186  
               

  $ 1,853   $ 2,258   $ 2,538  
               
               

Property and Equipment, net

        Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Equipment

  $ 3,446   $ 4,038   $ 4,177  

Furniture and fixtures

    371     376     382  

Leasehold improvements

    986     985     986  

Computer equipment and software

    544     762     788  
               

    5,347     6,161     6,333  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (3,481 )   (4,211 )   (4,407 )
               

  $ 1,866   $ 1,950   $ 1,926  
               
               

        Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

Accrued Liabilities

        Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Accrued contract payments (see Note 10)

  $   $ 2,604   $ 2,372  

Accrued bonuses

    953     1,695     597  

Accrued vacation benefits

    522     746     841  

Accrued clinical study expenses

        490     510  

Other accrued liabilities

    629     927     1,069  
               

  $ 2,104   $ 6,462   $ 5,389  
               
               

F-21


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

4. Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

        The following tables present information about the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2013 Using
 
 
  December 31,
2013
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents

  $ 6,010   $ 6,010   $   $  
                   

Total assets

  $ 6,010   $ 6,010   $   $  
                   
                   

Liabilities

                         

Stock warrant liabilities

  $ 680   $   $   $ 680  
                   

Total liabilities

  $ 680   $   $   $ 680  
                   
                   

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2014 Using
 
 
  December 31,
2014
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents

  $   $   $   $  
                   

Total assets

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

Liabilities

                         

Stock warrant liabilities

  $ 379   $   $   $ 379  
                   

Total liabilities

  $ 379   $   $   $ 379  
                   
                   

F-22


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

4. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
March 31, 2015 Using
 
 
  March 31,
2015
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents

  $   $   $   $  
                   

Total assets

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

Liabilities

                         

Stock warrant liabilities

  $ 441   $   $   $ 441  
                   

Total liabilities

  $ 441   $   $   $ 441  
                   
                   

        The stock warrant liabilities are recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires inputs such as the expected term of the warrants, volatility and risk-free interest rate. Some of these inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. There were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the periods presented.

        In conjunction with the February 2015 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement as more fully described in Note 6, the Company issued warrants to the lenders to purchase 11,298 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.85 per share. The fair value of the warrants as of the issuance date and as of March 31, 2015 was estimated to be $53,000 using an option pricing framework considering multiple exit scenarios and the probability of a down-round financing. The following assumptions were deemed by the Company to be significant unobservable inputs: risk-free interest rate of 1.9%; dividend yield of 0.0%; expected volatility of 70.0%; and an expected life of 7 years. The Company considers the most significant unobservable input impacting the valuation of the warrants to be the estimated value of the underlying common shares, which was $7.575 as of March 31, 2015. If the value of the underlying shares were to decrease by 10%, the fair value of the warrants would decrease by approximately the same amount.

        In conjunction with loans in 2010 from certain holders of the Company's preferred stock, which were converted into preferred stock in 2011, the Company issued warrants to purchase 156,860 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $7.65 per share. Warrants to purchase 29,333 shares were exercised in 2014, and the remaining warrants expire in September 2017 if unexercised. However, in the event of the closing of an initial public offering prior to the expiration date, the warrants will automatically convert into shares of Series D convertible preferred stock on a net exercise basis. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded other income of approximately $0.3 million and $5,000, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded other expense of $0.1 million and $9,000, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of the warrants. The fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 2014, was estimated to be $0.4 million using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions deemed by the Company to be significant unobservable inputs: risk-free interest rate of 1.0%; dividend

F-23


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

4. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

yield of 0.0%; expected volatility of 48.5%; and an expected life of 2.7 years. The fair value of the warrants as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited) was estimated to be $0.4 million using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.7%; dividend yield of 0.0%; expected volatility of 49.1%; and an expected life of 2.5 years. The Company considers the most significant unobservable input impacting the valuation of the warrants to be the value of the underlying Series D shares, which was $8.43 and $8.68 per share as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. If the value of the underlying shares were to increase by 10%, the fair value of the warrants would increase by $0.1 million at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. If the value of the underlying shares were to decrease by 10%, the fair value of the warrants would decrease by the same amount.

        In conjunction with loans in 2006 from certain holders of the Company's preferred stock, which were repaid in 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase 185,714 shares of Series C preferred  stock at $7.00 per share. All of these warrants were exercised in January 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded other income of $0.1 million and $0, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded no related income or expense. The warrants were exercised in January 2014 and, accordingly, there is no liability recorded for these warrants as of December 31, 2014.

        The following table provides a reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value using level 3 significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
  Preferred Stock
Warrant
Liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 680  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants

    (186 )

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants

    (110 )

Change in the fair value of stock warrants

    (5 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2014

    379  

Issuance of common stock warrants (unaudited)

    53  

Change in the fair value of stock warrants (unaudited)

    9  
       

Balance at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 441  
       
       

5. Convertible Notes Payable

        In August and October 2012, the Company entered into convertible note agreements with certain holders of its preferred stock to borrow an aggregate of $10.5 million. The convertible notes included the following terms and conditions: (1) interest rate of 7.0%; (2) principal and interest due upon the earlier of a change in control event or demand at any time after January 31, 2013; and (3) automatic conversion of principal and accrued interest into shares of preferred stock at a conversion price equal to the purchase price per share of the equity security issued and sold in the next preferred stock financing. Amounts borrowed under the convertible notes were unsecured. In January 2013, the principal amount of the convertible notes and all accrued interest were converted into shares of Series F convertible preferred stock pursuant to the terms of the convertible note agreements.

F-24


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

6. Long-Term Debt

Bank Loan Facility

        In June 2013, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the Agreement) with the Company's primary bank, under which the bank agreed to extend to the Company a revolving loan in the maximum principal amount of $6.0 million. Advances under the loan were limited to the lesser of (i) $6.0 million or (ii) 77% of the sum of cash, cash equivalents and eligible domestic accounts receivable. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest were to become due and payable in full on June 5, 2015. Obligations under the Agreement bore interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5% (3.75% at December 31, 2014). Amounts owed are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the Company's assets, excluding intellectual property. The Agreement is subject to certain reporting and financial covenants which, if not met, could constitute an event of default. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the balance outstanding on the line of credit was $0 and $1.9 million, respectively. In February 2015, the Agreement was amended and restated, at which time the balance outstanding on the line of credit was $2.1 million.

        In February 2015, the Company and its primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (the Amended Agreement) which provides for a $5.0 million senior secured term loan, a $5.0 million senior secured draw-to term loan and an $8.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Amounts owed under the Amended Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the Company's assets, excluding intellectual property. The Agreement is subject to certain reporting and financial covenants which, if not met, could constitute an event of default.

        On the closing date, the Company received $5.0 million cash under the senior secured term loan and immediately paid off the $2.1 million balance outstanding on the line of credit. This loan requires quarterly principal payments of $0.4 million over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016. The senior secured draw-to term loan is available through February 23, 2016 for advances up to an aggregate of $5.0 million, and it requires quarterly principal payments equal to 1/12 of the aggregate principal amount over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had drawn $2.0 million under the draw-to term loan. The senior secured term loan and draw-to term loan mature and are required to be fully paid by February 23, 2019. Advances under the revolving line of credit are limited to the lesser of (i) $8.0 million or (ii) a calculated borrowing base consisting of (a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) the lesser of 30% of eligible inventory or $1.5 million. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest under the revolving line of credit are due and payable in full on February 23, 2017. The Company incurred loan origination fees of $41,000 which was recorded as a loan discount and debt issuance costs of $132,000 which was recorded as a deferred asset. The Company is permitted to make voluntary prepayments of the term and draw-to term loans without prepayment penalty.

        Outstanding balances under the senior secured term loan and senior secured draw-to term loan bear interest on the outstanding daily balance at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 2% (5.25% at March 31, 2015). At the Company's option all or a portion of the amounts owed under any of the senior secured term loan and draw-to term loan may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 3%. Outstanding

F-25


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

6. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

balances under the revolving credit facility bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 1.75%. At the Company's option all or a portion of the amounts owed under the revolving credit facility may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%.

        In connection with the execution of the Amended Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 11,298 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.85 per share as more fully described in Note 4.

        The Company accounts for the debt discount and deferred asset utilizing the effective interest method. Amortization of debt discount and the deferred asset to interest expense amounted to $4,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited).

        The Company's debt balances, including current portions, were as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Senior secured term loan

  $   $   $ 5,000  

Senior secured draw-to term loan

            2,000  

Subordinated notes payable

    17,500     17,500     15,407  

Unamortized debt discount

            (66 )
               

Total debt

    17,500     17,500     22,341  

Less current portion of long-term debt

    (— )   (8,532 )   (8,639 )
               

Total long-term debt

  $ 17,500   $ 8,968   $ 13,702  
               
               

Subordinated Notes Payable in Connection with GMP Vision Solutions

        In January 2007, the Company entered into an agreement (the Original Agreement) with GMP Vision Solutions, Inc. (GMP) to acquire certain in-process research and development. In connection with the agreement, the Company was obligated to make periodic royalty payments equal to a single-digit percentage of revenues received for royalty-bearing products and periodic royalty payments at a higher royalty rate applied to all amounts received in connection with the grant of licenses or sublicenses of the related intellectual property. There was no related royalty expense recorded in cost of sales in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

        In December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with GMP in which it paid GMP $1.0 million for a 90-day option to buy out all remaining royalties payable to GMP. In April 2013, the option expired unexercised, and as provided in the agreement, the $1.0 million payment satisfied the obligation to pay the first $1.0 million in royalties earned beginning on January 1, 2013. The $1.0 million payment was recorded in cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2012.

        In November 2013, the Company entered into an amended agreement with GMP in which remaining royalties payable to GMP (the Buyout Agreement) were canceled in exchange for the issuance of $17.5 million in promissory notes payable to GMP and a party related to GMP (together,

F-26


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

6. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

the GMP Note Parties). The GMP notes are collateralized by all of the Company's assets, excluding intellectual property. However, in connection with the Buyout Agreement, the GMP Note Parties entered into agreements with the Company's primary bank pursuant to which any collateralized interests, liens, rights of payment or ability to initiate any enforcement actions in the event of an event of default are subordinate to the rights of the Company's primary bank under the Revolving Line of Credit.

        The Buyout Agreement also calls for a payment of up to $2.0 million in the event of a sale of the Company meeting certain criteria. The promissory notes carry an interest rate of 5% per annum and required monthly interest only payments from November 30, 2013 through December 31, 2014 of $72,900, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $767,700, which began on January 31, 2015, and end on December 31, 2016.

        The Company concluded that the $17.5 million transaction represented the purchase of an intangible asset. The Company estimated a useful life of five years over which the intangible asset will be amortized to cost of sales in the statements of operations, which amortization period was determined after consideration of the projected outgoing royalty payment stream had the agreement not occurred, and the remaining life of the patents obtained in the Original Agreement. After determining that the pattern of future cash flows associated with this intangible asset could not be reliably estimated with a high level of precision, the Company concluded that the intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life.

        The following reflects the composition of intangible assets, net (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Gross amount

  $ 17,500   $ 17,500  

Accumulated amortization

    (4,025 )   (4,900 )
           

Total

  $ 13,475   $ 12,600  
           
           

Weighted average amortization period (in months)

    60     60  

        In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded related amortization expense of $0.5 million, $3.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in cost of sales. Estimated amortization expense will be $3.5 million in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017 and $3.0 million in 2018.

7. Stockholders' Equity

    Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company's convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with authoritative guidance. The preferred stock is not redeemable; however, upon certain change in control events that are outside of the Company's control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company, holders of the

F-27


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

convertible preferred stock may have the right to receive their liquidation preference under the terms of the Company's certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, the Company is not recognizing any accretion of the value of the convertible preferred stock.

        In July 2001, the Company issued 1.2 million shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A) for cash proceeds of $3.0 million or $2.50 per share.

        Between September 2002 and December 2004, the Company issued 2.3 million shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (Series B) for aggregate cash consideration of $12.5 million or $5.40 per share. In March 2011, the Company issued 10,074 shares of Series B stock valued at $63,000, or $6.25 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants.

        In January 2007, the Company issued 5.7 million shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (Series C) for cash proceeds of $40.0 million or $7.00 per share. In January 2014, the Company issued 0.1 million shares of Series C stock valued at $0.8 million, or $8.00 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants.

        In August 2008, the Company issued 4.6 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock (Series D) for cash proceeds of $35.0 million or $7.65 per share. In January 2011, the Company issued 0.8 million shares of Series D stock valued at $6.2 million, or $7.65 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants. In June and August 2014, the Company issued 29,333 shares of Series D stock valued at $0.3 million, or $11.375 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants.

        In January 2011, the Company issued 3.5 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock (Series E) for cash proceeds of $29.5 million or $8.425 per share.

        In January 2013, the Company issued 3.4 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock (Series F) for $30.0 million, or $8.85 per share. Cash of $19.2 million was paid for 2.2 million Series F shares and a total of $10.8 million in principal and accrued interest due under convertible notes was converted into 1.2 million Series F shares.

        The relative rights, terms, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed upon preferred stockholders are described below:

    Dividends

        The holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends of $0.20, $0.432, $0.56, $0.612, $0.674 and $0.708 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior and in preference to shareholders of common stock. As of March 31, 2015, no dividends have been declared.

    Liquidation Preference

        In the event of a liquidation of the Company, holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock are entitled to a liquidation preference of $2.50, $5.40, $7.00, $7.65, $8.43 and $8.85 per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares, respectively, and

F-28


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

any declared but unpaid dividends prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets of the corporation. The remaining assets of the Company are to be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of the common stock.

    Conversion Rights

        Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance, into common stock at the initial conversion rate of one-to-one. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment for antidilution provisions as defined. The Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock will automatically convert into common shares upon the earlier of: (a) the day immediately preceding the closing of an underwritten public offering in which the Company receives $50.0 million or more in gross proceeds or (b) the receipt of consent of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class.

    Voting Rights

        Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The preferred stockholders are entitled to vote as a separate class under specific circumstances.

        As long as at least 1.4 million shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from at least 67% of the holders of preferred stock in order to, among other things, alter the certificate of incorporation as related to preferred stock, change the authorized number of shares of preferred stock, acquire a business, or effect a merger, consolidation or sale of assets where the existing stockholders retain less than 51% of the voting stock of the surviving entity.

        In addition to any other vote required by law or the Company's certificate of incorporation, (a) as long as 0.4 million shares of Series E preferred stock are outstanding, the Company must obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the Series E preferred stock in order to, among other things, alter the certificate of incorporation as it relates to the Series E preferred stock, change the authorized number of shares of Series E preferred stock, sell or license the Company's assets or effect a merger or consolidation where the existing stockholders retain less than 51% of the voting power of the surviving corporation and the stock price is less than $15.30 per share, or take any action that would alter or waive certain liquidation rights of the Series E preferred stock and (b) as long as 0.2 million shares of Series F preferred stock are outstanding, the Company must obtain the approval of the holders of at least 60% of the Series F preferred stock in order to, among other things, alter the certificate of incorporation as it relates to the Series F preferred stock, change the authorized number of shares of Series E preferred stock, sell or license the Company's assets or effect a merger or consolidation where the existing stockholders retain less than 51% of the voting power of the surviving corporation and the stock price is less than $15.30 per share, or take any action that would alter or waive certain liquidation rights of the Series F preferred stock.

F-29


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    Common Stock

        All common stock issued to-date has primarily been for payment of cash in connection with the founding of the Company or the exercise of stock options.

        In 2013, the Company repurchased at fair market value and placed into treasury 28,000 shares of its common stock that had been acquired in connection with the exercise of a stock option.

    Stock Based Compensation

        The Company has two stock-based compensation plans (the Stock Plans)—the 2001 Stock Plan and the 2011 Stock Plan—that provide for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options to employees and nonemployee consultants. Under the 2001 Stock Plan, an aggregate of 4.8 million shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of stock options; however, the 2001 Stock Plan has expired with respect to granting additional stock options. Under the 2011 Stock Plan, an aggregate of 3.2 million shares of common stock are reserved for the issuance of stock options. The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2011 Stock Plan is 10 years. The options generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years. Stock options are granted at exercise prices at least equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of the grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, taking into consideration periodic appraisals by an independent valuation advisory firm.

        Stock options granted pursuant to the Stock Plans generally permit optionees to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. All unvested shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options, so long as they remain unvested, are subject to the Company's right of repurchase at the optionee's original exercise price for a 90-day period beginning on the date that an optionee's service with the Company voluntarily or involuntarily terminates. Consistent with authoritative guidance, early exercises are not considered exercises for accounting purposes. Cash received for the exercise of unvested options is recorded as a liability, which liability is released to equity at each reporting date as the shares vest. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), employees exercised options for 0, 55,908, 55,094 and 0 unvested shares, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), 4,001, 38,678 and 32,787 shares, respectively, remained subject to a repurchase right. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), the related liability, which is included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was approximately $15,000, $0.15 million and $0.13 million, respectively.

F-30


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options (in
thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    3,823   $ 2.28     6.4        

Granted

    871     4.30              

Exercised

    (118 )   1.38         $ 359  

Canceled/forfeited/expired

    (104 )   3.80              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    4,472   $ 2.65     6.2   $ 9,299  

Granted

    1,571     7.13              

Exercised

    (348 )   1.98         $ 1,249  

Canceled/forfeited/expired

    (38 )   4.85              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    5,657   $ 3.93     6.3   $ 16,131  

Granted (unaudited)

    148     7.25              

Exercised (unaudited)

    (206 )   1.25         $ 1,235  

Canceled/forfeited/expired (unaudited)

    (16 )   6.23              
                         

Outstanding at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    5,583   $ 4.10     6.3   $ 19,439  
                         
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

    4,414   $ 2.98     5.4   $ 16,147  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    3,528   $ 2.45     4.7   $ 14,624  

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    4,334   $ 3.18     5.5   $ 19,078  

Exercisable at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    3,437   $ 2.60     4.7   $ 17,123  

        Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the fair value of the common stock for the options that had exercise prices that were lower than the fair value per share of the common stock on the date of exercise.

Valuation and Expense Recognition of Stock-Based Awards

        The Company accounts for the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based awards made to the Company's employees and nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards.

F-31


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Cost of Sales

  $ 15   $ 38   $ 6   $ 13  

Selling, general & administrative

    959     1,118     266     264  

Research and development

    372     374     102     76  
                   

Total

  $ 1,346   $ 1,530   $ 374   $ 353  
                   
                   

        The weighted average estimated grant date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) was $2.53, $4.08, $2.60 and $3.93, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2.5 million and $2.7 million (unaudited), respectively, which excludes any expense associated with the performance grants described below, is to be recognized over the stock options' remaining vesting terms of approximately 4.0 years (2.5 years on a weighted average basis) and 4.0 years (2.6 years on a weighted average basis), respectively.

        In July 2014, the Company granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1.2 million shares of common stock, which options contain a performance condition such that they only become exercisable in the event that the Company's common stock is listed on a national securities exchange within one year from the date of grant. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company has not recorded compensation expense associated with the grants and will not record any associated compensation expense unless and until the performance condition is satisfied. The total unamortized share-based compensation expense for these grants is $4.9 million. If and when the performance condition is satisfied, the Company will record compensation expense over the remainder of the four-year vesting period using the required graded accelerated attribution method, and the Company will immediately recognize cumulative compensation cost for the grants as if the method had been applied since the date of grant.

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant. The determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by the estimated fair market value per share of the Company's common stock as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables, including expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividends and expected option life and generally requires significant management judgment to determine.

        Risk-free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is equal to the U.S. Treasury Note interest rate for the comparable term for the expected option life as of the valuation date. If the expected option life is between the U.S. Treasury Note rates of two published terms, then the risk-free interest rate is

F-32


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

based on the straight-line interpolation between the U.S. Treasury Note rates of the two published terms as of the valuation date.

        Expected Dividend Yield.     The expected dividend yield is based on the Company's history and expectation of dividend payouts. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        Expected Volatility.     The Company does not have publicly traded equity and has a limited operating history and a lack of Company-specific historical and implied volatility data, and therefore has estimated its stock price volatility based upon an index of the historical volatilities of a group of comparable publicly-traded medical device peer companies. The historical volatility data was computed using the historical daily closing prices for the selected peer companies' shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the Company's share-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

        Expected Term.     The Company has concluded that its stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term, and therefore it uses the simplified method for estimating the expected term of stock option grants. Under this approach, the weighted-average expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option.

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     Historically, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has been the responsibility of and determined by the Company's Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the Board of Directors determined the fair value of common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent third-party valuations of the Company's common stock, sales prices of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, among other factors.

    Stock-Based Awards to Employees

        The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.25 %   1.91 %   1.93 %   1.69 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected volatility

    63.1 %   60.7 %   56.6 %   56.6 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.07     6.07     6.09     6.07  

F-33


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        Forfeiture Rate.     The Company reduces employee share-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant based on historical experience, and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        The weighted-average per share exercise price of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) was $4.30, $7.125, $4.725 and $7.25, respectively.

    Stock-Based Awards to Nonemployees

        The fair values of stock-based awards made to nonemployees are remeasured at the end of the reporting period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life for each option is determined based on the time remaining until the expiration of the option as of the date of remeasurement. Compensation expense for these share-based awards is determined by applying the recalculated fair values to the shares that have vested during a period.

        Through March 31, 2015, in conjunction with various consulting agreements, the Company issued options to nonemployees to purchase 835,400 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.25 to $7.275 per share. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded nonemployee stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

        Common stock reserved for issuance is as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2014
  As of
March 31,
2015
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Conversion of preferred stock

    21,642     21,642  

Conversion of preferred stock warrants outstanding

    128     128  

Conversion of common stock warrants outstanding

        11  

Stock options issued and outstanding—2001 Plan

    3,017     2,809  

Stock options issued and outstanding—2011 Plan

    2,640     2,774  

Authorized for future stock awards or option grants

    522     388  
           

    27,949     27,752  
           
           

F-34


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income Taxes

        United States and foreign loss before income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

United States

  $ (14,207 ) $ (13,124 )

Foreign

    (14 )   (915 )
           

Total

  $ (14,221 ) $ (14,039 )
           
           

        The provision for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Current:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

    6     18  

Foreign

         
           

    6     18  

Deferred:

   
 
   
 
 

Federal

         

State

         

Foreign

         
           

         

Provision for income taxes

  $ 6   $ 18  
           
           

        The reconciliations of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the combined effective tax rate are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Statutory rate of tax expense

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    4.3 %   3.3 %

Permanent and other items

    (0.3 )%   (1.9 )%

Nondeductible offering costs

    %   (2.8 )%

Research credits

    9.9 %   9.6 %

Uncertain tax positions

    (12.0 )%   (4.7 )%

Change in tax rate

    (4.8 )%   (0.5 )%

Valuation allowance

    (31.1 )%   (35.7 )%
           

Effective tax rate

    0.0 %   1.3 %
           
           

F-35


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 40,985   $ 47,045  

Tax credits

    2,652     3,306  

Depreciation and amortization

    15,880     13,714  

Other net

    1,509     1,967  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    61,026     66,032  

Valuation allowance

    (61,026 )   (66,032 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           
           

        Based on the weight of available evidence, management has established a valuation allowance for all of the deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The net increase in the valuation allowance was $4.4 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $121.0 million, $104.7 million and $0.9 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal, state and foreign purposes, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2018 and 2015, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $3.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2020 for federal purposes and carry over indefinitely for state purposes.

        Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will be subject to annual limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions due to several ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes will limit the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and other deferred tax assets that can be utilized to offset future taxable income and tax. In general, all ownership changes as defined by Section 382 result from transactions increasing ownership of certain stockholders in the stock of the Company by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. An analysis was performed by the Company which indicated that several ownership changes have occurred in previous years which created annual limitations on the Company's ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Such limitations will result in approximately $0.2 million of tax benefits related to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that will expire unused. Accordingly, the related net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards have been removed from deferred tax assets accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, limitations created by future ownership changes, if any, will not impact the Company's effective tax rate.

F-36


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company considers all earnings and profits of its foreign subsidiary to be indefinitely reinvested. Due to losses incurred, there are no unrecorded income taxes associated with unrepatriated foreign earnings as of December 31, 2014.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits for 2013 and 2014, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 1,211   $ 3,272  

Additions (reductions) for tax positions—prior years

    1,430     (27 )

Additions for tax positions—current year

    631     821  
           

Balance at end of the year

  $ 3,272   $ 4,066  
           
           

        If the Company did not have a full valuation allowance, the amount that would impact the effective tax rate if the uncertain tax benefits were recognized is $3.3 million.

        The Company's policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. There was no accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. It is not anticipated that there will be a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

        Due to the Company's net operating loss carryforwards, its federal and state income tax returns are open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state jurisdictions for all years since inception.

        On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department released final income tax regulations on the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. These final regulations apply to tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and may be adopted in earlier years. The Company did not early adopt the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently facilitative costs to acquire tangible property as of January 1, 2013, but adopted this tax treatment as of January 1, 2014. Management determined that the impact of these changes were not material to the Company's consolidated financial position, its results of operations and its footnote disclosures.

9. Employee Benefits

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan pursuant to section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code that allows participating employees to contribute up to 100% of their salary, to an annual maximum of $17,500 in 2014 and $18,000 in 2015 ($23,000 and $24,000 in 2014 and 2015, respectively, for employees over the age of 50). The Company may contribute at its discretion. To date, the Company has only made "qualified nonelective contributions" to maintain compliance with IRS regulations. No plan contributions were made by the Company in 2013 and 2014.

F-37


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

10. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company, from time to time, is involved in legal proceedings or regulatory encounters or other matters in the ordinary course of business that could result in unasserted or asserted claims or litigation. At December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, there were no matters for which the negative outcome was considered probable or estimable, and, as a result, no amounts have been accrued at either date.

Operating leases

        The Company leases office, research and production facilities, and certain office equipment under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2017.

        The facilities lease for 20,800 square feet expires on March 31, 2016, and contains an option for the Company to extend the lease for an additional two years at market rates. The Company recorded deferred rent of $90,000, $57,000 and $48,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively, in conjunction with its facilities lease agreement. On January 1, 2014, the Company commenced a year-to-year lease of 750 square feet of office space in Karlsruhe, Germany. Effective October 1, 2012, the Company subleased 4,992 square feet to DOSE Medical Corporation. See Note 11.

        Rent expense was $0.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and was $0.1 million for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited).

        Future minimum payments under the aforementioned noncancelable operating leases for each of the five succeeding years are as follows (in thousands):

2015

  $ 366  

2016

    96  

2017

     

2018

     

2019

     
       

  $ 462  
       
       

Purchase Commitment

        The Company is a party to various purchase arrangements related to components used in production and research and development activities. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company had noncancelable, firm purchase commitments with certain vendors totaling approximately $0.8 million and $2.5 million (unaudited), respectively, due within one year. There are no material purchase commitments due beyond one year.

Structured Microsystems, LLC

        Effective March 2012, DOSE Medical Corporation (DOSE) (see Note 11) entered into an agreement with Structured Microsystems (SM) pursuant to which SM agreed to provide development services toward the design of an ophthalmic implant that would provide continuous intraocular pressure

F-38


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

monitoring. Additionally, the agreement provides for specified success-based regulatory and commercial milestone payments of up to $0.5 million, and royalties ranging from 2% to 4% of revenues received for sales of devices developed in connection with the agreement. Through March 31, 2015, DOSE has paid SM an aggregate of $0.3 million in development fees.

Regents of the University of California

        On December 30, 2014, the Company executed an agreement (the Agreement) with the Regents of the University of California (the Regents) to correct inventorship in connection with a group of the Company's patents (the Patent Rights) and to obtain from the Regents a covenant that it did not and would not claim any right or title to the Patent Rights and will not challenge or assist any others in challenging the Patent Rights. In connection with the Agreement, Glaukos agreed to pay to the Regents the sum of $2.7 million via five payments during the course of 2015, and, beginning with sales on or after January 1, 2015, to pay a low single-digit percentage of worldwide net sales of certain current and future products, including the Company's iStent products, with a required minimum annual payment of $500,000, which obligation shall end on the date that the last of the Patent Rights expires, which is currently expected to be in 2022. The $2.7 million obligation, net of imputed interest of $0.1 million, was accrued as of December 31, 2014 and charged to cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2014.

11. Variable Interest Entity

        On October 1, 2009, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, DOSE Medical Corporation. On March 30, 2010, the Company contributed certain assets with a total net book value of $0.2 million to DOSE in exchange for 4.4 million shares of the common stock of DOSE. The assets consisted of property and equipment, intellectual property and technical know-how. Subsequently, all of the shares of common stock of DOSE held by the Company were distributed via a stock dividend to the stockholders of record of the Company as of the close of business on March 31, 2010. On May 6, 2010, Glaukos loaned $1.0 million to DOSE pursuant to a promissory note that carried simple interest at the rate of 8% per annum, and was initially due for repayment on December 31, 2012, which payment date has been extended indefinitely. In addition, through March 31, 2015, Glaukos has provided DOSE the cash required to fund its operations which, together with accrued interest, has been recorded in an intercompany receivable account that is eliminated in consolidation. The total amount owed to Glaukos by DOSE, including the note, all accrued interest, intercompany charges and payables, was $8.0 million, $9.7 million and $10.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

        The Company evaluated its relationship with DOSE and determined that it has both the power to direct operations and the right to receive benefits/absorb losses of DOSE that are potentially significant to the Company. Therefore, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the Company has determined that DOSE is a variable interest entity in which Glaukos had a variable interest as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DOSE, with all intercompany balances eliminated in consolidation and with the deficit balance of DOSE's net assets reflected as noncontrolling interest.

F-39


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

11. Variable Interest Entity (Continued)

        In July 2014, the Company entered into a transaction with DOSE pursuant to which it agreed to acquire from DOSE certain assets, including the iDose product line, in exchange for a cash payment of $15.0 million and the elimination of all amounts owed by DOSE to the Company as of the closing date of the transaction, which is contingent upon the successful completion of an initial public offering. In addition to an asset purchase agreement, the parties agreed to an amended and restated patent license agreement and an amended and restated transition services agreement that provides for limited support from the Company for a period of up to three years. Either party can terminate the amended and restated transition services agreement upon adequate written notice.

        The carrying amount and classification of DOSE's assets and liabilities that are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5   $ 9   $ 9  

Prepaid expenses

    31     16     24  

Property and equipment, net

    356     255     220  
               

Total assets of DOSE

  $ 392   $ 280   $ 253  
               
               

 

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 89   $ 160   $ 188  

Liability to Glaukos Corporation

    8,019     9,720     10,162  
               

Total liabilities of DOSE

  $ 8,108   $ 9,880   $ 10,350  
               
               

        Consolidation of DOSE's results of operations included the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Selling, general & administrative

  $ 208   $ 243   $ 59   $ 53  

Research and development

    1,262     1,557     291     404  

Interest expense

    141     156     37     41  

Income tax provision

            1      
                   

Net loss of DOSE

  $ 1,611   $ 1,956   $ 388   $ 498  
                   
                   

F-40


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2015 and thereafter and for the three months ended
March 31, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

11. Variable Interest Entity (Continued)

        Consolidation of DOSE's cash flows included the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Cash used in operating activities

  $ (1,471 ) $ (1,271 ) $ (227 ) $ (296 )

Cash used in investing activities

    (108 )   (39 )        

Cash provided by financing activities

    1,569     1,315     228     296  
                   

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents of DOSE

  $ (10 ) $ 5   $ 1   $  
                   
                   

12. Business Segment Information

        Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which segment discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company operates its business on the basis of one reportable segment—ophthalmic medical devices.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2015
 
Geographic Net Sales Information (in thousands)
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

United States

  $ 19,507   $ 42,932   $ 13,617  

International

    1,439     2,655     1,049  
               

Total net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587   $ 14,666  
               
               

 

 
  Property and
Equipment, net
  Depreciation and
Amortization
  Capital
Expenditures
 
 
  As of
December 31,
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2015
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2015
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014   2013   2014   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
   
   
  (Unaudited)
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

United States

  $ 1,684   $ 1,784   $ 1,776   $ 1,089   $ 4,149   $ 1,050   $ 888   $ 749   $ 169  

International

    182     166     150     68     82     21     8     68     3  
                                       

Total

  $ 1,866   $ 1,950   $ 1,926   $ 1,157   $ 4,231   $ 1,071   $ 896   $ 817   $ 172  
                                       
                                       

13. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

        After review and evaluation, management has concluded that there were no material subsequent events from the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014 through the issuance date of the financial statements, except as noted below.

        In June 2015, the Company entered into a sublease for an approximately 37,700 square foot facility located in San Clemente, California effective September 1, 2015, as well as a five-year lease for these premises that takes effect January 1, 2017 upon expiration of the sublease.

F-41


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


5,358,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



PROSPECTUS



J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

              William Blair   Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.              

                , 2015


Table of Contents


PART II
Information Not Required In The Prospectus

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth an itemization of the various costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commission, payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereunder. All of the amounts shown are estimated except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Exchange initial listing fee.

 
  Amount to be paid  

SEC registration fee

  $ 10,740  

FINRA filing fee

    14,364  

Exchange initial listing fee

    150,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    250,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,500,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,100,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    10,000  

Miscellaneous

    164,896  

Total

  $ 3,200,000  

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in its best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's actions were unlawful. The DGCL further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation's bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for the indemnification of the registrant's directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant's request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant's certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the registrant's directors shall not be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting

II-1


Table of Contents

the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant's directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

        Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of our board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts

        As permitted by the DGCL, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant's directors and certain of the registrant's officers that require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

        The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant's officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

        The underwriting agreement among the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant's directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the registrant since June 1, 2012. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration. The information below includes the effect of a 1 for 2.5 reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock effected June 11, 2015.

            (a)   On August 8, 2012, the registrant issued and sold at face value convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million to a total of 14 accredited investors.

            (b)   On October 2, 2012, the registrant issued and sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million to a total of 11 accredited investors.

            (c)   On January 22, 2013, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 3,389,825 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock at $8.85 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $30.0 million (including the cancellation of indebtedness described under (a) and (b) immediately above), to a total of 20 accredited investors.

            (d)   On June 12, 2014, the registrant issued 24,705 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $7.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.2 million.

II-2


Table of Contents

            (e)   On August 19, 2014, the registrant issued 4,627 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $7.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.04 million dollars.

            (f)    On January 9, 2014, the registrant issued an aggregate of 92,857 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants for an exercise price of $7.00 per share and 11,606 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock upon the cashless exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $7.00 per share.

            (g)   On February 23, 2015, the registrant issued warrants to acquire an aggregate 11,298 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $8.85 per share to its bank lenders, which warrants expire February 23, 2022.

            (h)   From June 1, 2012 to June 12, 2015, the registrant granted to its employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under the registrant's 2011 Stock Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 3,333,163 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.70 to $7.575 per share.

            (i)    From June 1, 2012 through June 12, 2015, the registrant issued an aggregate of 1,351,560 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options issued to employees, consultants and other service providers under the registrant's 2001 Stock Option Plan and 2011 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $4.725, for aggregate consideration of approximately $2.3 million.

            (j)    On November 29, 2013, the registrant issued 28,000 shares of its common stock upon exercise of an option, which shares were repurchased at fair market value by the registrant on December 10, 2013.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a) through (g) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506(b) promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the registrant. No underwriters were involved in the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a) through (g).

        The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(h) through 15(j) were exempt from registration under the Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The stock options granted and the common stock issued upon the exercise of such options as described in Items 15(h) through 15(j) were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, consultants, service providers and directors. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information. All consultants and service providers were natural persons who provided bona fide services to the registrant or its subsidiaries, which services were not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction or directly or indirectly promoting or maintaining a market for the registrant's securities. No underwriters were involved in the offers, sales or issuances of the securities described in Items 15(h) through 15(j).

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   Exhibits.

Exhibit
number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

**

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

3.2

**

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.3

*

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.4

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

3.5

**

Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.6

**

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Reed Smith LLP

 

10.1

**

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.2

**

Amendment No. 1 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.3

**

Amendment No. 2 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.4

**

Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.5

**

Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.6

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Series D Preferred Stock

 

10.7

**

Amendment to Series D Warrants, dated as of July 10, 2014

 

10.8

**

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

10.9

**

2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.10

**

Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.11

**

Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.12

**

2011 Stock Plan

 

10.13

**

Form of Notice of Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.14

**

Form of Notice of Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.15

*

2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

 

10.16

*

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description
  10.17 ** Thomas W. Burns Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.18

**

Thomas W. Burns Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.19

**

Chris M. Calcaterra Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.20

**

Chris M. Calcaterra Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.21

**

Richard L. Harrison Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.22

**

Richard L. Harrison Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.23

**

Standard Business Park Lease—Multi-Tenant, dated as of November 9, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.24

**

Second Amendment and Lease Consolidation, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.25

**

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and DOSE Medical Corporation

 

10.26

**

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit And Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

10.27

**

Form of Swing Line Note

 

10.28

**

Form of Revolving Credit Note

 

10.29

**

Form of Term Loan Note

 

10.30

**

Form of Draw-to Term Loan Note

 

10.31

**

Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 by and among the Registrant, and such other entities that become parties thereto, and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent for an on behalf of the Lenders

 

10.32

**

Warrant issued to Comerica Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

10.33

**

Warrant issued to Square 1 Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

10.34

*

Sublease Agreement made as of June 10, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Boston Scientific Corporation

 

10.35

*

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net , dated as of June 8, 2015, by and between the Registrant and 229 Fabricante, LLC

 

23.1

*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

23.2

*

Consent of Reed Smith LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

**

Powers of Attorney (included in signature page to the original filing of the registration statement)

*
Filed herewith.

**
Previously filed.

II-5


Table of Contents

(b)   Financial statement schedules.

        Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Laguna Hills, State of California, on June 12, 2015.

    GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/ THOMAS W. BURNS

Thomas W. Burns
Chief Executive Officer and President

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ THOMAS W. BURNS

Thomas W. Burns
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 12, 2015

/s/ RICHARD L. HARRISON

Richard L. Harrison

 

Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

June 12, 2015

*

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

June 12, 2015

*

Olav B. Bergheim

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*

Mark J. Foley

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*

David F. Hoffmeister

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D.

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Paul S. Madera
  Director   June 12, 2015

*

Robert J. More

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*

Jonathan T. Silverstein

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*

Marc A. Stapley

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*

Aimee S. Weisner

 

Director

 

June 12, 2015

*By:

 

/s/ RICHARD L. HARRISON, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

Richard L. Harrison, Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

II-8


Table of Contents


Exhibit Index

Exhibit
number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

**

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

3.2

**

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.3

*

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.4

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

3.5

**

Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.6

**

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Reed Smith LLP

 

10.1

**

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.2

**

Amendment No. 1 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.3

**

Amendment No. 2 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.4

**

Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.5

**

Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.6

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Series D Preferred Stock

 

10.7

**

Amendment to Series D Warrants, dated as of July 10, 2014

 

10.8

**

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

10.9

**

2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.10

**

Notice of Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.11

**

Notice of Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.12

**

2011 Stock Plan

 

10.13

**

Form of Notice of Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.14

**

Form of Notice of Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.15

*

2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

 

10.16

*

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

10.17

**

Thomas W. Burns Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.18

**

Thomas W. Burns Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description
  10.19 ** Chris M. Calcaterra Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.20

**

Chris M. Calcaterra Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.21

**

Richard L. Harrison Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.22

**

Richard L. Harrison Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.23

**

Standard Business Park Lease—Multi-Tenant, dated as of November 9, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.24

**

Second Amendment and Lease Consolidation, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.25

**

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and DOSE Medical Corporation

 

10.26

**

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit And Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

10.27

**

Form of Swing Line Note

 

10.28

**

Form of Revolving Credit Note

 

10.29

**

Form of Term Loan Note

 

10.30

**

Form of Draw-to Term Loan Note

 

10.31

**

Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 by and among the Registrant, and such other entities that become parties thereto, and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent for an on behalf of the Lenders

 

10.32

**

Warrant issued to Comerica Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

10.33

**

Warrant issued to Square 1 Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

10.34

*

Sublease Agreement made as of June 10, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Boston Scientific Corporation

 

10.35

*

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net , dated as of June 8, 2015, by and between the Registrant and 229 Fabricante, LLC

 

23.1

*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

23.2

*

Consent of Reed Smith LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

**

Powers of Attorney (included in signature page to the original filing of the registration statement)

*
Filed herewith.

**
Previously filed.



Exhibit 1.1

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

[ · ] Shares of Common Stock

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

[ · ], 2015

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179

 

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

 

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

2121 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 2600

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [ · ] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [ · ] shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”).  The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares.” The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock.”

 

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

 

1.              Registration Statement .  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-204091), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares.  Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement

 

1



 

(and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares.  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [ · ], 2015 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

 

“Applicable Time” means [ · ] P.M., New York City time, on [ · ], 2015.

 

2.              Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

 

(a)            The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $[ · ].

 

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

 

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

 

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof).  Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

 

2



 

(b)            The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

 

(c)            Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 650 Town Center Drive, 20 th  Floor, Costa Mesa, California 92626 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [ · ] , 2015, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares.  The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date,”  and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date.”

 

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company.  Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.  The certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(d)            The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person.  Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment,  accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto.  Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

 

3.              Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

 

(a)            Preliminary Prospectus.   No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information

 

3



 

relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(b)            Pricing Disclosure Package .  The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.  No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

 

(c)            Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives.  Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.  If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and has promptly amended or supplemented or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict.

 

4



 

(d)            Emerging Growth Company .  From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).  “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(e)            Testing-the-Waters Materials.  The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto.  “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.  Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(f)             Registration Statement and Prospectus.   The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

5



 

(g)            Financial Statements.   The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited, interim financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end adjustments and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; and the pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information are reasonable and are set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(h)            No Material Adverse Change.   Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(i)             Organization and Good Standing.   The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).  The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Item 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

 

6



 

(j)             Capitalization.   The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.

 

(k)            Stock Options.  With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.  Each Company Stock Plan is accurately described in all material respects in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(l)             Due Authorization.   The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

 

(m)           Underwriting Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(n)            The Shares.  The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

7



 

(o)            Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement.   This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(p)            No Violation or Default.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any applicable law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q)            No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any applicable law or statute or any judgment, order, rule  or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)             No Consents Required.   No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

(s)             Legal Proceedings.   Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so

 

8



 

described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(t)             Independent Accountants .  Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

 

(u)            Title to Real and Personal Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)            Title to and Use of Intellectual Property .  Except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company owns, has valid and enforceable licenses to, or otherwise possesses adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and other intellectual property rights necessary to conduct its business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. None of the intellectual property owned by or licensed to the Company (collectively, “Company Intellectual Property”) has been adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of, or challenging the Company’s ownership of or rights in, any Company Intellectual Property.  To the Company’s knowledge, the conduct of the Company’s business does not infringe in any material respect any intellectual property rights of third parties. Except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is (i) no pending action, suit, proceeding or claim, and (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, no threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim, in either case brought by a third party alleging that the Company has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, or would, upon the commercialization of any product described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, any intellectual property rights of such third party, and, in the case of clause (ii), except for any such threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its officers, directors or employees, where such violation relates to the breach of a confidentiality obligation, obligation to assign intellectual property to a previous employer, or obligation not to use third-party intellectual property or other proprietary rights on behalf of the Company, and where such violation could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9



 

(w)           No Undisclosed Relationships .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

 

(x)            Investment Company Act .  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

 

(y)            Taxes.   The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

 

(z)            Licenses and Permits.   The Company and its subsidiaries possess, and are operating in compliance with, all valid and current licenses, registrations, clearances, approvals, exemptions, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (“Permits”), except where the failure to possess, operate or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company and its subsidiaries are not in violation of, or in default under, any of the Permits in any material respect. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any non-compliance, revocation or modification of any such Permit or have any reason to believe that any such Permit will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

 

(aa)          Compliance with Health Care Laws . The Company and its subsidiaries are, and, to the knowledge of the Company, at all times have been, in material compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws, and, to the knowledge of the Company, have not engaged in activities which are, as applicable, cause for false claims liability, civil penalties, or mandatory or permissive exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, or any other state or federal health care program.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Health Care Laws” means: (i) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) all applicable federal, state, local and all applicable foreign health care related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the U.S. Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Physician Payment Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the U.S. Civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), all criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, and the health care fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

 

10


 

(“HIPAA”) (42 U.S.C. Section 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the statutes, regulations and directives of applicable government funded or sponsored healthcare programs, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes; (iii) the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information (the “Privacy Rule”), the Security Standards, and the Standards for Electronic Transactions and Code Sets promulgated under HIPAA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.), and the regulations promulgated thereunder and any state or non-U.S. counterpart thereof or other law or regulation the purpose of which is to protect the privacy of individuals or prescribers; (iv) Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act); (v) Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act);  and (vi) any and all other applicable health care laws and regulations. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have received written notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority or third party alleging that any product or operation of the business is in material violation of any Health Care Laws, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action is threatened. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries are a party to or have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, plans of correction or similar agreements with or imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority. Additionally, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any of its or its subsidiaries’ employees, officers or directors have been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. federal health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a pending or threatened governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

 

(bb)          Clinical Data and Regulatory Compliance .  The preclinical tests and clinical trials, and other studies (collectively, “studies”) that are described in, or the results of which are referred to in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus were and, if still pending, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with the protocols approved for such studies and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws; each description of the results of such studies is accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly presents the data derived from such studies; the Company and its subsidiaries have made all filings and obtained all Permits as may be required by the Food and Drug Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or any committee thereof or from any other U.S. or foreign government drug or medical device regulatory agency, or health care facility Institutional Review Board (collectively, the “Regulatory Agencies”) except where the failure to make such filing or obtain such Permit would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have received any written notice from any Regulatory Agency requiring the termination, suspension or modification of any clinical trials that are described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(cc)          No Labor Disputes.   No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11



 

(dd)          Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws.   (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are, and to the knowledge of the Company, since inception were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (b) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (c) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

 

(ee)          Hazardous Materials .  There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.  “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.

 

12



 

(ff)           Compliance with ERISA.   (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries;  (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries.  None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year.

 

(gg)          Disclosure Controls .  The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

(hh)          Accounting Controls.   The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with

 

13



 

generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls.  The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of:  (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

(ii)            Insurance.  The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are, to the knowledge of the Company, generally maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar business and which the Company reasonably believes are adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

 

(jj)            No Unlawful Payments.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit.  The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

 

14



 

(kk)          Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(ll)            No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor to the knowledge of the Company, its employees, agents, affiliates or other persons associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.  For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

 

(mm)       No Restrictions on Subsidiaries .  No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(nn)          No Broker’s Fees.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

(oo)          No Registration Rights .  Except for such rights as have been duly waived, no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.

 

15



 

(pp)          No Stabilization.   The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

 

(qq)          Margin Rules .  The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

(rr)            Forward-Looking Statements.   No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(ss)           Statistical and Market Data.   Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

(tt)            Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

 

(uu)          Status under the Securities Act .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.  The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rules 456 and 457 under the Securities Act.

 

(vv)          No Ratings .  There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

 

4.              Further Agreements of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

 

(a)            Required Filings.   The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, as applicable; will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

16



 

(b)            Delivery of Copies.   The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, four signed or conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request.  As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

 

(c)            Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.   Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

 

(d)            Notice to the Representatives.   The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which confirmation may delivered by electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

17



 

(e)            Ongoing Compliance.   (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

 

(f)             Blue Sky Compliance.   The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)            Earning Statement.  The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

 

(h)            Clear Market.   For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and described in the Prospectus, (C) the grant of

 

18



 

options or the issuance of shares of Stock by the Company to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Prospectus, (D) the filing by the Company of a registration statement with the Commission on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Prospectus or (E) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock in connection with any (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures, (4) strategic alliances or (5) equipment leasing arrangements; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (E) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided further, that each recipient of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Stock pursuant to this clause (E) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(m) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(i)             Use of Proceeds.   The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(j)             No Stabilization.   The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

 

(k)            Exchange Listing.   The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange.

 

(l)             Reports.   For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed or furnished on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

 

(m)           Record Retention .  The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

 

(n)            Filings.   The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

19


 

(o)            Emerging Growth Company .  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

 

5.              Certain Agreements of the Underwriters .  Each Underwriter hereby represents and warrants to the Company and agrees that:

 

(a)            It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

(b)            It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

 

(c)            It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

 

6.              Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.   The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)            Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.   No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representative.

 

20



 

(b)            Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(c)            No Material Adverse Change.   No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(d)            Officers’ Certificate.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, executed by such officers on behalf of the Company in their capacities as such, (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(f) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above.

 

(e)            Comfort Letters.   On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(f)             Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company.   Reed Smith LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex D hereto.

 

(g)            Opinion of Patent Counsel for the Company.   Knobbe Martens Olson & Bear LLP, patent counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex E hereto.

 

21



 

(h)            Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company.   Covington & Burling LLP, regulatory counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex F hereto.

 

(i)             Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(j)             No Legal Impediment to Issuance.   No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

 

(k)            Good Standing .  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and each “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Item 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(l)             Exchange Listing.   The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(m)           Lock-up Agreements .  The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(n)            Additional Documents.   On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

7.              Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)            Indemnification of the Underwriters.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or

 

22



 

proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

 

(b)            Indemnification of the Company.   Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”; the information regarding electronic availability of the prospectus, allocation to online brokerage accounts and Internet distributions in the seventh paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”; and the information with respect to stabilization contained in the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting.”

 

(c)            Notice and Procedures.   If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above.  If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any

 

23



 

Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such reasonable fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

(d)            Contribution.   If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

24



 

(e)            Limitation on Liability.   The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro   rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

 

(f)             Non-Exclusive Remedies.   The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

8.              Effectiveness of Agreement .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

9.              Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

10.           Defaulting Underwriter .

 

(a)            If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement.  If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such

 

25



 

terms.  If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes.  As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

 

(b)            If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

(c)            If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters.  Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

 

(d)            Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

 

11.           Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)            Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and

 

26



 

any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors (provided that the cost of any aircraft chartered for the roadshow shall be borne 50% by the Underwriters) and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange; provided that the expenses for counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to clauses (iv) and (vii) shall be capped at $20,000.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be liable to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if, pursuant to Section 9(iv) of this Agreement, the Representatives determine it is impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date, or the Option Shares on Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(b)            If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be liable to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if, pursuant to Section 9(iv) of this Agreement, the Representatives determine it is impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date, or the Option Shares on Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

12.           Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.  No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

 

13.           Survival .  The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

 

14.           Certain Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

27



 

15.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Notices.   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax:  (212) 622-8358); Attention  Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal, and c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department.  Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Glaukos Corporation, 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653 (fax: (949) 367-9984); Attention: Richard Harrison, Chief Financial Officer.

 

(b)            Governing Law.   This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

 

(c)            Counterparts.   This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(d)            Amendments or Waivers.   No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)            Headings.   The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

28



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Accepted: As of the date first written above

 

 

 

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

                                INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

For themselves and on behalf of the

 

several Underwriters listed

 

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 


 

Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 



 

Annex A

 

a.              Pricing Disclosure Package

 

[ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if applicable ]

 

b.              Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

 

[ To come, if applicable ]

 



 

Annex B

 

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

[ To come, if applicable ]

 



 

Annex C

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Pricing Term Sheet

 

[ To come ]

 



 

Annex D

 

Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company

 



 

Annex E

 

Form of Opinion of Patent Counsel for the Company

 



 

Annex F

 

Form of Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company

 


 

Exhibit A

 

Glaukos Corporation — Testing the waters authorization (to be delivered by the issuer to the Representatives in email or letter form)

 

In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), hereby authorizes J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives of the several underwriters (the “Representatives”), and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors,” as defined in Regulation D under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”).  A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act.

 

The Issuer represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify the Representatives in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect.  If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such  untrue statement or omission.

 

Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of the Representatives and their respective affiliates and their respective employees, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to the Representatives a written notice revoking this authorization.  All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of [ name of JPM banker ] at [ email @jpmorgan.com], [ name of BAML banker ] at [ email @baml.com] and [ name of Goldman banker ] at [ email @gs.com] with copies to [ as applicable ].

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

Glaukos Corporation
Public Offering of Common Stock

 

, 20   

 

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Glaukos Corporation (the “Company”) of           shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated                                 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated                                , 20    , with respect to            shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective                        , 20  ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release].  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

 

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

cc:  Glaukos Corporation

 



 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Press Release

 

Glaukos Corporation
[Date]

 

Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of       shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to     shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                                     20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 



 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

   , 20   

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179

 

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

 

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

2121 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 2600

Los Angeles, California 90067

 

Re:          Glaukos Corporation - Initial Public Offering

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any

 

1



 

option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than (A) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, or by will or intestacy, (B) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (i) transfers of shares of Common Stock to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (ii) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to current or former members, partners, stockholders, subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or to any investment fund or other entity that controls or manages the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the undersigned or who shares a common investment advisor with the undersigned)  , (C) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to a family member (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin) or to a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or a family member, (D) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust, (E) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired in the Public Offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (A), (B), (C) or (D), (x) each donee, distributee or transferee shall execute and deliver to the representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph and (y) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above), (F) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, but only to the extent such right expires during the Lock-Up Period; provided that, if the undersigned is required to file a report under the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the term of this Letter Agreement related to such disposition of shares of Common Stock to the Company by the undersigned solely to satisfy tax withholding obligations, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that the filing relates to the satisfaction of tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with the exercise of options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (G) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or made voluntarily by or on behalf of the undersigned or the

 

2



 

Company, or (H) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to a change of control of the Company; provided that in the event that the change of control is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement.  For purposes of clause (H) above, “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Lockup Period, in the event of any other underwritten public offering, whether or not such offering is wholly or partially a secondary offering of the Company’s Common Stock (an “Underwritten Sale”), the undersigned, to the extent the undersigned has a contractual right to require the registration of the undersigned’s Common Stock or otherwise “piggyback” on the registration statement filed by the Company in the Underwritten Sale, shall be offered the opportunity to participate on a basis consistent with such contractual rights in such Underwritten Sale; provided that the undersigned agrees that any such contractual right that entitles the undersigned to a period of time during which the undersigned may choose to include its shares of Company Common Stock in the Underwritten Sale shall be shortened during the Lockup Period to 7 calendar days.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement.  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that if (i) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by September 30, 2015; (ii) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, either the Company or J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Underwriters, notifies the other in writing that they are abandoning the Public Offering; (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder,

 

3



 

or (iv) the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Public Offering is withdrawn, the undersigned shall be released from, all obligations under this Letter Agreement.  The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

 

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

[signature page follows]

 

4



 

Very truly yours,

 

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:

 

IF AN ENTITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

(duly authorized signature)

 

(please print complete name of entity)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

By:

 

 

(please print full name)

 

 

(duly authorized signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

(please print full name)

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

5




Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

TO

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation

 

Glaukos Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

The amendments to this Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, set forth in the following resolutions, were approved and duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and were duly adopted by written consent of stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL:

 

“RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the second paragraph of Article IV of the existing Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended to add thereto the following:

 

“Upon the filing and effectiveness (the “Effective Time”) of this amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law:

 

(i) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Common Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Common Stock;

 

(ii) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Series A Preferred Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Series A Preferred Stock;

 



 

(iii) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Series B Preferred Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(iv) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Series C Preferred Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(v) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Series D Preferred Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Series D Preferred Stock;

 

(vi) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Series E Preferred Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Series E Preferred Stock; and

 

(vii) each two and one-half (2.5) shares of Series F Preferred Stock, either issued and outstanding or held by this Corporation in treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Series F Preferred Stock;

 

((i)-(vii), collectively, the “Reverse Stock Split”). The Reverse Stock Split shall be effected for each class or series of Preferred Stock such that any fractional shares of Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, resulting from the Reverse Stock Split and held by a single record holder shall be aggregated by class or series, as applicable.  No fractional shares of Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock shall be issued upon or as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, the Corporation shall pay an amount of cash (without interest) equal to the product of (i) the fractional share of Common Stock or such Series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, to which the holder would otherwise be entitled multiplied by (ii) the fair market value per share thereof as of the Effective Time (after giving effect to the

 

2



 

foregoing Reverse Stock Split), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, rounded up to the nearest whole cent.  The Reverse Stock Split shall occur whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock or series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. Each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock, as applicable (“Old Certificates”), shall thereafter be deemed to represent that number of shares of Common Stock or shares of Preferred Stock, as applicable, into which the shares of Common Stock or such series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, represented by the Old Certificate shall have been combined.

 

The par value of each share of capital stock following the Reverse Stock Split shall be as stated above in this Article IV. All of the share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers for the Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, set forth herein shall be adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split. For clarity, each applicable Original Purchase Price and Conversion Price shall be adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split and any provisions set forth herein that could be read so as to result in a duplicative adjustment as a result of the Reverse Stock Split shall be interpreted such that each such share amount, amounts per share and per share number is only adjusted a single time to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split.””

 

“RESOLVED, FURTHER, that Section 7(a)(vii) of Article IV of the existing Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(vii)  “Qualified Public Offering” means a firmly underwritten initial public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock on a Form S-1 Registration Statement, or any similar form of registration statement, adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) from and after the date hereof, filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to which the Corporation receives gross proceeds of at least $50,000,000 (prior to underwriters’ discounts and expenses relating to such public offering, including without limitation, fees of the Corporation’s counsel).”“

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Glaukos Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 11 th  day of June, 2015.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

4




Exhibit 3.4

 

RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

(originally incorporated July 14, 1998 under the name Transdx, Inc.)

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is Glaukos Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1201 North Market Street, Post Office Box 1347, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is Delaware Corporation Organizers, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Section 1.                                            The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Fifty-Five Million (155,000,000) shares, of which One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shares are Common Stock, $0.001 par value, (“ Common Stock ”) and Five Million (5,000,000) shares are Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, (“ Preferred Stock ”). Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

Section 2.                                            Common Stock.  Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock):

 

(a)  each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders;

 

(b)  dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

 



 

(c)  upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

Section 3.                                            Preferred Stock.  The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the Corporation shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Section 4.                                            Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

ARTICLE V

 

Section 1.                                            The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.  The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

2



 

Section 2.                                            At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such meeting shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

Section 3.                                            From and after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the directors of the Corporation (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors already in office shall be assigned to each class at the time such classification becomes effective in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable.  Whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the nomination, election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed as set forth in the certificate of designation for such class or series and shall not be governed by this Section 3 of Article V or by Section 4 or Section 5 of this Article V unless otherwise provided for in the certificate of designation for such class or series.

 

Section 4.                                            Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

Section 5.                                            Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3



 

Section 6.                                            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Section 1.                                            The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

Section 2.                                            In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation or any provision thereof. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws or any provision thereof. The Corporation’s Bylaws (or any provision thereof) may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation, by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at a meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Section 1.                                            Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

Section 2.                                            Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

 

Section 3.                                            Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.                                            No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

 

4



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Section 1.                                            To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Section 2.                                            The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.                                            The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

Section 4.                                            Neither any amendment nor repeal of any Section of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

5



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (D) any action or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Section 3 of Article IV, Sections 3, 4 and 5 of Article V, Article VII, Article VIII, Article XI or this Article XI of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (a) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee or consultant of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee or consultant of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

6



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

In the event that all, some or any part of any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable (as against public policy or otherwise), such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law and shall be construed as if it had been narrowed only to the extent necessary so as not to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable; the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be affected or impaired by such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any other provision (or any part or parts thereof) of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  If and to the extent that any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation violates any rule of a securities exchange or automated quotation system on which securities of the Corporation are traded, the Board of Directors is authorized, in its sole discretion, to suspend or terminate such provision for such time or periods of time and subject to such conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the existing Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended to date, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and has been executed by its                          this      day of                   , 201   .

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

8




Exhibit 5.1

 

GRAPHIC

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars

Suite 700

Los Angeles, CA 90067-6078

Tel +1 310 734 5200

Fax +1 310 734 5299

reedsmith.com

 

June 12, 2015

 

Glaukos Corporation.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

Laguna Hills, California 92653

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as U.S. securities counsel to Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-204091) (as amended through the date hereof, the “ Registration Statement ”) pertaining to the issuance and sale by the Company of up to 6,161,700 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Shares ”), including up to 803,700 Shares issuable upon the exercise of an option granted by the Company to the underwriters to purchase additional shares.  The Shares are to be sold by the Company pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be entered into by and between the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives of the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 thereto, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

In rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable.

 

In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all items submitted to us as originals, the conformity with originals of all items submitted to us as copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and public officials.

 

This opinion is based solely on the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including all related provisions of the Delaware Constitution and all reported judicial decisions interpreting the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Delaware Constitution).

 

NEW YORK · LONDON · HONG KONG · CHICAGO · WASHINGTON, D.C. · BEIJING · PARIS · LOS ANGELES · SAN FRANCISCO · PHILADELPHIA · SHANGHAI · PITTSBURGH · HOUSTON · SINGAPORE FRANKFURT · ABU DHABI · MUNICH · PRINCETON · NORTHERN VIRGINIA · WILMINGTON · SILICON VALLEY · DUBAI · CENTURY CITY · RICHMOND · ATHENS · KAZAKHSTAN

 



 

Glaukos Corporation

June 12, 2015

Page 2

 

GRAPHIC

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that: the Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company for issuance and sale and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to all references to us under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ REED SMITH LLP

 

 

 

 

 

REED SMITH LLP

 

 

 

 

YCP/DIG/mcs

 

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

The purpose of the Glaukos Corporation 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide (i) designated employees of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) and its parents and subsidiaries; (ii) certain consultants and advisors who perform services for the Company or its parents or subsidiaries; and (iii) non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) with the opportunity to receive awards of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares, and Cash Incentive Awards.  The Company believes that the Plan will encourage the participants to contribute materially to the growth of the Company, thereby benefitting the Company’s shareholders, and will align the economic interests of the participants with those of the shareholders.

 

1.                                       Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Board or any committee or subcommittee of the Board that will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Performance Shares or a Cash Incentive Award.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Cash Incentive Award ” means an Award of cash pursuant to Section 10.

 

(e)                                   Cause ” means, except to the extent defined in any other agreement between the Participant and the Company, a finding by the Board that the Participant has (i) been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) disclosed trade secrets or confidential information of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to persons not entitled to receive such information; (iii) engaged in conduct in connection with Participant’s employment or service to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, act(s) of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation and breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) violated the operating and ethics policies of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in any material way, including, but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment and the disclosure or misuse of confidential information; (v) engaged in willful and continued negligence in the performance of the duties assigned to the Participant by the Company, after the Participant has received notice of and failed to cure such negligence; or (vi) breached any material provision of any agreement between Participant and the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement.

 



 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of a shareholder, and a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a transaction in which the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation and in which the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the transaction, will beneficially own, immediately after the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the parent corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote);

 

(ii)                                   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote); (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(h)                                  Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(i)                                      Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(j)                                     Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or in the Company’s long-term disability plan.

 

(k)                                  Employee ” means any person, including officers, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

 

2



 

(l)                                      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      if the principal trading market for the Common Stock is a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price thereof on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported;

 

(ii)                                   if the Common Stock is not principally traded on such exchange or market, the mean between the last reported “bid” and “asked” prices of Common Stock on the relevant date, as reported on the NYSE or, if not so reported, as reported by the National Daily Quotation Bureau, Inc. or as reported in a customary financial reporting service, as applicable and as the Board determines;

 

(iii)                                for purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

 

(iv)                               if the Common Stock is not publicly traded or, if publicly traded, is not subject to reported transactions or “bid” or “asked” quotations as set forth above, the Fair Market Value per share shall be as determined by the Board.  The Board shall determine the Fair Market Value based upon the application of a reasonable valuation method that considers all material information available to the Board.  The Board may engage outside advisors, valuation experts and counsel to assist the Board in making a determination of Fair Market Value for purpose of the Plan.

 

(n)                                  Fiscal Year ” means a fiscal year of the Company.

 

(o)                                  Good Reason ” means, except to the extent defined in any other agreement between the Participant and the Company without Participant’s consent, (i) a substantial and material diminution in Participant’s duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in base salary; or (iii) a relocation of the Participant’s principal work location to a location that is more than 50 miles from the prior location. Participant may terminate Participant’s status as Service Provider with Good Reason by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, which written notice, to be effective, must be provided to the Company within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event. During such thirty (30)-day notice period, the Company shall have a cure right (if curable), and if not cured within such period, Participant’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period.

 

3



 

(p)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(q)                                  Involuntary Termination ” means the termination of Participant as a Service Provider by reason of: (i) Participant’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company, or by the acquiring or successor entity (or Parent or any Subsidiary thereof for which Participant is a Service Provider) for reasons other than Cause; or (ii) Participant’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason.

 

(r)                                     Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(s)                                    Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(u)                                  Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(v)                                  Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time as the Administrator may select over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award, Performance Share or Performance Unit.

 

(w)                                Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

 

(x)                                  Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

 

(y)                                  Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(z)                                   Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

 

(aa)                           Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

4



 

(bb)                           Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(cc)                             Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or consultant.

 

(dd)                           Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

 

(ee)                             Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(ff)                               Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Board or by a committee consisting of members of the Board, which shall be appointed by the Board.  After the Registration Date, the Plan shall be administered by a committee of Board members, which may consist of “outside directors” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code, and “non-employee directors” as defined under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.  The Board, however, may ratify or approve any grants as it deems appropriate, and the Board shall approve and administer all grants made to non-employee Directors.  The committee may delegate authority to one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate.  To the extent that a committee or subcommittee administers the Plan, references in the Plan to the term “Administrator” shall be deemed to refer to the committee or subcommittee.

 

(b)                                  The Administrator shall have the sole authority to (i) determine the individuals to whom grants shall be made under the Plan; (ii) determine the type, size, and terms of the grants to be made to each such individual; (iii) determine the time when the grants will be made and the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for exercisability and the acceleration of exercisability; (iv) amend the terms of any previously issued grant; and (v) deal with any other matters arising under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The Administrator shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements, and instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion.  The Administrator’s interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made by the Administrator pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having any interest in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder.  All powers of the Board shall be executed in its sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company, not as a fiduciary, and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly situated individuals.

 

5



 

3.                                       Stock Subject to the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) Shares, plus any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan or 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Existing Plans ”) that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plans that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) five percent (5.0%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

 

(c)                                   Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Limitations . Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a).

 

4.                                       Eligibility for Participation . All Service Providers shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

5.                                       Stock Options .

 

(a)                                  Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

6



 

(b)                                  Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option may be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of a Share.  An Incentive Stock Option may not be granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, unless the Exercise Price per share is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the date of grant.

 

(d)                                  Exercisability of Options . Options shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions, consistent with the Plan, as may be determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.  The Board may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding Options at any time for any reason.

 

(e)                                   Exercise of Options . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (i) cash; (ii) check; (iii) promissory note, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, (iv) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (v) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (vi) by net exercise; (vii) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by applicable laws; or (viii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(f)                                    No Rights as Shareholder . Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

7


 

(g)                                   Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider; Disability; Death .

 

(i)                                      If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for ninety (90) days following the Participant’s termination.

 

(ii)                                   If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(iii)                                If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death.

 

6.                                       Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)                                  Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e)                                   Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 5(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 5(d) and 5(g) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(f)                                    Exercise and Payment of Stock Appreciation Right . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying: (i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times (ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

7.                                       Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                  Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)                                  Restricted Stock Award Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c)                                   Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d)                                  Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

9



 

(e)                                   Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(f)                                    Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise; provided that, in the event the Restricted Shares vest based on the achievement of certain performance goals, any dividends or other distributions will not be paid until the restrictions on the underlying Restricted Shares lapse. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

8.                                       Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)                                  Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b)                                  Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(c)                                   Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d)                                  Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement, but in no event later than the fifteenth date of the third calendar month of the year following the vesting date of the Restricted Stock Unit (or as otherwise permitted under Section 409A of the Code). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

9.                                       Performance Units and Performance Shares .

 

(a)                                  Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

 

10



 

(b)                                  Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

(c)                                   Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(d)                                  Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

 

(e)                                   Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

 

(f)                                    Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

10.                                Cash Incentive Awards . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator grant Cash Incentive Awards, which may, in the Administrator’s sole and plenary discretion, be subject to the attainment of performance goals.

 

11.                                Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

11



 

12.                                Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  Adjustments . If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of Common Stock outstanding (i) by reason of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares; (ii) by reason of a merger, reorganization, or consolidation; (iii) by reason of a reclassification or change in par value; or (iv) by reason of any other extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Common Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or the Company’s payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards, the number of shares covered by outstanding Awards, the kind of shares issued under the Plan, and the price per share of such Awards shall be adjusted by the Board to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of, issued shares of Company Stock to preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such Awards; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated.  Any adjustments determined by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Change in Control .

 

(i)                                      In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

12



 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12(b) to the contrary, in the event of an Involuntary Termination of Participant as a Service Provider on or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

13.                                Tax .

 

(a)                                  Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b)                                  Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

(c)                                   Compliance With Section 409A of the Code . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A of the Code, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.                                No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

13



 

15.                                Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

16.                                Term of Plan . Subject to Section 20 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 17 of the Plan.

 

17.                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

18.                                Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)                                  Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required

 

19.                                Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

 

20.                                Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable Laws.

 

14




Exhibit 10.16

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

The purpose of the Glaukos Corporation 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide employees of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company’s intention is to have the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code, and to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

 

(b)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of a shareholder, and a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a transaction in which the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation and in which the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the transaction, will beneficially own, immediately after the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the parent corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote)

 

(ii)                                   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

 



 

(iii)                                The consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote); (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(e)                                   Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

 

(f)                                    Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for equity compensation income and other similar compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

 

(h)                                  Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(i)                                      Designated Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

(j)                                     Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)                                  Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under applicable laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be

 

2



 

determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion shall be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

 

(l)                                      Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

 

(m)                              Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

 

(n)                                  Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(o)                                  Exercise Date ” means such dates on which each outstanding option granted under the Plan shall be exercised (except in such instance in which the Plan has been terminated), as may be determined by the Administrator, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis from time to time prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Exercise Date shall be the last Trading Day before January 1 and July 1 of each Purchase Period.

 

(p)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      if the principal trading market for the Common Stock is a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price thereof on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported;

 

(ii)                                   if the Common Stock is not principally traded on such exchange or market, the mean between the last reported “bid” and “asked” prices of Common Stock on the relevant date, as reported on the NYSE or, if not so reported, as reported by the National Daily Quotation Bureau, Inc. or as reported in a customary financial reporting service, as applicable and as the Board determines;

 

(iii)                                for purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

 

3



 

(iv)                               if the Common Stock is not publicly traded or, if publicly traded, is not subject to reported transactions or “bid” or “asked” quotations as set forth above, the Fair Market Value per share shall be as determined by the Board.  The Board shall determine the Fair Market Value based upon the application of a reasonable valuation method that considers all material information available to the Board.  The Board may engage outside advisors, valuation experts and counsel to assist the Board in making a determination of Fair Market Value for purpose of the Plan.

 

(q)                                  Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

(r)                                     New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

 

(s)                                    Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 3. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

 

(t)                                     Offering Period ” means an Offering under this Plan of an option that may be exercised during the period described in Section 3.  The duration and timing of an Offering Period may be changed pursuant to Sections 3 and 19.

 

(u)                                  Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(v)                                  Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

 

(w)                                Purchase Period ” means the period beginning on such date as may be determined by the Administrator, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, and ending on an Exercise Date. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Purchase Period shall be the approximately six (6)-month period beginning on the first Trading Day on or after January 1 and July 1 each year and ending on the next Exercise Date to occur.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Purchase Period will begin on the first Trading Day on or after the Registration Date and will end on the last Trading Day before January 1, 2016.

 

(x)                                  Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 19.

 

4



 

(y)                                  Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

 

(z)                                   Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(aa)                           Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

 

(bb)                           U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code shall include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

 

2.                                       Eligibility .

 

(a)                                  First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

 

(b)                                  Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 4.

 

(c)                                   Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code.

 

(d)                                  Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

5



 

3.                                       Offering Periods - Duration .  Each option granted under the Plan shall expire on the earliest to occur of (a) the completion of the purchase of shares on the last Exercise Date occurring within 27 months of the Grant Date of such option, (b) such shorter option period as may be established by the Administrator from time to time, in its discretion and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date, or (c) the date on which the Participant ceases to be such for any reason.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Plan will be implemented with overlapping twelve (12)-month Offering Periods with a new Offering Period beginning on the first Trading Day on or after January 1 and July 1 each year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Offering Period will begin on the first Trading Day on or after the Registration Date and will end on the last Trading Day before July 1, 2016.

 

4.                                       Participation .

 

(a)                                  First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 2(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “Enrollment Window”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

 

(b)                                  Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator.

 

5.                                       Contributions .

 

(a)                                  At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 4, he or she will elect to have Contributions in the form of payroll deductions (or, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, through other methods) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period (for illustrative purposes, should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the then-current Purchase Period or Offering Period). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 9 hereof.

 

6



 

(b)                                  In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 9 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

 

(c)                                   All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

 

(d)                                  A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 9. Except as may be permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, a Participant may not change the rate of his or her Contributions during an Offering Period.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 2(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 2(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 9.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law or (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code.

 

(g)                                   At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

7



 

6.                                       Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during a Purchase Period a number of shares of Common Stock that that is greater than $25,000 divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 2(d) and 12. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 4. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, decrease the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 7, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 9. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

 

7.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 9, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 9. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

 

(b)                                  If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock

 

8



 

on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 19. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

 

8.                                       Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 8.

 

9.                                       Withdrawal .

 

(a)                                  A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.

 

(b)                                  A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

10.                                Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. A Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company shall not be treated as terminated under the Plan.

 

9



 

11.                                Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by applicable law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

12.                                Stock .

 

(a)                                  Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be Four Hundred Fifty Thousand (450,000) shares of Common Stock. The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) one percent (1.0%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (ii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

 

(c)                                   Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

 

13.                                Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with applicable laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 12(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by

 

10


 

U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

 

14.                                Designation of Beneficiary .

 

(a)                                  If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

 

(b)                                  Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

(c)                                   All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 14(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

15.                                Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 9 hereof.

 

16.                                Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings for which applicable laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

 

11



 

17.                                Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

18.                                Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Section 12.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 9 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 9 hereof.

 

12



 

19.                                Amendment or Termination .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under applicable laws, as further set forth in Section 11 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

 

(b)                                  Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 19(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

 

(i)                                      amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

 

(ii)                                   altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

 

(iii)                                shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

 

(iv)                               reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

 

(v)                                  reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.  Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

 

13



 

20.                                Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

21.                                Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

 

22.                                Code Section 409A. The Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

 

23.                                Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 19.

 

24.                                Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable laws.

 

14



 

25.                                Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except its choice-of-law provisions).

 

26.                                No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

 

27.                                Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

 

28.                                Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable laws and will be construed accordingly.

 

15



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

             Original Application

Offering Date:                 

             Change in Payroll Deduction Rate

 

 

1.                      hereby elects to participate in the Glaukos Corporation 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

 

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of      % of my Compensation (from 0% to 15%) on each payday during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

 

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

 

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                      (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

 

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

 

16



 

7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social Security Number:

 

 

Employee’s Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Employee

 

17



 

EXHIBIT B

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

 

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Glaukos Corporation 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on              ,          (the “ Offering Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

18




Exhibit 10.34

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

This SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Sublease ”) is made as of    10th    day of June, 2015, by and between Boston Scientific Corporation , a Delaware corporation, having an office at 1 Boston Scientific Place, Natick, MA 01760 (the “ Sublessor ”), and Glaukos Corporation , having a principal office at 229 Avenida Fabricante, San Clemente, CA (the “ Sublessee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, by that certain Lease dated as of March 13, 2006, by and between 229 Fabricante, LLC, successor through assignment from San Clemente Business Park LLC (“ Lessor ”), and Boston Scientific Corporation a successor in interest to Cameron Health, Inc. (“ Sublessor ”), as Lessee, as amended by that Amendment to Lease dated January 26, 2007 (as amended and affected, the “ Underlying Lease ”), a copy of which is annexed hereto, made a part hereof and marked Exhibit A , Lessor did lease to Sublessor the space designated at 229 Avenida Fabricante, San Clemente, CA (the “ Building ”) as more particularly described in the Underlying Lease (the “ Premises ”);

 

WHEREAS, all terms used herein without definition shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Underlying Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Sublessor desires to sublease the entire Premises to Sublessee, and the Sublessee is willing to sublet the Premises from Sublessor on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1.  PREMISES .

 

1.1.  Sublease.   Sublessor hereby subleases unto Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby takes and hires from Sublessor, the Premises containing approximately 37,728 rentable square feet subject to the terms, conditions and provisions hereof, together with any rights appurtenant to said Premises granted to Sublessor in the Underlying Lease.  Sublessee shall have all the rights, privileges and benefits of the “Lessee” of such Underlying Lease pertaining to the Premises except as herein specifically limited or denied, and the same are hereby granted and conveyed to Sublessee from Sublessor for the full Term hereof.

 

1.2.  Condition of Premises Subject to the provisions of Section 10.7 of this Sublease, Sublessee accepts the Premises in “as-is” condition.  Sublessee acknowledges and agrees that Sublessor has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, or any part thereof, or to provide any allowance for such purposes, and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises have been made

 



 

by Sublessor to Sublessee. Notwithstanding the above, Sublessor shall provide Sublessee with a rent credit of $5,233.00, which may be offset against the Rent otherwise due for October, 2015, to compensate Sublessee in full for the cost to repair, slurry coat and restripe the parking lot area of the Premises.

 

2.  TERM .

 

2.1 Term The term of this Sublease shall commence on September 1, 2015 (the “ Sublease Commencement Date ”) and end on November 30, 2016.  If Sublessee enters into a direct lease agreement with the Lessor that is effective as of January 1, 2017 (a “ Direct Lease ”), then the term of this Sublease shall automatically be extended through December 31, 2016, provided that the Sublessee provides documentation between the Sublessee and Lessor (the “ Term ”), unless said Term may be sooner terminated as set forth herein. Sublessee shall have the right to occupy the premises beginning on the Sublease Commencement Date.

 

2.2 Early Access   Sublessee shall have the right to access the Premises on the date on which the following conditions are met:  this Sublease is executed by Sublessor, Sublessee and Lessor and Sublessee has provided to Sublessor the insurance required by the Underlying Lease and the security deposit/first month’s Base Rent.  Said early access shall be at no cost to the Sublessee and shall be for the purpose of installing Sublessee’s approved improvements, furniture, fixtures, equipment, cabling and validation of Sublessee’s business operations.  Sublessee shall be responsible only for utility expenses incurred in connection with Sublessee’s access to the Premises during the early access period.

 

3.  BASE RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT .

 

Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay rent to Sublessor, at such place or places as Sublessor may by notice in writing to Sublessee from time to time direct, at the following rates and times:

 

3.1.  Rent .   Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor fixed rent for the Premises (“ Base Rent ”), in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term hereof and pro-rated for the fraction of any month, without offset, deduction, notice or demand, in the following amounts

 

Period

 

SF

 

Monthly Rent

 

Months One — Six

 

25,000

 

$ 23,250.00 ($.93/SF/Month)

 

Months Seven - Twelve

 

30,000

 

$ 27,900.00 ($.93/SF/Month)

 

Months Thirteen Thru the end of the Sublease Term

 

37,728

 

$ 35,087.04 ($.93/SF/Month)

 

 

The term “ Lease Year ” shall mean the period running from the Sublease Commencement Date to the end of the month during which the first anniversary of the Sublease Commencement Date occurs, and thereafter, a Lease Year shall mean each successive year-long period commencing on the first day of the month after the end of the previous Lease Year.

 

2



 

3.2.  Additional Rent Following the Sublease Commencement Date, in addition to the monthly Base Rent payable under this Sublease, Sublessee shall also be responsible for paying to Sublessor, on a monthly basis, all other amounts payable by Sublessor to Lessor or to any third parties pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Lease only in connection with the occupancy of the Premises beginning on the Commencement Date (collectively, “ Additional Rent ”), including, without limitation, all costs and expenses attributable to the operation and maintenance of the Premises, such as utilities (including, without limitation, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with Sublessee’s telephone, fax, internet, security system and other information technology), real estate taxes, insurance, and all other operating expenses referenced in the Underlying Lease (collectively, the “ Operating Expenses ”), other than late fees or other penalties payable by Sublessor to Lessor or a third party.

 

3.3.  Address for Payment .   All Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid to Sublessor at the address set forth in the Notice section or such other address as Sublessor may designate in writing.

 

3.4.  Security Deposit Sublessee shall deposit with Sublessor a security deposit in the amount of $35,087.04 (the “ Security Deposit ”), equal to the last month’s rent, which sum Sublessor shall retain as security for the performance by Sublessee of each of its obligations hereunder.  If at any time Sublessee fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease, including the payment of Rent or other payment obligations, and such failure continues past the applicable notice and cure periods, Sublessor may, at its option, apply the Security Deposit (or any portion thereof) to cure Sublessee’s default or to pay for damages caused by Sublessee’s default.  If this Sublease has been terminated, then Sublessor may apply the Security Deposit (or any portion thereof) against the damages incurred as a consequence of Sublessee’s uncured breach of this Sublease.  The application of the Security Deposit shall not limit Sublessor’s remedies for default under the terms of this Sublease.  Unless Sublessor uses the Security Deposit to cure a default of Sublessee, to pay damages for Sublessee’s breach of the Sublease, then Sublessor shall, within thirty (30) days after the termination of this Sublease, refund to Sublessee any funds remaining in the Security Deposit.

 

4.  USE .

 

Sublessee shall have the right to use the Premises for the uses permitted in Sections 6 and Addendum Paragraph 59 of the Underlying Lease and Addendum, and for no other purpose.

 

5.  INTENTIONALLY DELETED .

 

6.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING .

 

Sublessee shall not have the right to assign Sublessee’s interest in the Sublease or sublease the Premises in whole or in part during the Term, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Lessor and Sublessor.  Said prior written consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Sublessor and shall be pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Lease by Lessor.

 

3



 

7.  SUBORDINATION OF SUBLEASE .

 

7.1 Subordination of Sublease .  It is understood that Sublessor is not the fee owner of the Premises, but has acquired its interest therein solely through the Underlying Lease.  This Sublease is subject to the provisions of the Underlying Lease and subordinate thereto.  In the event that the Underlying Lease shall be cancelled or terminated by Lessor, the Term of this Sublease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such cancellation or termination of the Underlying Lease by Lessor, and Sublessor shall not be liable in any way or to any extent to Sublessee for such termination or cancellation or for any damages or losses incurred or claimed to be incurred by Sublessee as a result thereof unless such cancellation or termination arises out of or in connection with Sublessor’s breach of the Underlying Lease or this Sublease.

 

7.2 Attornment .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of a termination of the Underlying Lease, and re-entry and dispossession of Sublessor by Lessor, Lessor may, at its option, take over all right, title and interest of Sublessor under this Sublease and Sublessee shall, at Lessor’s option, attorn to Lessor, pursuant to the terms of this Sublease, except that Lessor shall not:

 

(a)                                  be liable for any previous act or omission of Sublessor under this Sublease; provided, however, that Lessor shall be liable for any act or omission which continues after a termination of the Underlying Lease;

 

(b)                                  be subject to any offset, not expressly provided in this Sublease, which theretofore accrued to Sublessee against Sublessor;

 

(c)                                   be bound by any modification of this Sublease made subsequent to the date hereof or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s rent unless previously approved by Lessor;

 

(d)                                  be bound by any covenant to undertake or complete any construction of the Subleased Premises or any portion thereof demised by this Sublease; or(e) be bound by any obligation to make any payment to or on behalf of Sublessee

 

Except to the extent that Sublessee is in default of the terms of this Sublease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Sublessor shall not voluntarily cancel or terminate this Sublease without Sublessee’s consent which may be withheld in Sublessee’s sole discretion.

 

8.  INCORPORATION OF UNDERLYING LEASE .

 

8.1.  Sublease Subject to Underlying Lease .   Except as otherwise herein provided, this Sublease is subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Underlying Lease and said terms, covenants and conditions are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Sublease as if fully set forth herein except as otherwise stated in Section 8.2 below and except that the following provisions of the Underlying Lease shall not apply to this Sublease: 1.5, 1.6, 5, 15, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, and 58, and the Work letter Agreement and associated exhibits to the Work letter Agreement.

 

4



 

The words “Lessor” and “Lessee” as utilized in the provisions of the Underlying Lease incorporated herein shall be deemed for the purposes of this Sublease to refer to the Sublessor and Sublessee respectively, it being understood and agreed that, subject to the provisions of Section 8.3 below, Sublessor will not be acting as, or assuming any of the responsibilities of Lessor, and all references in the Underlying Lease to Lessor-provided services or Lessor insurance requirements, and any other references which by their nature relate to the owner or operator of the building, rather than to a Lessee of the building subleasing space to a Sublessee, shall continue to be references to the Lessor and not to Sublessor.  The words, “this Lease” as utilized in the provisions of the Underlying Lease incorporated herein, shall be deemed for the purposes of this Sublease to refer to this Sublease.  In all provisions of the Underlying Lease requiring the approval or consent of the “Lessor,” Sublessee shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of Sublessor (which may be conditioned on Sublessor’s ability to obtain the approval or consent of Lessor pursuant to the Underlying Lease) and Sublessor shall not unreasonably withhold, delay, or condition any such approval or consent unless the Lessor is entitled to so withhold, delay or condition such consent under the terms of the Underlying Lease.

 

8.2.  Conflict with Underlying Lease .   If any of the provisions of this Sublease are at variance or in conflict with the provisions of the Underlying Lease due to an express deletion, modification or alteration of such provisions herein, the provisions of this Sublease shall govern and control, as between Sublessor and Sublessee only, and Lessor shall not be bound thereby.

 

8.3.  Sublessor’s Obligations .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease or the Underlying Lease, Sublessor shall have no obligation to perform any of the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Underlying Lease to be performed by Lessor.  Without limiting the foregoing, Sublessor shall have no obligation to provide any or all of the services, utilities, work, alterations, repairs or maintenance to be provided by Lessor under the Underlying Lease, and Sublessor shall in no way be liable to Sublessee for any failure of Lessor to provide such services, utilities, work, alterations, repairs or maintenance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessor shall use reasonable efforts to promptly enforce, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, all of its rights under the Underlying Lease upon notice from Sublessee of Lessor’s failure to perform its obligations under the Underlying Lease.

 

8.4  Sublessee’s Obligations .   Sublessee hereby agrees to perform all of the obligations applicable to the Subleased Premises imposed on Sublessor as Lessee under the Underlying Lease except for the payment of rent and other charges to Lessor, subject to Article 3 and except as expressly provided for herein.

 

8.5.  Violation of Underlying Lease .   Sublessee covenants that it will not commit, or, to the extent reasonably within its control, suffer to be committed, any act or act of omission in violation of the terms and provisions of the Underlying Lease so as to render Sublessor in default in any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Underlying Lease. Sublessor covenants that it will not commit, or, to the extent reasonably within its control, suffer to be committed, any act or act of omission in violation of the terms and provisions of the Underlying Lease so as to cause a termination of the Underlying Lease.

 

8.6.  Default by Lessor .   In the event that Sublessee provides Sublessor with written notice of any default by Lessor of the Underlying Lease under the terms thereof, Sublessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to compel Lessor to cure any such default pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Lease.

 

5



 

9.  DEFAULT .

 

9.1.  Default Under Sublease . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”: (a) failure by Sublessee to pay Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other amounts payable under this Sublease, within three (3) business days after Sublessse’s receipt of written notice that such amount was not paid when due; and (b) failure by Sublessee to observe or perform any other provision of this Sublease to be observed or performed by Sublessee within the time set forth in Paragraph 13.1 of the Underlying Lease.  At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Sublessor shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by providing written notice to Sublessee and the effective date of such termination shall be three (3) business days after Sublessee’s receipt of such notice and Sublessee fails to cure said default.

 

9.2.  Underlying Lease Controls .   Except in the event of a default, as provided in Article 13 of the Underlying Lease (i) whenever a time period is specified in the Underlying Lease within which the Sublessor, as Lessee therein, must give notice or make a demand following an event, or within which Sublessor must respond to any notice, request or demand previously given or made by the Lessor, or comply with any obligation thereunder on such Sublessor’s part, such time period is hereby changed (for purposes of this Sublease only) by subtracting two (2) business days therefrom, and (ii) whenever a time period is specified in the Underlying Lease within which the Lessor must give notice or make a demand following an event or within which the Lessor must respond to any notice, request or demand previously given or made by the Sublessor thereunder, or comply with any obligation thereunder on Lessor’s part, such time period is hereby changed (for purposes of this Sublease only) by adding two (2) business days thereto.  It is the intent of this Section to provide Sublessor with time within which to transmit to the Lessor any notices or demands received by Sublessor from Sublessee, and to transmit to Sublessee any notices or demands received by Sublessor from the Lessor.

 

9.3.  Remedies Sublessor shall have, in addition and not in limitation of any other remedy permitted by law or by this Sublease, all the rights and remedies of Lessor under Article 13 of the Underlying Lease in the event of a default by Sublessee hereunder.

 

10.  GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

10.1.  Insurance .   Any insurance required to be carried by Sublessee pursuant to the provisions of the Underlying Lease (including, but not limited to, Article 8 of the Underlying Lease) as incorporated herein shall name the Lessor as well as Sublessor, as additional insured parties.

 

Except to the extent that the following is prohibited by the terms of any insurance policy carried by either party with respect to the Premises or occurrences thereon, each party hereby waives any rights of recovery against the other for loss or injury against which such party is protected by insurance to the extent of the coverage provided by such insurance.

 

6



 

10.2.  Holding Over .   If Sublessee occupies (or claims the right to occupy) the Premises or any portion of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease without having entered into a new sublease of the Premises with Sublessor, Sublessee shall be a Lessee-at-sufferance only, shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Sublease, and shall pay, as use and occupation each month, an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Rent and Additional Rent payments in effect for the last full calendar month preceding the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.  Such a holding over, even if with the consent of Sublessor, shall not constitute a tenancy at will or an extension or renewal of this Sublease, and shall not diminish or affect Sublessor’s right to recover possession of the Premises by self help, re-entry by summary proceedings or otherwise, the provisions of this Sublease, judicial process or otherwise.  Sublessee shall save Sublessor harmless and will exonerate, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sublessor from and against any and all damages and expenses that Sublessor suffers on account of Sublessee’s holding over in the Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Sublease.

 

10.3.  Alterations Except as set forth below, Sublessee shall make no decorations, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises without the consent of both the Lessor and Sublessor, which consent Sublessor shall not unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay, but which Lessor may withhold in its sole discretion.  Any and all alterations, improvements or additions by Sublessee shall be made in compliance with all applicable statutes, laws, and ordinances and shall become the property of Lessor, except to the extent such alterations or improvements constitute trade fixtures of Sublessee.  Sublessee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lessor and Sublessor from and against all losses, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and all statutory liens or claims or liens of any contractor, subcontractor, materialman, laborer or any other party which may arise in connection with any alteration, addition, additional improvement or building to the Premises made by Sublessee or Sublessee’s contractors.  In the event Sublessee shall make any improvements or alterations in the Premises and Lessor shall require the removal thereof pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Lease, then Sublessee shall remove the same and repair all damage caused thereby prior to the expiration of the term of this Sublease.  To the extent that Lessor and Sublessee enter into a Direct Lease for the Premises, the term of which shall commence upon the expiration of this Sublease, then Lessor agrees that, notwithstanding the terms of the Underlying Lease, it will not require the removal of any such improvements or alterations, or any improvements or alterations which were previously installed prior to execution of the Sublease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Sublessor and Lessor hereby approve the proposed alterations to the Premises set forth on Schedule 10.3 attached hereto.

 

10.4.  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment .   Sublessee shall have the right to use the existing furniture, lab equipment, process piping, DI water system, air compressors, clean rooms, electrical distribution and phone data cabling, and security system located throughout the Premises during the sublease term at no cost to Sublessee during the Term of the Sublease.  In addition to the foregoing, Sublessor shall transfer and convey all the Equipment, Furniture, phones and security system located in the Premises as of the date hereof (collectively, the “ FF&E ”), to Sublessee for the price of One Dollar ($1) pursuant to a Bill of Sale for such FF&E in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  B.  Without limitation of the foregoing, the FF&E shall include the items listed on Schedule 10.4 attached hereto.  Sublessor represents and warrants to Sublessee that it is the sole owner of the FF&E and that no other person or entity has any ownership or lien rights with respect to the FF&E. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, the FF&E is being delivered to Sublessee in its then “AS-IS”, “where-is” condition and with all faults, without warranty or representation of any kind whatsoever.  Sublessee represents that it has examined (or waived examination of) the FF&E.  Sublessor has not made and does not make any representations or warranties as to the physical condition of the FF&E.

 

7


 

10.5 Restoration Lessor hereby agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Underlying Lease, neither Sublessor nor Sublessee shall be required to remove any alterations or improvements made to the Premises prior to the Term of this Sublease, or items outlined in Schedule 10.3 attached.  At the expiration of the Term of this Sublease, the term of the Direct Lease shall commence and therefore, Sublessee shall not be responsible for repairing damage to the Premises at such time.  Sublessor shall not be responsible for any restoration at the Premises at the expiration of the Sublease Term or the Direct Lease or at any other time, unless Sublessee defaults during the Sublease Term.

 

10.6.  Signage Sublessor shall assign any building sign rights to Sublessee.  Sublessee shall have the right to building top signage, pursuant to Lessor approval and in compliance with the City of San Clemente sign program.  Said signage installation, maintenance and removal shall be at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense. All costs and expenses associated with removing existing signage, installing new signage or removing signage at the end of the Term shall be paid by the Sublessee.  Sublessor hereby represents that it has removed all of its signage from the Premises.

 

10.7 Sublessor Warranty Sublessor hereby warrants that, as of the Sublease Commencement Date, the systems serving the Premises, together with the roll up doors and all other elements and components of the Premises, other than the FF&E and the security system, shall be in good working order and condition, and shall remain in good working order and condition through the first thirty (30) days of the Term of the Sublease.  If, during the first thirty (30) days of the Term of the Sublease, any such equipment requires repair or maintenance, then Sublessor agrees to make such necessary repairs and maintenance to place such equipment back in good working order and condition.

 

10.8 Parking Sublessee shall have the right, to use all of the parking spaces at the Premises no cost for the term of the sublease. If Sublessee requires parking beyond what is offered at the Premises, Sublessee shall contract directly with Lessor.

 

11.  NOTICES .

 

All notices to be given hereunder shall be deemed to be properly given as of the date of receipt of delivery (which shall be deemed one (1) day after the date mailed if sent by overnight courier) or refusal of delivery if in writing and sent by certified mail, overnight carrier or messenger (personal delivery) addressed as follows:

 

If to Sublessor:

 

Boston Scientific Corporation

300 Boston Scientific Way

Marlborough, MA 01752

Attn: Global Real Estate

 

8



 

with a copy to:

 

Nutter, McClennen & Fish, LLP

Seaport West

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210-2604

Attn: Timothy M. Smith, Esq.

Tel: (617) 439-2787

Fax: (617) 310-9787

 

If to Sublessee:

 

Glaukos Corporation

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

Attn: Dave Haffner-VP Product Development & Operations

Tel:  (949) 367-9600

Fax: (949) 367-9984

 

or at such other address as either party from time to time may specify in writing to the other.  It is further agreed that each party hereto will promptly furnish to the other party a copy of any notice it may receive from any third person which may affect the rights of any party hereunder.

 

12.  LESSOR’S CONSENT; DIRECT LEASE .

 

12.1  Lessor Consent This Sublease is conditioned upon Sublessor and Sublessee obtaining the written consent of the Lessor to this Sublease and the consent of any mortgagee of Lessor that may be required Sublessor shall pay any and all fees charged by Lessor in connection with its consent to this Sublease, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees; provided, however, that Lessor hereby agrees that, in no event shall Sublessor be required to pay to Lessor an amount in excess of $3,000 for such consent, as more particularly set forth in the Underlying Lease.  Within three (3) business days after Sublessee’s receipt of an executed Lessor Consent in form satisfactory to Sublessee, Sublessee shall deliver the Security Deposit, together with the first months’ rent, to Sublessor.

 

12.2  Direct Lease .  Sublessee’s obligations under this Sublease shall be contingent upon Lessor and Sublessee entering into a direct Lease for the Premises, with a term commencing on January 1, 2017, on terms acceptable to Sublessee the “Direct Lease”).

 

13.  LIMITATION ON RIGHT OF RECOVERY .

 

13.1.  Sublessor’s Liability Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, there shall be absolutely no personal liability on Sublessor’s officers, directors, partners, agents, employees, affiliates or any heir, administrator, executor, successor, legal representative or assign of any of them with respect to any of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of

 

9



 

this Sublease in the event of a default by Sublessor hereunder or in the event of any other claim in connection with the Premises.  Such exculpation is absolute and without any exception whatsoever and all such liability of any kind hereunder is expressly waived by Sublessee and every person now or hereafter claiming any right hereunder or by, through or under Sublessee.

 

13.2.  Sublessee’s Liability Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, there shall be absolutely no personal liability on Sublessee’s officers, directors, partners, agents, employees, affiliates or any heir, administrator, executor, successor, legal representative or assign of any of them with respect to any of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Sublease in the event of a default by Sublessee hereunder or in the event of any other claim in connection with the Premises.  Such exculpation is absolute and without any exception whatsoever and all such liability of any kind hereunder is expressly waived by Sublessor and every person now or hereafter claiming any right hereunder or by, through or under Sublessor.

 

14.  BROKERS .

 

Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker, sales person or finder, in connection with this Sublease other than CresaPartners-West, Inc. (“Cresa”) and CBRE (“ CBRE ”).  Any brokerage commission due shall be paid by Sublessor.  Both parties agree to hold the other harmless from all losses, damages, claims and expenses (including reasonably attorney’s fees) arising out of any claims for commission or finders fees or otherwise asserted by any person or firm either party has employed as its broker in connection with this Sublease.

 

Sublessor shall pay a brokerage fee to CBRE, as Sublessee’s representative, equal to four percent (4%) of the total sublease consideration. Said brokerage fee shall be due and payable upon complete Sublease execution by Sublessee, Sublessor and Lessor.

 

15.  MERGERS, DISCLAIMERS .

 

All understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties hereto are merged in this Sublease, which alone fully and completely express this Sublease.  Sublessee has not relied upon or been induced by any statements or representations, other than those expressly set forth in this Sublease, of any person in respect of the title to or the physical condition of the Premises, or any other matter affecting the Premises or this transaction which might be pertinent in considering the execution of this Sublease.  Sublessee expressly acknowledges that no such representation not embodied herein have been made.

 

16.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND BENEFIT .

 

This agreement contains the entire understanding between parties.  No waiver, change, modification or discharge of any of the provisions of this Sublease shall be valid unless effected by an agreement in writing signed by both parties hereto.  The waiver of any of the provisions of this Sublease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the provisions hereof.  This Sublease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Sublessor and Sublessee and their respective successors and assigns.

 

10



 

17.  SEVERABILITY .

 

The illegality or invalidity of any provision of this Sublease, by reason of any rule of law or public policy, shall not affect this Sublease or any other provision hereof, but this Sublease shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect and shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

18.  CONSTRUCTION.

 

This Sublease and the performance thereof shall be construed, regulated and governed by the laws of the State of California.  The section headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not enter in the interpretation or construction of this Sublease.

 

19.  ATTORNEYS’ FEES

 

The prevailing party in any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other under this Sublease shall be entitled to recover such court costs, costs and fees of the attorneys, paralegals, experts and consultants in such action or proceeding (whether at the administrative, trial or appellate levels) in such amount as the court may adjudge reasonable.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals as of the date first above written.

 

 

SUBLESSOR:

 

 

 

 

 

Boston Scientific Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Donhauser

 

Name:

Paul Donhauser

 

Title:

Director, Global Real Estate, Facilities,

 

 

Operations and Environmental Health & Safety

 

 

 

 

 

SUBLESSEE:

 

 

 

 

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Name:

Thomas W. Burns

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF LESSOR (with respect to Sections 7.2, 10.3, 10.5 and 12.1 only)

 

 

 

229 Fabricante, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/   Jafar Yassai

 

Name:

Jafar Yassai

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nasser Mehdizadeh

 

 

Nasser Mehdizadeh

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Underlying Lease

 


 

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE -- NET

 

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1.         Basic Provisions ( “Basic Provisions” ).

1.1      Parties: This Lease ( “Lease” ), dated for reference purposes only March 13, 2006 , is made by and between San Clemente Business Park LLC, a California Limited Liability Company ( “Lessor” ) and Cameron Health, Inc. a Delaware Corporation   ( “Lessee” ), (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party” ).

1.2       Premises:   That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 229 Avenida Fabricante, San Clemente , located in the County of Orange , State of California , and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “Project”, if the property is located within a Project) an approximately 37,728 square foot free standing building as more specifically described on Exhibit “A” attached (“Premises”). (See also Paragraph 2)

1.3      Term: Ten (10) years and Zero (0) months ( “Original Term” ) commencing December 1, 2006 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending ten (10) years thereafter (“ Expiration Date ”).  (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4      Early Possession: Tenant shall have thirty (30) calendar days prior to the commencement of the lease for the purpose of installing furniture, fixtures, trade fixtures, personal property, telecommunications, cabling and equipment which are exclusive of any Tenant Improvements. Such early occupancy shall be subject to the terms and condition of the Lease, except the obligation to pay Rent or the other costs and expenses hereunder ( “Early Possession Date” ).  (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5      Base Rent:  $ 52,441.92 per month ( “Base Rent” ), payable on the first day of each month commencing December 1, 2006 . (See also Paragraph 4)

 

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 51

1.6      Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a)        Base Rent: $ 52,441.92 for the period first month of the term .

(b)        Security Deposit: $ 157,325.76 ( “Security Deposit” ).  (See also Paragraph 5)

(c)        Association Fees: $ 840.47 for the period December 1-31, 2006

(d)        Other:  n/a .

(e)        Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $ 210,608.15 .

1.7      Agreed Use: See Addendum, Paragraph 59 . (See also Paragraph 6)

1.8      Insuring Party:  Lessor is the “Insuring Party” unless otherwise stated herein.  (See also Paragraph 8)

1.9      Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a)  Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

þ   CB Richard Ellis represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker” );

þ   Cresa Partners represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

o                             represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

(b)  Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of           or          % of the total Bas Rent) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

1.10       Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by n/a (“Guarantor”) .  (See also Paragraph 37)

1.11     Attachments.  Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

þ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs  51 through 68 ;

þ a plot plan depicting the Premises “Exhibit A”;

þ a current set of the Rules and Regulations ; Covenants, Conditions & Restrictions, “Exhibit C”

þ a Work Letter;

þ other (specify): Lessee’s financials “Exhibit B”

 

 

 

PAGE 1 OF 17

 

 

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

 

/s/J.W.

 

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM STN-7-4/01E

 


 

2.              Premises.

 

2.1          Letting.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease.  Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease .  the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different.  Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

 

2.2           Condition.  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “Building” ) shall be free of material defects. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense.   The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building.  If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

 

2.3          See Addendum 60 Compliance.  Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances ( “Applicable Requirements” ) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed.  Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 50), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. ( NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed.)  If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense.  If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.  If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ( “Capital Expenditure” ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years one (1) year of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and an amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent.  If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter.  Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for such costs pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1(d); provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid.  If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c)  Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements.  If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not, however, have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4        Acknowledgements.  Lessee acknowledges that:  (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, except as set forth in this Lease and the Addendum hereto, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease.  In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5        Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant.  The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

2



 

prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises.  In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

3.            Term.

 

3.1        Term.  The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2        Early Possession.  If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early possession.  All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to excluding the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall, however, be in effect during such period.  Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3           Delay In Possession.  Lessor agrees to use Its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date.  If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder.   If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate.   If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

3.4        Lessee Compliance.  Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5).  Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance.  Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4.          Rent.

 

4.1.       Rent Defined.  All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

 

4.2        Payment.     Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States on or before the day on which it is due, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease).  Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month.  Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing.  Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating.  In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of ( $25 $200.00) in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be by cashier’s check.  Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Operating Expenses Increase, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

 

4.3        Association Fees.  In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor each month an amount equal to any owner’s association or condominium fees levied or assessed against the Premises.  Said monies shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the Base Rent.

 

5.          Security Deposit .  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease.  If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense. loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease .  If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional moneys with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent.   Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof.  If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts.  Within 14 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within 30 days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor.  No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

 

6.            Use.

 

6.1       Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose.  Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties.  Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on  the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises.  If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

3



 

to the change in the Agreed Use.

 

6.2          Hazardous Substances.

 

(a)  Reportable Uses Require Consent.   The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory.  Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof.  Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b)  Duty to Inform Lessor.   If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c)  Lessee Remediation.   Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d)  Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee).  Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.  No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e)  Lessor Indemnification.   Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees.  Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f)  Investigations and Remediations.   Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment.  Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g)  Lessor Termination Option.   If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice.  In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment.  In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

4



 

6.3        Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements.  Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the reasonable recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the such Requirements, without regard to whether such Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date.  Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

 

6.4        Inspection; Compliance.   Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease.  The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority.  In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.  In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

 

7.          Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1          Lessee’s Obligations.

 

(a)  In General.   Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, roof drainage systems, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all Improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition (Including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b)  Service Contracts.   Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises:  (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (Iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, (vi) clarifiers (vii) basic utility feed to the perimeter of the Building, and (viii) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor.  However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and if Lessor so elects, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

(c)  Failure to Perform.   If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

 

(d)  Replacement.   Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month).  Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance at a rate that is commercially reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants. Lessee may, however, prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2      Lessor’s Obligations.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee except that Lessor shall maintain and repair the foundation, exterior walls, roof, and roof system of the Building unless the need for such repairs are caused by Lessee or its invitees, ordinary wear and tear excepted, in which instance Lessee shall be responsible therefor.  It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

 

7.3          Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a)  Definitions.   The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises.  The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises.  The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion.  “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

5



 

(b)  Consent.   Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent.  in any one year.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor.  Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor.  Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans.  Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s:  (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner.  Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials.  Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150%. of the estimated east of such /\Iteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

(c)  Liens; Bonds.   Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein.  Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility.  If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same.   If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

7.4          Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

 

(a)  Ownership.   Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises.  Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.  Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises. See Addendum, Paragraph 61.

 

(b)  Removal.  By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease.  Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

 

(c)  Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear.  Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee.  Lessee shall completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises, or if applicable, the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work ( that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee.  Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8.             Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1        Payment For Insurance.   Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to including the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence.  Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term.  Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 10 days following receipt of an invoice.

 

8.2          Liability Insurance.

 

(a)  Carried by Lessee.   Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000  $2,000,000.00 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000 $5,000,000.00 , an “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire.  The policy shall not contain any Intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.  The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder.  All insurance carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

(b)  Carried by Lessor.   Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee.  Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

8.3          Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a)  Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

6



 

full replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof.  If Lessor is the Insuring Party, however, Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4 rather than by Lessor.  If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender ), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss.  Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.  If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed ($1,000) per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b)  Rental Value.   The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value insurance”).  Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.  Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

(c)  Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises. Provided, that Lessee shall not be charged with any amounts pursuant to this paragraph 8.3(c) if Lessee is using the Premises within the Agreed Use.

 

8.4          Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance.

 

(a)  Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 $5,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade

 

Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

 

(b)  Business Interruption.   Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c)  No Representation of Adequate Coverage .  Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5        Insurance Policies.  Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B+, V, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender.  Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies.  Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor.  Lessee shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.  Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.  If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

8.6        Waiver of Subrogation.  Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto.  The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7        Indemnity.  Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee.  If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8        Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability Except for Lessor’s negligence or intentional misconduct Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places.  Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor nor from the failure of Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project. Notwithstanding Except for Lessor’s negligence, intentional misconduct

 

8.9        Failure to Provide Insurance.  Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

9.          Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1          Definitions.

 

(a)  “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

7



 

Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b)  ‘’Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c)  “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d)  “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e)  “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises which requires repair, remediation, or restoration.

 

9.2        Partial Damage - Insured Loss.  If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible of which $1,000.00 is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs.  In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor.  If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to:  (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter.  Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction.  Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

9.3        Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss.  If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either:  (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage.  Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice.  In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment.  In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available.  If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice

 

9.4          Total Destruction.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction.  If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5        Damage Near End of Term.  If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease as such term may be extended there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, If Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires.  If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6          Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a)  Abatement.  In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value Insurance.   All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein. See Addendum, Paragraph 62.

 

(b)  Remedies.  If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice.  If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice.  If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

8


 

9.7          Termination; Advance Payments.   Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor.  Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

9.8          Waive Statutes .  Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10.           Real Property Taxes and Assessments.

 

10.1         Definition.  As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located.  Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises, and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease

 

10.2         Payment of Taxes.  In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Real Property Tax installment due at least 20 days prior to the applicable delinquency date.  If any such installment shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such installment shall be prorated.  In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent.   Such monthly payments shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent.  When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes.  If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sum as is necessary.  Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest.  In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3         Joint Assessment.  If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4        Personal Property Taxes.  Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee.  When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.  If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

11.           Utilities and Services.   Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon.  If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable In any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

12.        Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1        Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a)  Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% 50% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. See Addendum, Paragraph 63

 

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. Lessor shall have the right to examine the financial records of the Lessee as well as the proposed assignee or sublessee in order to determine the appropriateness of the proposed assignment or sublease.  “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period.  If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect.  Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

12.2        Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall:  (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

9



 

liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 $3,000.00 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request.  Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

 

12.3        Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting.  The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee.  Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease.  Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary. (b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice.  The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13.           Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1         Default; Breach.   A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease.  A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(c) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(f) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(g) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed:  (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

10



 

basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2     Remedies.  If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor.  In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor.  In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee:  (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.  The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent.   Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12.  If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit.  If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1.  In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations.   Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.  The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3        Inducement Recapture.  Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.   Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee.  The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

13.4        Late Charges.    Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

13.5        Interest.   Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments.. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law.  Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6        Breach by Lessor.

 

(a)  Notice of Breach.  Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b)  Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor.  In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

11



 

amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor.  Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14.            Condemnation.  If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs.  If more than 10% of the Building, or more than 25% of that portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession.  If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation.  Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph.  All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor.  In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15.           Brokerage Fees.

 

15.1                 Additional Commission.  In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.9 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that:  (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

 

15.2                 Assumption of Obligations.  Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder.  Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31.  If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest.  In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent.  In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

 

15.3                 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships.  Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith.  Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16.           Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” )  shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

 

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years.  All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17.            Definition of Lessor.   The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease.  In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor.  Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor so long as such transferee or Assignee shall assume the prior Lessor’s obligations hereunder.  Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.  Lessor shall not transfer or assign its interest in this Lease prior to substantial completion of the Building.

 

18.           Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19.           Days.  Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20.           Limitation on Liability.   The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

12



 

of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21.          Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22.           No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.  Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.  The liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Lessor or Lessee under this Lease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

23.           Notices.

 

23.1         Notice Requirements.  All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices.  Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2         Date of Notice.  Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon.  If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 48 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid.  Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier.  Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy Is also delivered via delivery or mail.  If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24.          Waivers.   No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.   The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee.  Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith. which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

25.           Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

 

(a)           When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction.  Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

 

(i)           Lessor’s Agent.   A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only.  A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations:   To the Lessor:  A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(ii)            Lessee’s Agent .  An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only.  In these situations, the agent Is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor.  An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations.  To the Lessee:   A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee.  To the Lessee and the Lessor :  a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties.   b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.  c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties.  An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(iii)           Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee .  A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee.  b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests.  Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction.  A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

(b)           Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.  The liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease shall not exceed the fee received by

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

13



 

such Broker pursuant to this Lease: provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

(c)           Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

 

26.           No Right To Holdover.  Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease.  In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27.          Cumulative Remedies.  No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28.           Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement.  All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee or Lessor are both covenants and conditions.  In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease.  Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.  This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29.           Binding Effect; Choice of Law.  This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30.           Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1         Subordination.  This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof.  Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”)  shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease.  Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof. See Addendum, Paragraph 64.

 

30.2         Attornment.   In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of such new owner, this Lease shall automatically become a new Lease between Lessee and such new owner, upon all of the terms and conditions hereof, for the remainder of the term hereof, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations hereunder, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c)  (a) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d)  (b) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

 

30.3         Non-Disturbance.    With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4         Self-Executing.  The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30  shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31.          Attorneys’ Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees.  Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding Is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred.  In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

 

32.           Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs.  Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises.  All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

14



 

33.           Auctions.  Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34.           Signs.  Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof.  Except for ordinary “for sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements. Lessor may place exterior signs on the Premises so long as such signs comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35.           Termination; Merger.  Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies.  Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36.           Consents.  Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor.  Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

37.           Guarantor.

 

37.1         Execution.  The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

 

37.2         Default.   It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide:  (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38.           Quiet Possession.   Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39.           Options.  If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

39.1         Definition.  “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2         Options Personal To Original Lessee.   Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. see Addendum, Paragraph 66.

 

39.3     Multiple Options.  In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4     Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

40.           Multiple Buildings.  If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by and conform to all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessee also agrees to pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection with such rules and regulations.

 

41.           Security Measures.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.  Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

15



 

42.          Reservations.  Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

43.           Performance Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum.  If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay.

 

44.           Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

 

(a)                          If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

(b)                          If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.  It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

 

(c)                                  This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

45.          Conflict.   Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46.          Offer.  Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47.          Amendments.  This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification.  As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48.           Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

49.           Arbitration of Disputes.   An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease x   is o   is not attached to this Lease.

 

50.           Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.  Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation.  In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION:   NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2.   RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.  SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING:   IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

16



 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: Newport Beach, California

 

Executed at:

On:

 

On:

 

 

 

By LESSOR :

 

By LESSEE :

San Clemente Business Park, LLC a California Limited Liability Company

 

Cameron Health, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/Nasser Mehdizadeh

 

By: /s/Jay A Warren

Name Printed: Nasser Mehdizadeh

 

Name Printed: Jay A Warren

Title: Manager

 

Title: President & CEO

By:

 

By:

Name Printed:

 

Name Printed:

Title:

 

Title:

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

Telephone:

Facsimile:

 

Facsimile:

Federal ID No.

 

Federal ID No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROKER :

 

BROKER :

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Attn:

Title:

 

Title:

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

Facsimile:

Federal ID No.

 

Federal ID No.

 

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet the changing requirements of law and industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 So. Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, California 90017.  (213) 687-8777.  Fax No. (213) 687-8616

 

© Copyright 2001 - By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association. All rights reserved.

 

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

/s/N.M.

 

 

/s/J.W.

INITIALS

 

 

INITIALS

 

17


 

EXHIBIT B

 

BILL OF SALE

 

For and in consideration of the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration (including the Sublessee’s execution of the Sublease), the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Boston Scientific Corporation , a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), does hereby assign, grant, bargain, sell, transfer, convey, and deliver to Glaukos Corporation , a         corporation (“ Purchaser ”), all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the assets of Seller (collectively, the “ Assets ”) described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, to have and to hold the same by Purchaser and its successors and assigns.

 

Seller represents and warrants that it holds title to the Assets free and clear of any and all Liens.  Except for the foregoing representation and warranty, Seller transfers the Assets, “As Is”, “Where Is” and “With All Faults” and without recourse.

 

Capitalized terms used in this Bill of Sale and in Schedule 1 attached hereto and not otherwise defined herein or therein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in that certain Sublease Agreement, dated as of                  , 2015, between Seller and Purchaser.

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

Boston Scientific Corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Donhauser

 

Name:

Paul Donhauser

 

Title:

Director, Global Real Estate, Facilities,

 

 

Operations and Environmental Health & Safety

 



 

Schedule 1

to Bill of Sale

 

Assets

 

[to be attached]

 



 

Schedule 10.3

 

(Approved Alterations)

 



 

Schedule 10.4

 

(FF&E)

 




Exhibit 10.35

 

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE -- NET

 

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1.          Basic Provisions ( “Basic Provisions” ).

1.1        Parties:  This Lease ( “Lease” ), dated for reference purposes only June 8, 2015 , is made by and between 229 Fabricante, LLC ( “Lessor” ) and Glaukos Corporation ( “Lessee” ), (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party” ).

1.2        Premises:  That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 229 Avenida Fabricante, San Clemente , located in the County of Orange , State of California , and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “Project” , if the property is located within a Project) an approximate 37,728 rentable square foot, free standing building   ( “Premises” ).   (See also Paragraph 2)

1.3        Term: five years and 0 months ( “Original Term” ) commencing January 1, 2017 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending December 31, 2021 (“ Expiration Date ”).  (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4        Early Possession:  If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing None ( “Early Possession Date” ).  (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5     Base Rent:  $ 42,255.00 per month ( “Base Rent” ), payable on the first day of each month commencing January 1, 2017 . (See also Paragraph 4)

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 51

1.6         Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution Lease Commencement :

(a)      Base Rent: $ 42,255.00 for the period January 2017 .

(b)      Security Deposit: $ 47,160.00 ( “Security Deposit” ).  (See also Paragraph 5)

(c)      Association Fees: $ 628.48 for the period January 2017

(d)      Other:  $ 1,286.50 for Management Fees .

(e)      Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $ 47,160.00 .

1.7         Agreed Use: General office, storage, distribution and manufacturing of medical products and related products . (See also Paragraph 6)

1.8         Insuring Party:  Lessor is the “Insuring Party” unless otherwise stated herein.  (See also Paragraph 8)

1.9         Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a)  Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨                        represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker” );

¨                        represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

þ   CBRE,INC. represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

(b)  Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of        or 3.5 % of the total Base Rent) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

1.10      Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by None ( “Guarantor” ).   (See also Paragraph 37)

1.11      Attachments.  Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

þ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 51 through 63 ;

¨ a plot plan depicting the Premises;

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

¨ a Work Letter;

¨ a energy disclosure addendum is attached;

þ  other (specify): Option to Extend Standard Lease Addendum, Exhibit A - Alteration Plan

 

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 1 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

 

© 2 001 - A I R CO M M E R C I A L R E A L ES T A T E A SS OC I A T I ON

F ORM S T N-2 0 -11 /1 4E

 


 

2.              Premises.

 

2.1        Letting.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease.  While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different.   Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

 

2.2          Condition.  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “Building” ) shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense.   The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building.  If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessor also warrants, that unless otherwise specified in writing, Lessor is unaware of (i) any recorded Notices of Default affecting the Premise; (ii) any delinquent amounts due under any loan secured by the Premises; and (iii) any bankruptcy proceeding affecting the Premises.

 

2.3          Compliance.  Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances ( “Applicable Requirements” ) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed.  Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 50), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed.  If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense.  If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.  If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ( “Capital Expenditure” ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and an amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent.  If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter.   Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises.  Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid.  If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c)  Notwithstanding  the above,  the provisions  concerning  Capital  Expenditures  are intended to  apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected,  and new Applicable Requirements.   If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not, however, have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4        Acknowledgements.  Lessee acknowledges that:  (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental  aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, except as set forth in this Lease and the Addendum hereto,  (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease.  In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5        Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant.  The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises.  In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.   Lessee is the occupant of the Premises pursuant to that certain Sublease Agreement  (the “Sublease”) between Boston

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 2 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

Scientific, as Sublessor, and Lessor, as Sublessee dated as of June          , 2015.  Lessee’s obligations  with respect to the coundition of the Premises or the repair and maintenance is governed by the Sublease and the underlying lease between Lessor and Sublessor dated as of March  13, 2006.

 

3.          Term.

 

3.1          Term.  The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3. 3.2           Early Possession.   Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date.  Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises.  If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession.  All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period.  Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3        Delay In Possession.  Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date.  If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee.  If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder.  If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate.   If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

3.4        Lessee Compliance.  Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5).   Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance.  Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4.          Rent.

 

4.1.       Rent Defined.  All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

 

4.2        Payment.     Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar.  In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease.  Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month.  Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing.  Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating.  In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $100 $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check.  Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent, Insurance and Real Property Taxes, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

 

4.3        Association Fees.   In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor each month an amount equal to any owner’s association or condominium fees levied or assessed against the Premises.  Said monies shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the Base Rent.

 

5.          Security Deposit .  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon  execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease.  If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent.   Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof.  If a change in control (as defined in Section  12(b) below), of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition.  Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

 

6.                               Use.

 

6.1          Use.  Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose.  Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 3 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises.  If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

 

6.2             Hazardous Substances.

 

(a)  Reportable Uses Require Consent.   The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory.  Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof.   Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous  Substances  without  the  express  prior  written  consent  of  Lessor  and  timely  compliance  (at  Lessee’s  expense)  with  all  Applicable Requirements.  “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor.  In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b)  Duty to Inform Lessor.  If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c)  Lessee Remediation.  Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d)  Lessee Indemnification.  Lessee shall indemnify,  defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee).  Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.   No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e)  Lessor Indemnification.   Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation,  which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees.   Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f)  Investigations and  Remediations.    Lessor shall retain the responsibility and  pay for any investigations  or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment.  Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g)  Lessor Termination Option.  If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days nine (9) months following the date of such notice.  In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment.  In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 4 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available.  If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

6.3        Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements.  Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said Applicable Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date.  Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.  In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor. In addition, Lessee shall provide Lessor with copies of its business license, certificate of occupancy and/or any similar document within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

 

6.4        Inspection; Compliance.   Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times with prior notice of not less than 24 hours  after reasonable notice , for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease.  The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority.  In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination.  In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

 

7.          Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1          Lessee’s Obligations.

 

(a)  In General.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, roof drainage systems, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement  and  maintenance  of  the  service  contracts  required  by  Paragraph  7.1(b)  below.  Lessee’s  obligations  shall  include  restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.  Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition (including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b)  Service Contracts.   Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary  form  and  substance  for,  and  with  contractors  specializing  and  experienced  in  the  maintenance  of  the  following  equipment  and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises:  (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, and (vi) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and   Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

(c)  Failure to Perform.    If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% 105% of the cost thereof.

 

(d)  Replacement.  Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (i.e. 1/144th of the cost per month).  Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance  but may prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2          Lessor’s Obligations.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee.  It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.   Not withstanding the  above anything  to the contrary set forth in the Lease, except for damage or repair caused by Lessee, Lessor, at Lessor’s sole cost  and expense, during the entire lease term, shall be reponsible for the maintenance and repair of the structural integrity of the roof, foundation, exterior walls and the below grade plumbing.  Lessor  shall pay for all other capital improvements  (e.g. those improvements that have a useful life of 3 years or more) and shall have the right to include in operating expenses the portion of the cost, when amortized  over its useful life, that is

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 5 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

applicable to the then remaining Lease Term.

 

7.3          Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a)  Definitions.  The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises.  The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises.   The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion.  “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

 

(b)  Consent.  Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent   in any one year.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor.  Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or reasonably approved by Lessor.   Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans.  Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s:  (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner.  Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials.  Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% 110% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.   All Tenant Improvements provided for in the Addendum shall be subject to the same  requirements and conditions as set out in this section (including without limitation, prior approval of plans, contractor, work per permits  only, etc.).

 

(c)  Liens; Bonds.  Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein.  Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility.  If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof.  If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same.  If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.  All Tenant Improvements provided for in the Addendum shall be subject to the same requirements and conditions as set out in this section (including without limitation, prior approval  of plans, contractor, work per permits  only, etc.).

 

7.4          Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

 

(a)  Ownership.  Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal (provided that Lessor notifies Lessee in writing at the time Lessor approves said Alteration that  such Alterations must be removed  upon  the expiration  or termination of this Lease) or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises.  Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.  Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b)  Removal.  By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor when Lessor approves said Alteration that it must be removed by the end of the Lease Term not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease , Lessor may require  written notice to Lessee no later than 180 days prior to the end of the Lease Term ,  that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations so designated for removal by Lessor be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease.  Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

 

(c)  Surrender; Restoration.  Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.   “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear.   Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee.  Lessee shall remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) to the level specified in Applicable Requirements.  Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph

 

7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 6 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

8.             Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1        Payment For Insurance.   Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence.  Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term.  Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 10 days following receipt of an invoice.

 

8.2          Liability Insurance.

 

(a)  Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “ insured contract ” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.  The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder.  Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

(b)  Carried by Lessor.  Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee.  Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

8.3          Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a)  Building and Improvements.  The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises.  The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof.  Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor.  If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss.   Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.  If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b)  Rental Value.  The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value insurance”).   Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.  Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

(c)  Adjacent Premises.  If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

8.4          Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

 

(a)  Property Damage.  Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.  Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence.  The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

 

(b)  Business Interruption.  Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c)  Worker’s Compensation Insurance.  Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

 

(d)  No Representation of Adequate Coverage.  Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5        Insurance Policies.  Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies.  Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor, or after ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s non-payment of insurance and premiums.   Lessee shall, at  least 5 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.  Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.  If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

8.6        Waiver of Subrogation.  Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein.  The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto.  The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 7 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 


 

 

companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7                                Indemnity.  Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee.  If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense.  Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8                                Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability .  Notwithstanding the gross negligence or willfull misconduct breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.  Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

 

8.9                                Failure to Provide Insurance.  Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

9.                                       Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1                                Definitions.

 

(a)  “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b)  “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction.  Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c)  “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d)  “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e)  “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance , in, on, or under the Premises which requires remediation.

 

9.2                                Partial Damage - Insured Loss.  If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs.  In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor.  If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to:   (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter.  Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction.  Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

                                                9.3                                Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss.  If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either:  (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage.  Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice.  In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 8 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment.  In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available.  If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4                                Total Destruction.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction.  If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5                                Damage Near End of Term.  If at any time during the last 6 12 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessee or Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6                                Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a)  Abatement.  In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance.  All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

 

(b)  Remedies.  If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice.  If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice.  If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

9.7                                Termination; Advance Payments.  Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor.  Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

10.                                Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1                         Definition.  As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located.  Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises, and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

 

10.2                         Payment of Taxes.  In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Real Property Tax installment due at least 20 days prior to the applicable delinquency date.  If any such installment shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such installment shall be prorated.  In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent.  Such monthly payments shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent.  When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes.  If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sum as is necessary.  Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest.  In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3                         Joint Assessment.  If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

                                                10.4                         Personal Property Taxes.  Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee.  When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.  If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

11.                                Utilities and Services.  Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon.  If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed.  There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 9 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

12.                                Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1                         Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. This Subsection 12.1(b) shall not apply to any initial public offering or other transaction whereby Lessee becomes a publicly traded company.

 

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent.  “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period.  If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect.  Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

 

12.2                         Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall:  (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request.  Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

 

12.3                         Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting.  The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

                                                                                                (a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee.  Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease.  Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 10 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice.  The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13.                                Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1                         Default; Breach.  A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease.  A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. T HE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

 

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice from Lessor, not less than 24 hours, or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.  In the event that Lessee commits waste, a nuisance or an illegal activity a second time then, the Lessor may elect to treat such conduct as a non-curable Breach rather than a Default.

 

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii)  the material service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi)  evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(h)  If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed:  (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.  The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or other sums payable to Lessor hereunder for a period of five (5) days after the due date for such payment.  THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

 

13.2                         Remedies.  If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% 105% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor.  In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

                                                                                                (a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor.  In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee:  (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.  The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent.  Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 11 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled.  If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit.  If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1.  In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations.  Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.  The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3                         Inducement Recapture.  Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, the cost of tenant improvements for Lessee paid for or performed by Lessor, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full payment of Rent  full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease .  Upon Breach of this Lease monetary default of Lessee that remains uncured beyond the applicable notice period by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee.  The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

13.4                         Late Charges.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender.  Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater.  The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment.  Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.  In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.  The Late Charge shall be imposed for each month that any given month remains past due.

 

13.5                         Interest.  Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law.  Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6                         Breach by Lessor.

 

(a)  Notice of Breach.  Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b)  Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor.  In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset.  Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14.                                Condemnation.  If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs.  If more than 10% of the Building, or more than 25% of that portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession.  If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation.  Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph.  All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor.  In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15.                                Brokerage Fees.

 

15.1        Additional Commission.  In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.9 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 12 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that:  (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

 

15.2         Assumption of Obligations.  Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder.  Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31.  If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest.  In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent.  In addition,  Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

 

15.3                         Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships.  Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith.  Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16.                                Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” ) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.  In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease.  The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate.  Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years.  All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17.                                Definition of Lessor.  The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease.  In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor.  Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

 

18.                                Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19.                                Days.  Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20.                                Limitation on Liability.  The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21.                                Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22.                                No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.  Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises.  Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

23.                                Notices.

 

23.1                         Notice Requirements.  All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, or by email, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23.  The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices.  Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice.  A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 13 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 


 

 

to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2     Date of Notice.  Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon.  If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid.  Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier.  Notices delivered by hand, or transmitted by facsimile transmission or by email shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt.  If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24.          Waivers.

 

(a)        No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof.  Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

 

(b)        The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee.  Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

(c)         THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

 

25.        Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

 

(a)        When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction.  Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

 

(i)          Lessor’s Agent.   A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only.  A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations:  To the Lessor:   A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor.  To the Lessee and the Lessor:   a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties.  b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.  c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties.  An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(ii)         Lessee’s Agent.   An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only.  In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor.  An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations.  To the Lessee:   A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee.  To the Lessee and the Lessor:   a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties.  b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith.  c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties.  An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(iii)        Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee.   A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee.  b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests.  Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction.  A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate.  If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

(b)        Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.  The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

(c)         Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

 

26.        No Right To Holdover.  Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease.  In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination.  Holdover Base Rent shall be calculated on monthly basis.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27.        Cumulative Remedies.  No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28.        Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement.  All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.  In construing this Lease,  all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease.  Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.  This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29.        Binding Effect; Choice of Law.  This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 14 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30.        Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1     Subordination.  This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof.  Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender” ) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease.  Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device  by giving written notice thereof to Lessee,  whereupon  this  Lease  and  such  Options  shall  be  deemed  prior  to  such  Security  Device,  notwithstanding  the  relative  dates  of  the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

30.2     Attornment .  In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor,  (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new  owner.

 

30.3     Non-Disturbance.  With  respect  to  Security  Devices  entered  into  by  Lessor  after  the  execution  of  this  Lease,  Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.  Further, within 60 30 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises.  In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 30 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4     Self-Executing.  The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor  shall  execute  such  further  writings  as  may  be  reasonably  required  to  separately  document  any  subordination,  attornment  and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31.        Attorneys’ Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees.  Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred.  In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

 

32.        Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs.  Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice of not less than 24 hours for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, provided, however, Lessor shall only show the Premises to potential future tenants during the last 9 months of the lease term, or any extension thereof or following a Default which remains uncured beyond any applicable notice or cure period,  and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises.  All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

 

33.        Auctions.  Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34.        Signs.  Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “ For Sale ” signs at any time and ordinary “ For Lease ” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof.  Except for ordinary “for sublease” signs and signs permitted by Section 59 of the Lease, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35.        Termination; Merger.  Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies.  Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36.        Consents.  Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor.  Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.  The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.  In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 15 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

37.        Guarantor.

 

37.1        Execution.  The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real

 

Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

 

37.2         Default.  It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide:  (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38.        Quiet Possession.  Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39.        Options.  If Lessee is granted any Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

39.1     Definition.  “Option” shall mean:  (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2     Options Personal To Original Lessee.  Any Option granted to Lessee and any Affiliate of Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee and any Affiliate of Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and any Affiliate of Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee and any Affiliate of Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

39.3        Multiple Options.  In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4        Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option:  (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

40.        Multiple Buildings.  If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by and conform to all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform.  Lessee also agrees to pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection with such rules and regulations.

 

41.        Security Measures.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.  Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42.          Reservations.  Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

43.        Performance Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum.  If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

44.        Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

 

(a)        If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

(b)        If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.  It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

 

(c)         This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

45.          Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46.          Offer.  Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party.  This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47.          Amendments.  This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification.  As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 16 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48.        Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

49.        Arbitration of Disputes.  An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease o   is  x   is not attached to this Lease.

 

50.        Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

(a)        The Premises: x have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). o have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. o have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.

 

(b)        Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation.  In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION:   NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES.  THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1.  SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2.  RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.  SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING:   IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

 

 

Executed at:

 

 

Executed at:

 

On:

 

 

On:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By LESSOR:

 

By LESSEE:

229 Fabricante, LLC

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Jafar Yassai

 

By:  /s/ Thomas W. Burns

Name Printed: Jafar Yassai

 

Name Printed:  Thomas W. Burns

Title:

 

Title: CEO

By: /s/ Nasser Mehdizadeh

 

By:

Name Printed: Nasser Mehdizadeh

 

Name Printed:

Title:

 

Title:

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:( 

 

Telephone:(      )

Facsimile:(        )

 

Facsimile:(        )

Email:

 

Email:

Email:

 

Email:

Federal ID No.

 

Federal ID No.

 

 

 

BROKER:

 

BROKER:

 

CBRE, INC.

 

CBRE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: Brian Cole / Chris Bates

 

Attn:   Gregg Haly / Chip Wright

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 17 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

Title:   VP / SVP

 

Title:   SVP / SVP

Address: 3501 Jamboree Road, Suite 100

 

Address:  3501 Jamboree Road, Suite 100

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Telephone: (949)  725-8500

 

Telephone: (949)  725-8500

Facsimile: (949) 725-8545

 

Facsimile: (949) 725-8545

 

 

 

Email:  brian.cole@cbre.com/chris.bates@cbre. com

 

Email:  gregg.haly@cbre.com/chip.wright@cbre. com

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal ID No.

 

Federal ID No.

Broker/Agent BRE License #:

 

Broker/Agent BRE License #:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE:  These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form:  AIR Commercial Real Estate Association,  500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777.  Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

© Copyright 2001 - By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.  All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

PAGE 18 OF 18

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

 

 

INITIALS

 



 

 

ADDENDUM

 

Date: June 8, 2015

 

By and Between (Lessor) 229 Fabricante, LLC

(Lessee) Glaukos Corporation

 

Address of Premises:  229 Avenida Fabricante, San Clemente, CA 92672

 

Paragraph 14.

Paragraph 51. Monthly Rent :  Base Months Rent shall be:  Months  13-24 $1.15/RSF/NNN  or $43,387.00, Months 25-36 $1.19/SF/NNN or $44,896.00, Months 37-48 $1.22/RSF/NNN or $46,028.00, Months 49-60

$1.25/RSF/NNN or $47,160.00.

 

Paragraph 52. Area and Premises : Lessee shall have the right, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, to expand the Premises by up to 3,000 square feet by constructing  a structural mezzanine connected to the existing building mezzanine over the existing high-bay warehouse area. , provided Tenant obtains  all necessary permits. Lessee shall not be required to pay rent on the expanded mezzanine area.

 

Paragraph 53. Rental Abatement: Lessee shall receive two (2) months of base rent abatement during months two (2) and three (3) of the lease term.

 

Paragraph 54. Tenant Improvements: Lessee will make the improvements under the sublease between Glaukos Corporation and Boston Scientific in year one in order to make the Premises suitable for Lessee’s particular purpose.  The plans and specifications for this work is to be approved by Lessor under the Sublease Consent. As such, upon the effective date of the direct Lease, Lessor will reimburse Lessee for its Tenant Improvements made under the Sublease up to $7.00 psf within thirty (30) days after Lessee has provided paid contracts and invoices in an amount at $7.00 psf and Lessee either (i) is a publicly traded company with an enterprise value not less than $100,000,000 or (ii) demonstrates  two consecutive years’ profitability according to GAAP, after the Effective Date of the Lease.

 

Lessee may use the TI Allowance  to make any improvement to the Premises including, without limitation, the following:

 

·                   Re-carpet and re-paint the existing office area;

·                   Replace the existing  window blinds;

·                   Modify the existing floor plan pursuant to a mutually  agreeable space plan and finish schedule, including changes to the wet labs and clean rooms; The space plan and finish schedule shall be subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned  or delayed.  If Lessor does not approve or deny within 15 days,  with reason for rejection, the plan and finishes shall be deemed approved.

·                   Upgrade the existing light fixtures to be Title 24 compliant and with motion sensors;

·                   Upgrade the exterior landscaping.

 

Paragraph 55. Building Condition : Lessee accepts the Premises in its “As Is” condition at the Commencement of the lease per paragraph 2.5 of the Lease.

 

Paragraph  56. Operating  Expenses & Real  Estate Taxes :  In  addition to  the  Base Rent, Lessee  shall be responsible  for operating expenses  for the  property including  the real estate  taxes,  property insurance, association costs, exterior landscaping building maintenance and property management fee. Expenses include costs for earthquake and umbrella insurance coverage at a policy limit per existing Landlord limits.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 



 

Lessee’s property  management fee will not exceed three percent (3%) of the gross receipts for the Premises.

 

Paragraph  57. No Improvement Removal : Lessee shall not be required to remove any of the improvements in the building that existed at the commencement of the sublease.  Any subsequent tenant improvements made by Lessee and approved by Lessor shall be determined  at the time Lessee requests  the alteration.  Lessee shall have the right to remove any of its Trade Fixtures, equipment and personal property at the end of the Lease Term.

 

Paragraph 58. Assignment and Subletting:   Lessee and Lessor shall share equally any profits from subleasing or assignment after  Lessee’s costs for subleasing  have been deducted, i.e. tenant improvements, leasing commissions, legal fees(not to exceed $5,000) and free rent. Lessor shall not have the right to recapture any portion of the Premises.  Lessee shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises to  any affiliate,  division,  parent or  affiliated  company without  Lessor’s consent or  profit participation.  In addition,  Lessee shall have the right to sublet all or any portion of the Premises to any third party, subject to Lessor’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Paragraph 59. Signage/Identification: Lessee shall have the right to install during the sublease term and keep in place during the lease term, exclusive building top signage per the sign program for the Project. Lessee shall pay for the cost of installation, maintenance and removal of said signage at the end of the lease term.

 

Paragraph 60. Access : Lessee’s employees will have access  to the Premises 24 hours per day, seven days per week.

 

Paragraph  61. Parking: Lessee shall have exclusive use of all of the parking spaces on the Premises during the lease term and any extensions of this space at no charge. In addition,  at Lessee’s  election and subject to availability,, during the initial lease term and any option periods,  Lessee may lease , up to an additional fifty (50) parking spaces (Additional  Spaces 1) on property owned by Lessor  at 236 Avenida Fabricante  or the adjacent Lot 1.  Also, subject to availability,  Lessee may lease up to an additional fifty (50) parking spaces (Additional Spaces 2) on the same property owned by Landlord  referenced  above. Lessee shall pay Lessor twenty ($20) per parking space per month for the use of said Additional Spaces 1 & 2. Should Lessee elect to use the Lot 1  parking, Lessee shall be responsible for all cost required by the City of San Clemente in order to park on Lot 1.  Should a parking agreement be entered into by both parties, either party shall have the right to terminate with 6 months prior written notice for 236 Avenida Fabricante, and 12 months  prior written notice for Lot 1.  Lessee shall pay any increase in Lessor’s insurance premiums resulting from the use by Lessee of the additional parking spaces.

 

Paragraph 62.  Alterations:   Lessee’s Alterations plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A.  By executing this Lease, Lessor hereby approves Lessee’s plans set forth on Exhibit A.

 

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the printed provisions of the Lease, this Addendum shall control.

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

/s/ T.W.B.

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

 


 

 

OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

 

Dated

June 8, 2015

 

 

By and Between (Lessor)

229 Fabricante, LLC

 

 

By and Between (Lessee)

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

Address of Premises:

229 Avenida Fabricante, San Clemente, CA

 

Paragraph 63

 

A.     OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

 

Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of this Lease for two   additional three years   month period(s)  commencing when the prior term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)         In order to exercise an option to extend, Lessee must give written notice of such election to Lessor and Lessor must receive the same at least 9 but not more than 12 months prior to the date that the option period would commence, time being of the essence. If proper notification of the exercise of an option is not given and/or received, such option shall automatically expire. Options (if there are more than one) may only be exercised consecutively.

 

(ii)         The provisions of paragraph 39, including those relating to Lessee’s Default set forth in paragraph 39.4 of this Lease, are conditions of this Option.

 

(iii)        Except for the provisions of this Lease granting an option or options to extend the term, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where specifically modified by this option shall apply.

 

(iv)        This Option is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

(v)        The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be calculated as follows, using the method(s) indicated below: (Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

 

¨    I.     Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a.   On (Fill in COLA Dates):

 

 

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ¨ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or ¨ CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

 

 

 

All Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

 

b.   The monthly Base Rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.I.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.I.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): ¨ the first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or ¨ (Fill in Other “Base Month”):

 

 

 

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly Base Rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly Base Rent be less than the Base Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

 

c.   In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation.  In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties.  The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

 

þ             II.      Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a.      On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s)) January 1, 2022 & January 1, 2025

 

 

the Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

1)  Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date.  If agreement cannot be reached, within thirty days, then:

 

(a)  Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days.  Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

 

(b)  Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in

 

 

 

 

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

 

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

 

INITIALS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM

OE-4-04/14E

 

 



 

writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)  Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ¨ appraiser or þ broker ( “Consultant” - check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator.  The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

 

(ii)  The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto.  The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties.  The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

 

(iii)  If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

 

(iv)  The entir e cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, ie. the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV . Each Party shall be responsible for the cost of their Consultant and the 3rd Party Arbitrator cost shall be split 50/50 between the Parties.

 

2)  When determining MRV, the Lessor, Lessee and Consultants shall consider the terms of comparable market transactions which shall include, but no limited to, rent, rental adjustments, abated rent, lease term and financial condition of tenants.

 

3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new Base Rent shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

 

b.   Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

 

1)  the new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2)  the first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

 

¨    III.  Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):

 

The New Base Rent shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

¨    IV.   Initial Term Adjustments.

The formula used to calculate adjustments to the Base Rate during the original Term of the Lease shall continue to be used during the extended term.

 

B.    NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any rental adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

 

C.    BROKER’S FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease or if applicable, paragraph 9 of the Sublease.

 

NOTICE:  These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form:  AIR Commercial Real Estate Association,  500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777.  Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

 

 

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

 

 

/s/ J.Y.

/s/ N.M.

 

 

 

/s/ T.W.B.

 

INITIALS

 

 

 

 

INITIALS

 

 

©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM

OE-4-04/14E

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated April 16, 2015 (except for the last paragraph of Note 1, as to which the date is June 12, 2015), in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-204091 Amendment No. 2) and related Prospectus of Glaukos Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Irvine, California
June 12, 2015




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm